EXERCISES 
 
 Upon the different 
 
 PARTS of ITALIAN SPEECH.
 
 EXERCISES 
 
 Upon the different 
 
 PARTS. of ITALIAN SPEECH; 
 
 WITH 
 
 REFERENCES 
 
 T O 
 
 XSNERONI'a GRAMMAR. 
 I q / 
 
 To which is fubjoined, 
 
 An Abridgement of the Roman Hiitory, intended at 
 at once to make the Learner acquainted with Hiftory, 
 and the Idiom of the Italian Language. 
 
 By F. BOTTARELLT, 
 
 LONDON, 
 
 Printed for J. NOURSE, Bookfeller to His MAJESTY. 
 
 MDCCLXXVIII. 
 
 mi.
 
 AMIDST the laudable endeavours for 
 . the advancement of the Italian lan- 
 guage, it is furprifing that an eafy and ex- 
 peditious method of teaching it, has been, in 
 a great raeafure, overlooked ; and that begin- 
 ners have been hitherto left without proper 
 helps. Confcious of its ufefulnefs, I have 
 attempted to write the'fe exercifes upon the 
 Italian Syntax of Veneroni's Grammar; with 
 what fuccefs I have executed the talk, muft 
 be fubmitted to public deciiion. 
 
 THESE Exercifes comprehend all the diffi- 
 culties, and idiomatical expreffions of the 
 Italian Tongue, the rules, and exceptions 
 whereof are exemplified after fuch a method, 
 
 that 
 
 2122946
 
 vi PREFACE. 
 
 that he cannot fail to be matter of that lan- 
 guage, who has gone through them once, 
 or twice. 
 
 THE examples are of three forts ; the firft, 
 that immediately follow the rule, are fhoi t, 
 wherein nothing farther is deigned than only 
 to exemplify that rule. The fecond fort are 
 longer, wherein not only the rule, to which 
 they are fubjoined, is exemplified, but all 
 the foregoing rules are again brought into 
 practice, the better to imprefs them on the 
 memory. For, without this contrivance, 
 young fcholars would forget one rule while 
 they are learning another. The third fort 
 of examples contain all the foregoing and 
 fubfequent rules promifcuoufly ; and for that 
 reafon are not to be attempted until they 
 have gone twice through the former part : 
 (for I think it mod advifeable they Ihould 
 go through it more than once.) 
 
 THE roots of the Italian words are inter- 
 lined ; a thing very requifite and ufeful in 
 
 works
 
 PREFACE. vii 
 
 works of this nature, to fave the trouble of 
 confuking Indexes and Dictionaries, as well 
 as to prevent the ufe of improper terms, and 
 falfe fpelling, which would be otherwife 
 unavoidable ; and thofe who learn the Ita- 
 lian language will hereby be enabled to make 
 a much quicker progrefs than they would 
 do, were they to fcarch a Dictionary for the 
 words they want. 
 
 I HAVE frequently omitted fuch words as 
 are the fubject of the exercife, which the 
 learner is upon, or have been fo often men- 
 tioned that it may be prefumed there is no 
 occafion for repeating their fignification : 
 in order that the fcholar may be upon his 
 guard, recollect what he has learnt, and 
 exert both his memory and judgment, or at 
 lead be obliged to have recourfe to his Gram- 
 mar when his memory fails him. For thefe 
 reafons, in the latter part of the Exercifes, 
 there is fcarce any other Italian but for noun 
 and verb ; all the other parts of fpeech hav. 
 ing been already gone through. 
 
 6 THERE
 
 Vlll 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 THERE is fubjoined, by way of Appendix, 
 an Abridgement of the Roman Hiftory. 
 As hiftory is one of the moft eafy and enter- 
 taining part of literature, and that of the 
 old Romans abfolutely neceflary for a fcho- 
 lar, I hope this addition will be equally 
 ufeful and agreeable. 
 
 ITAL-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 
 O N T H E 
 
 ACCIDENCE OF VERBS,. 
 
 Regular Ferbs of the fir ft Conjugation. 
 
 Love, thou acquired, he refpecLeth, we falute, 
 amare acqu''ftare '.are falutau-e 
 
 you fpealc, ye pJs, they walk. 
 partare, pa/are pajeggtare- 
 I did call, thou didlt prattle, he aid command, 
 
 chlamare dartare commandare, 
 
 we did begin, you did buy, they did conf'efs. 
 incomiaciare cowf.rare ccnffffare. 
 
 I confirmed, thou didft deliver, he prcferved, we 
 
 cotifirmare fonfegnare prejervare 
 
 confidered, you advifeti, they contended. 
 confiderare cvnfultare ccnircfrarr. 
 
 i have declined, thou haft courted, he has cared* 
 decimetre corteggiare" curar? \ 
 
 we have crowned, you have dedicated, they have 
 
 coronare dedicare 
 
 fupped. 
 cenare. 
 
 1 had wifhed, ihou hadd declared, he had be- 
 
 defederare dichiarare dtf- 
 
 ftowed, we had aflembiei, you had undeceived, 
 
 fenfare radunare aifengannare 
 
 they had wafted. 
 
 guaftare 
 I will exped>, thou (halt arrive, he will aflault/ 
 
 afpettare arrivare afrdlare 
 
 we will allure, you will wifh, they fliall encreafe. 
 e/iturare augurare aumen'.are. 
 
 B Dance,
 
 2 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Dance, let him change, let us walk, /ing ye, 
 ballare cumbiare camminare caviare 
 
 let them certify. 
 
 cernfcare. 
 That 1 may fafl, that thou may'ft btfiege, that 
 
 digiunare a/tdiure 
 
 he may ndc,that we may punift>, that theymav caufe. 
 tavalcare cafligare cagionare. 
 
 That we might carets, that thou might'ft burn, 
 
 accarezzare abbruciare 
 
 that he might ftoop, that we might accept, that 
 
 abbafiare accettare 
 
 )ou might embrace, that they might mend. 
 
 abbracciare accommodart 
 
 I fhould accompany, thou Ihjuldft accufe, he 
 
 accompagnare accufare 
 
 fhould baptize, we fhould miftrult, you fhould 
 
 battezzare diffidare 
 
 venture, they (hould adminifter. 
 arrificare amminiflrare. 
 
 That I have complained, that thou haft invented, 
 
 lamentare inventare 
 
 that he has governed, that we have tamed, that 
 
 govemare duinare 
 
 you have ?.lked, that they have experif need. 
 
 domandare ffyerimentare. 
 
 That I had, fhould, or could, or would have 
 formed, that thou hadlt, &c. taken away, that he 
 Jormare levare 
 
 had fent, that we had prepared, that you had 
 
 mandare %, preparare 
 
 ('eprived, that they had refembled. 
 
 pri<vare raj/omigfiare 
 
 I fhould have prolonged, thou fhould ft have tried, 
 
 frolungare provare 
 
 he fhould have remedied, we fhould have refufed, 
 
 rimeJiare rifiutare 
 
 jo u fhould have carried back again, they fhould 
 
 rifrortare 
 have prayed. 
 prepare. 
 
 I Khali
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 I fliall, or will have warmed, thou fhalt have 
 
 rifcaldare 
 
 transferred, he ihall have judged, we (hall have 
 trafportare giudicare 
 
 fortified, you (hall have inilarned, they fliall have 
 forttjicare infiammare 
 
 failed. 
 niancare. 
 
 Regylgr '/trbs of the fecund. Conjugation. 
 
 I believe, thou receiv'fl, he fees, we fret, you 
 
 credere rice'vere i/edere frimere 
 
 beat, they drink. 
 bait ere here o b severe. 
 
 I did yield up, thou didft owe, he did cleavej 
 
 cedcrt dove ft fenders 
 
 we did groan, you did feed, they did hung. 
 
 gemtre faj'cere fenders. 
 
 I enjoyed, thou vomiteft, he crop'd, we (hone,' 
 
 godtre receie m:eiere t riiucers 
 
 you repeated, they fat down. 
 
 ripetere jedere. 
 
 I have fold, thou haft crept along, he has fluiekccf, 
 I't-Kdere ferf.-ere jlridtre 
 
 we have glittered, you have (hone again, they 
 
 fykndere riiuccre 
 
 have received. 
 
 fbtfoffwuing Verbs oftbtjecondConjugatijh areir regular. 
 
 I had fallen, thou hadfl contained, he had held, 
 
 callre cap .< re te^ c; -j 
 
 we had grieved, you had appeared, they had p'eafed. 
 
 dols>e par ere fuue're. 
 
 I {lull, or will perfuade, thou {halt lie in bed, hs 
 
 perfuadere giacere 
 
 fhall he able, we fhall remain, you flull know, 
 
 potprg ri.'fta;:tre 
 
 they (ball be accuftoflied. 
 folerf. 
 
 B 2
 
 4 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Be filent, let him fee, let us hold, be ye pleated, 
 
 tacsre <vedire tentre piacere 
 
 let them fall sgain. 
 
 ricadere. 
 That I inay have, that thou may'ft owe, that 
 
 avere dovire 
 
 he may fall, that we may concern, that you may 
 
 cadere caltre 
 
 contain, that they may grieve. 
 caf>ere do/ere. 
 
 That I might appear, that thou might'ft lie in bed, 
 
 panrg giacere 
 
 that he might pkafe, that we might perfuade, that 
 
 piacere fcrfuadere 
 
 you might be able, that they might know. 
 
 potere fapere. 
 
 I fhould be filent, thou fhouldft be accuflomed, 
 
 iacere folere 
 
 he fhould be worth, we fhould hold, you (hould 
 
 i>a!cre tenere 
 
 fee, they fhould be wiiling. 
 vedere 
 
 For a full conjugation of all the verbs in ere t fee 
 Cram. p. 93. 
 
 Regular Verbs of the third Conjugation. 
 
 I hear, thou fol!ow'fr, he opens, we boil, yon 
 
 fenfire feguire aprire boliire 
 
 ccnfent, they convert. 
 ftiiftntire confer tire. 
 
 I did cover, thou c 1 i:i(l fow, he did fleep, we 
 
 coprire cadre dormire 
 
 r.i'. 1 "y, you did lie, they did die. 
 jugvire mcntlre morire. 
 
 I departed, thou didit fuffer, he repented, we 
 
 part'.rc foffrire per.tirfi 
 
 afcenccd, you ferved, they went abroad. 
 jalire fen-ire Joriire, 
 
 I have
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 5 
 
 I have drefied, thou had heard, he has con- 
 
 i 'eft 'ire udire coi. - 
 
 fentcd, we have flept, you ri;-.ve boiled, they have 
 featire 'dirmire bollire 
 
 covered. 
 coprire. 
 
 The following Verbs in ire are irre^u'a". See Gram. 
 p. 140. . 
 
 I had appeared, thou haJfl: uttered, he had 
 
 comparire proferire 
 
 buried, we had dared, you h-, ' aboliflied, they had 
 fe/>pei/ire ardire abbslire 
 
 comprehended. 
 
 capire- 
 I Dull, or will abhor, ihou flult eir'ch, he fhall 
 
 abnornre airicthire 
 
 bl'jfh, we ftiall banifh, you fhail wniten, you (hall 
 arroffi>'e bandire bianchire 
 
 ftrilce, they i'hill bear wich. 
 tolfire cotnpat'ire. 
 
 Conceive thou, let him digeft, let us finifh, 
 
 concepire digerirt jdilrs 
 
 approve ye, let them bloom. 
 gradire farire. 
 
 Thac I may fuffer, that thou may'ft grow mad, 
 
 pa tire impazzire 
 
 that he may languifh, that we may "dilpaich, that 
 
 languire fpedire 
 
 you may unite, that they may obey. 
 
 unire ubbiJire 
 
 That we might colour, that thou might'ft go, 
 
 colorire ire 
 
 that he might (harpen, that we might inanimate, 
 
 inaftrbire inanimire 
 
 that you might harden, that they might bellow. 
 
 \ndurire mugi'ire. 
 
 I fliould (Irike,, thou fhouldft baniil), he fhould 
 colpire 
 
 B 3 abhor,
 
 6 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 abhor, we fhould abolifh, you (hould enrich, they 
 abborrire abbclire arricchire 
 
 fhould comprehend. 
 cap ire. 
 
 For the compound tenfes of this mood, fee Gram- 
 p. 99. 
 
 More Ferls of the feccrd Conjugation that are irregular 
 only in forne Tenja and Perfons. 
 
 I belong, thou kindleft, he is frozen, wepcrcciv, 
 appartenere accendere, algere acccrgerfi 
 
 you kill, they burn. 
 uccidere ardere, 
 
 I did hide, thou didft arrogate, he did fprinkle, 
 efcondere arrogere afpergere 
 
 we did befiege, you did abfolve, they did abforb. 
 
 fjjidere affolvere a/orbere. 
 
 I ad'umed, thou didft, he demanded, we plucked 
 ajfumere fatere richiedere aitellert 
 
 up, you (l^ut, they circumcife. 
 
 chludere ci^concidere. 
 
 I have granted, thou haft run, he has. tormented, 
 
 esntedere correre conquidere 
 
 we have believed, you have boiled, they have de- 
 credtre cuocere dt- 
 
 cided. 
 csdtre. 
 
 i had deluded, thou hadft opprefled, he had 
 
 diludere deprimere 
 
 defended, we had exprefled, you had fprinkled, 
 difendcre effrimere difpergert 
 
 they had divided. 
 dividers. 
 
 I (ball, or will grieve, thou {halt erect, he fhail 
 
 delere crgere 
 
 exclude, we (hall require, you (hall expel, they 
 tfcLdere 'f^f-'e fj^d'ere 
 
 fhall extinguifh. 
 ejlingutrt, 
 
 Melt
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 7 
 
 Melt thou, let him drive in, let us feign, break 
 ftndcre fagwe finger e frangert 
 
 ye, lee them kneel down. 
 
 gtaufltltere. 
 That I may lay down, that thou may'ft fry, that 
 
 giacere frigvere 
 
 he mav join, that he may expel, that he may im- 
 giugnere imptlleri impri' 
 
 print, that he rmy hang, that you mayengmve 
 mere impendcrg inridere 
 
 that they may include. 
 
 includtrt. 
 That 1 might dilute, that thou mightft intrude, 
 
 intridere in'rudere 
 
 that he mi^ht read, that we inignt put, that you 
 
 leggere just tt re 
 
 might bite, that they might plunge. 
 mordere mergers. 
 
 "I {houlcl move, thou fliouldeft milk, he fhould 
 
 lint ivf re mungere 
 
 conceal, we {hould negledt, they fhould hurt. 
 nafcotidfre tiegligere nuocere. 
 
 I may have offended, thou may'it have oppr.fl:, 
 
 offenders opprimere 
 
 he may have ftroke, we may have loft, you may 
 
 percuotere perdere 
 
 have pleafed, they may have wept. 
 fiacere piangere. 
 
 That I might have painted, that thou might'ft 
 
 pignere 
 have prefented, that he might have curtailed-, 
 
 porgere precidere 
 
 that we might have taken, that you might have 
 
 prendere 
 
 prefumed, that they might have protedleJ. 
 prefumere proteggere. 
 
 I fhould have redeemed, tnou fhoulJft have re- 
 redimere re- 
 
 turned, he fhoul I have reJuced, we fhould have 
 dire ridurre 
 
 B 4 laughed
 
 8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 laughed, you fliould have anfwcred, they ftiouM 
 
 ridere riffondere 
 
 have fufpended. 
 fcffendere. 
 
 When I fhall have fcattered, thou (halt have 
 
 jfargtrc 
 
 fhaken, he (hall have rifen, we (hall have killed, 
 Jcuctere forgcre uccidtre 
 
 you {hall have conquered, they {hall have lived. 
 uincere vivere. 
 
 On the RULES, of the Italian Language, 
 with References to.Veneroni's Grammar. 
 
 On the Order cf Verbs. See Gram. p. 159. 
 
 I write three hours everyday. 
 fcrifere tre or a ogni giorao. 
 Thou art too troublefome to my friends 
 
 tjjere trcppo feccante amico. 
 
 He (peaks like a Roman orator. 
 parlare come Romano orat&re. 
 We go out of town every fpring. 
 andare fuori (a) eitta ogni pr-mavera. 
 You fliew your probity very plainly. 
 
 tnojlrare probita rnolto (h) chlaraminle. 
 They think it is very fine weather to walk out. 
 
 penfarefare be!h tempo pajfeggiare, 
 I was extremely glad to fee him again. 
 (b) rallegrarfi eftre;namente rivedere. 
 Thou wert generoufly rewarded. 
 effere generefamente rifOmptHjatt. 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 45, on words in ta indeclinable. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 155, on the formation of adverbs out 
 of adje&ives. 
 
 (c) See Gram p. 115, on refl:6h-d verbs. 
 
 Ke
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 9 
 
 He- bought many things to fend abroad. 
 
 fcmprare molto cofa mandare fuon. 
 We encouraged all arts and trades. 
 incorraggiare (a) tutto arte mefliere 
 You baffled their wicked defigns. 
 /concert are feel/era to difrgno, 
 
 They tempted our faithful fubjeclr. 
 
 tent are feJele fc/ggetto. 
 
 I have enriched his numerous family. 
 a*uere arricchire (b) numerofi famiglia, 
 Thou haft many accounts to fettle. 
 
 molto canto regolare. 
 
 He has renewed his promifes to us. 
 
 rhino'vare promeffa, 
 We have feen the chief curiouties. 
 
 vedere pr'mdpale curiofita. 
 You have exaipined them carefuily. 
 
 efam'mare attentamente. 
 
 They have declared their laft will. 
 
 difhiarare ultimo velcnta. 
 
 1 had refo'ved to get rid of them. 
 
 rtfolvere disfarfi 
 
 Thou hadft determined to tell him plainly. 
 
 determinare dire fc/iiet.'ammlf. 
 
 He had fixe.1 on that fort of diveifion. 
 
 fiffare quello fort a di--ycr;imento. 
 We had ('worn to love each other etsraaliv. 
 giurare (c) amarfi eiernamentt* 
 
 You had forfaken his acquaintance. 
 
 abbandonare conofceiiza, 
 
 They had implored the king's clemency. 
 imf'lorare Re clemenza. 
 
 I fliall ever commend prudent people. 
 
 fempre loJare prudziite geiite. 
 Thou ihalt publi(h this piece of news every where. 
 fpargere nuove da per tutto* 
 
 He will return from France next week. 
 
 toman f rancid projjimo fettimana. 
 
 (a) See the declenfion of tulto, Gram. p. 71. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 53, on adjedlives ending in a, 
 
 (c) See Cram. p. 144. on reciprocal verbs. 
 
 Be We
 
 10 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 
 We {hall travel day and night till we arrive. 
 
 viaggiare giorno e none infinche arrivare. 
 You will do yourfelf immortal honour. 
 
 jare immortals onore. 
 
 They will difgrare their noble family. 
 dijvnorare nobile famiglia. 
 
 Bring me that bottle and r. ghfs. 
 (a) portare fafco blcchitre. 
 
 Let him gather all his things, and then go. 
 
 radunare tutto roba poi andare. 
 
 Let us walk in the garden before d'nner. 
 Siajjeggiare (b) giarJ/Ho prima pranzo. 
 Go ye and meet all our friends in the road. 
 andare rlnconirare fulio amico (c) nello fir ada. 
 Let them anf.ver all my queltions. 
 (d) rifpandere demanda. 
 
 On the Artides lo, la, Ir, le, gli. See Gram. 
 
 p. 2C2. 
 
 The ftndy of belles lettres has always been re- 
 (c) ftudio (belle leitere) ( f ) e/ere fempre Jlato rac- 
 comrnei)ded to the youth of both fexes. 
 (ommandare (g) giwentu du-o ffffo. 
 
 Great events and revolutions followed the death 
 grand e<veitto rivjluzioae Jeguire morte 
 
 of Caef^r. 
 Cefarr: 
 The fear of torments made him ffy his country. 
 
 timore tormento fare fvggire patria, 
 
 Poland was for many years the feat of domeltic 
 Polonia efftrt }er tno/to anno feggio domejiico 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 206. 
 
 (b) See rule? on the prepofiiion nello, neila, &c. 
 
 (c) In the p. 4-z. 
 
 (cl) Rifpondere governs the dative cafe of the thing. 
 ' (e) La before nouH>btginning with an J, and followed 
 by another confonant. See Grew. p. 36. 
 
 (f) ejjere, ir.itead of avere. See p. 83. 
 
 (g) Woids in u are indeclinable. See p. 50. 
 
 div>-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. n 
 
 divifions. Portugal is a defpotic kingdom, Ava- 
 diiijione. Foriogalla defpotico regao. A-va- 
 
 rice is defpicable. 
 rizia fprezzabile. 
 
 My lord the archb>(hop vifited all the clergy. 
 
 fa)j^w cfc/ii'vefco'vo iiifitare clero. 
 
 My lord the president decreed it in his behalf. 
 fignor prefuiente decretare favore. 
 
 Madam the countrfs has ordered it. 
 Signora conle/a commandare. 
 
 The gentlemen are not yet come to fee us. 
 SigHort ejfere ancora venire iiedere. 
 
 Women are very fair in the northern countries. 
 Dcntia motto biondo fetteiitrionale paefe. 
 
 The EvgU/b p article to, before infinitives , is fometimcs 
 rendered in Italian by the At tide il or lo. See 
 Gram. p. 203. 
 
 It is foi bidden to do evil. 
 effere f>rolb\re fare male. 
 It is not convenient to (peak alwiys the tru.fh. 
 
 con-vene<v(ile dire fempre verita, 
 
 It is permitted to a Tick perfon to complain. 
 
 permettere ammalato (b) lament ar/i, 
 
 It is noc polite to int-nupc anotner wh 'n he 
 
 civile intsrrompert attra ^uanda 
 
 f peaks. 
 par tare. 
 
 It is right to correl children when they are young. 
 giujio correggere raguz^o e/ere gio-viae. 
 
 It is a great fatisfa&ion to (enfibie people to hear 
 grande foddisfaziane fenfibile gente fentirt 
 their friends are in perft6l hs^iih. 
 amico ejftre perj'etto Jaluie, 
 
 It is a great pleafure to fee brothers well united 
 piacere vftL're fratello ber.s units. 
 
 (a) The article il muftbe put before [ignore. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 1 15, on reciprocal verbs. 
 
 (c) Sec Grar?t. p. 103, on words beginning with an S. 
 
 B 6 toe-
 
 12 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 together ; but it is a great grief to fee them in 
 injieffie, tna grande afanno vedere 
 
 dllcord. 
 dijtordia, 
 
 It is not always proper to correct children for th-e 
 
 fempre convenevale correggere raga&zo 
 faults they commit ; but it is very necelfary to 
 fallo commettere ma. molto necejjario 
 
 make them (enfible of them. 
 rendere fex/ibi!e, 
 
 It is eafy to give advice, but difficult to execute. 
 facile dare cofjigho, ma difficile efeguifle. 
 It is eify to perceive you neglect your bulirieis. 
 
 acccrgerjl trafcurare affare* 
 
 It was ever commendable to itudy languages. 
 fstnpre laudtvolf Jiudiare lingua, 
 
 On the Syntax of Ncuns. See Gram. p. 204. v 
 
 A dutiful child is a great comfort to his parents. 
 ubbidiente figliuolo grande coafolaztone fuo genitare* 
 A good wife is an ineflimable treafure. 
 
 bucno moglie ineftimab:le tefora. 
 
 A diligent mader ijiffrudleth attentive fcholars. 
 diligente maeflro ifiruire atten'.o difcipolo. 
 A good afiion deferves great praife. 
 
 buono azione merit are grande lode. 
 A rafhcounfel is productive of fatal con fequences, 
 incwfidira'.o ccnifigliv prgdultiwo ja'.ale confequenza. 
 My father and mother are very compafl f ionate. 
 
 padre (a) madre (b) effere molto compaffionevole, 
 Their brother and filter are induftrious. 
 
 fratello fcrel/a inJuftrivfo. 
 
 Your houle and warden are exccffively beautiful. 
 
 cafa giardino ecceffivatnente btllo, 
 
 My exercife and my Itflbn are difficult. 
 ejerciz.io Ifzione difficile. 
 
 (a) (b) An adjeflive with fevera] fubflantives muft agree 
 in gencier with that w hrtii is the n>ott worthy. 
 
 Our
 
 ITALIAN EXEP.CISES. 13 
 
 Our man-fervant and our maid-fervant are good, 
 fervo Jeriia buono 
 
 and therefore they (hall have rewards. 
 
 perc;u avers ricompenfa, 
 
 You, your matter, and your miirrels have been 
 padrone padrona ejjtre ftata 
 
 c vi! to me and merit my greateft thanks. 
 
 civile meritare (a) grande ringraziamento. 
 
 ^ 
 
 ' 
 
 On Comparatives. See- Gram. p. 53. 
 
 FranceHs larger, and more powerful than Italy. 
 Francla ' grande potente Italia, 
 
 Virgil wrote more than any other poet. *- 
 Virgilio fcrivere qitalunque altro poeta (b). 
 
 Horace was much mote iatirical than Juvenal. 
 Orazio effere fatirico Giuvcnale. 
 
 Your countrymen are much more richer than mine. 
 lofro tompatrloto (c) ricco mio, 
 
 This water is much clearer than cryftal. 
 quejlo acqita chiaro crijlallo. 
 
 Your filter's hands are whiter than alabafter. 
 
 forella (d) mano (e) bianco alabajiro. 
 
 The Enghih "are* more ftudious than their neigh- 
 
 Inglefe \ ' Jludiofo vi~ 
 
 bours. 
 
 tine. i 
 
 Milton was" much more learned than Dante. 
 Milton e/ere - fapiente Dante. 
 
 The Ruffians behaved more bravely than the Turks. 
 
 Rujja comport arfi -vakrofamenie Turco* 
 
 Cicero was lefs happy than Diogenes. 
 Cicerone felice D/oge..f. 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 56, on fuperlative?. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 45, on words ending in a of the Maf. 
 
 (c) Words ending ceo take an A in the plural. 
 
 (d) Mano is of the fern, gender. 
 
 (e) Such words as end in to take alfo an h in the plural. 
 See Gram. PI 49. 
 
 6 Lewis
 
 I 4 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Lewis the Fourteenth was much lefs admired than 
 Luigi diecimo quarto ammirare 
 
 Henry the Fourth. 
 Enrico quarto, 
 
 London is far better paved than Par!?. 
 Londra laJJricare Parlgi. 
 
 Venice is much lefs populous than Naples. 
 Venczia popolato Nafo/i. 
 
 Lend me three thoufand pounds for a month. 
 preflare tre (a) mille lira per meje. 
 
 I have inherited five hundreJ guineas a-year. 
 
 a*vere er edit are cinque cento gfiinea anno, 
 I have feven biothers and two fitters alive. 
 fette fratello duo forella vivo. 
 
 The tenth of next momh I will pay you. 
 
 died prcjjimo mefe pagare. 
 
 Judas was one of the twelve apoftief. 
 Giuda effere duoJici cpcjlolo- 
 
 William the third was a great conqueror. 
 Guglielmo (b) terzo effere grande conquijlatore. 
 Henry the Fouith was a matchlefs warrior. 
 Enrico quarto incompctrablle guerriero. 
 
 Sixtus the Fifth was a barbarous pope. 
 Sijio quinto barbaro papa. 
 
 Your mafter has a fine country-houle. 
 
 padrone a<vere (c) bello villa. 
 Your brother has fix fine dapple-bay horfes. 
 
 fratello fei btlh bajo pomcllato ca-jaifa. 
 
 Your uncle and aunt are my dear friends. 
 
 zio zia effere caro amico. 
 
 Our general was ever reputed a gallant man. 
 
 generate fempre rifiutare galant' uomo. 
 Solomon was a wife king. 
 Salamone favio Re. 
 
 (a) Nouns of number ought to be put before the fub- 
 ftantive. 
 
 (b) Nouns of order mud be after the fubftantive, when 
 ve fpeak of ecclefialtical, or fecular princes. 
 
 (c) Adjectives of quality mult bs put before fubftantives. 
 
 King
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 15 
 
 King George is a religious monarch. 
 
 Giorgio rel'giofo monarca. 
 
 Nero was a wicked man. 
 Nerone cattivo uomo. 
 
 Croefus was reckoned a rich prince. 
 Crcfo ftimare riuo principe. 
 
 The duke of Richmond has fix fine grey horfes. 
 
 duca Richmond fei hello [z] Uardo cavalto. 
 
 Spain is a hot country, but Germany is a very cold 
 S/>agni caldo faefe, ma Germania freddo 
 
 country. 
 paefe. 
 
 Give me fome cold water, and red wine. 
 dare freddo acqua rojfo vino. 
 
 I love better cold weather than hot weather. 
 amare freddo tempo caldo 
 
 Englifti ladies are handfomer than Italian ladies. 
 Itigtefe fignora bella Italiano fignora, 
 
 I always thought he was a troublefome man. 
 fempre credere (b) feccante uomo, 
 
 This poor man has crooked legs. 
 queftopovero uomo a-vere Jiorto gamba. 
 Will you have a round hat or triangular ? 
 a-uere rotondo capjiello triangolare. 
 There is a fickly man methi'nks. 
 
 ammalaticcio uomo, mi pare. 
 You are a thoughtful philofopher. 
 
 penferofo filofofo. 
 The induftrious are praifed, but the flothful are 
 
 (c)iJuJ1riofo lodare ma pig>'& 
 
 defpifed. 
 fprezzare. 
 
 (a) Nouns of colours, elementary qualities, and of na- 
 tions, mud be put after the fubftantive. 
 
 (b) The adjeftives of condition, figure, and quantity, 
 mult be put after fubftantives. 
 
 (c) Ailje&ives that have no fubftantives muft be of the 
 mafculine gender, becaufe man is always underftood. 
 
 The
 
 16 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 The righteous find peace, but the wicked feel 
 giu/fo trovare face fcellerato fentire 
 
 torment. 
 tormenlo. 
 
 The covetous defpife the poor, but the liberal 
 avaro difpreggiare pavero, ma generofo 
 cherifh them. 
 volere bene. 
 The merciful (hall find mercy, but the cruel (hall 
 
 mifericordiofo iro<vare pieta crudele 
 
 bV punifhed. 
 cajligare, 
 
 The wife man feeketh wifdom, but the fcol 
 Ja<vio cercare fapienza, Jlolto 
 
 defpifeth undemanding. 
 fprezzare imendimento, 
 
 Give me fome bread, fome wine, fome butter, 
 dare (a) del pane <vino . Lutirro 
 
 fome cheefe, fome beef, fome mutton, fome veal, 
 cacio alejb cajlrato 'vitella 
 
 fome pork, fome pye, fome fifh, fome mufiard, 
 porco pajliccio pefce moftarda 
 
 fome fait. 
 fate. 
 
 Go and fetch me a bit of the white bread. 
 andare a cercare pezzo bianco pane. 
 
 Send to the market to buy me ten pounds of 
 mandare tntrcato comprare libra 
 
 frcfh butter. 
 (b)frefco butirro. 
 
 Bring directly fix pounds of black cherries. 
 portare fubito fei libra nero csrafa 
 
 Seven hundred of frelh walnuts, and five pounds 
 
 fette cento note cinque 
 
 of hazle nuts. 
 nocciuola. 
 
 (a) When you nfk for fomething without fpecifying the 
 quantity of it, ufe the article definite del, delta, &c. See 
 Cram. p. 113. 
 
 (b) You mutt ufe the article di, when you fpecify the 
 quantity of the thing. 
 
 Have
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 17 
 
 Have you been at Paris ? No, but I have been 
 
 e/erejlato (a) 2Vo, ma 
 
 at Rouen ; it \s a fine city. Did you fee it ? 
 Rouen bello citta wdere. 
 
 Did you give your brother the book i lent you ? 
 dare (b) fratelh libra prejlare. ^ 
 
 No, I gave it to my fifter, and fhe will return it 
 dare fcrella rejiituirt 
 
 to you when fhe has read it. 
 leggere. 
 
 Did you tell your father I was in the country r 
 dire padre ejjere campagna. 
 
 No, fir, but I told my mother, it is all one. 
 
 dire madre (elifteffa cofa.) 
 God demands the purentis of our hearts. 
 IdJio rlclnedere purita (c) cuorc. 
 
 We ought to die for the fervice of our princes. 
 dovere morire fervizio 
 
 Conflrution of Adjedtives. 
 
 the Adjeflives betokening defire, knowledge, remem- 
 brance, ignorance, forgetting, care, fear, guilt, 
 
 or any pajfion of the mind> require the following 
 noun in the genitive cafe. 
 
 Thofe that are defirous of honour, are ftudious 
 quello fffere iramofo onore Jiudiofo 
 
 of learning and of good manners.' 
 
 fcienza buono cuftume. 
 
 He that is not mindful of his own bufinefs, 
 ricorde-Tjcle proprio affare 
 
 cannot be mindful of others. 
 (no a fuoi ejjere) a/tro> 
 
 (a) We put the article a before names of cities. 
 
 (b) Before the names of men and women, we ufe a!, 
 alia, &c. 
 
 (c) We ufe df before pronouns that are joined with 
 fubftantives. See Gram, p. 204. 
 
 Thou
 
 i8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Thou and I are guilty of the fame crime. 
 
 folpevcle Jle/o delitto. 
 
 I am ignorant of the fadt you mention. 
 
 igtiorante fatto menzionare. 
 
 ddjeflives betokening plenty, or want, as poor, defti- 
 . ture, e.npty, full, voio, will have the Genitive 
 cafe after them. 
 
 He whofe bags are empty of money, h?s a houfe 
 facco 'vuoto danaro avert cafa 
 
 fmpty of friends, and a coat full of rents. 
 i/uoto amico alito plena fquarcio. 
 
 The court which is full of flatterers, is pernicious 
 corte eftre pieno adulators perniziofo 
 
 to a prince, though he be rich in fubfbnce, and 
 
 principe rlcco fofianza 
 
 abundant in honour. 
 abbondante onore. 
 
 A journey a hundred miles long wearies a horfe 
 
 viaggio cento mile Jlancare ca<vatl 
 
 that has not his belly moderately full of provender, 
 
 venire affai plena biada 
 
 for while he is defuous of meat, he goes flowly. 
 ftrche mentre bramofo mangiart andare lento. 
 Lazinefs has need of fpurs. 
 pigrizia bifogna fperene. 
 
 Thefe ddjeftives worthy, unworthy, adorned, en- 
 compaffed, content, will have a genitive after 
 them. 
 
 Thofe are unworthy of the glory of heaven, 
 
 (J/ere indegno gloria cielo 
 
 that do not think virtue worthy of love, nor are 
 eke credere virtu des>no amore 
 
 content with the pleafurc that virtue gives. 
 cotitento piaffe che virlit dare. 
 
 A fon endowed with excellent wit rt juices his 
 figliuolo dotato tccelitnte fpirito rallegrart 
 
 father
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 19 
 
 father, whcjfe good example he imitates, whole 
 padre buono efempio imitare 
 
 commands he obferves, he is never trembling for 
 
 comando oj/'trvare mai tremare 
 
 fear, for he provokes not his father's anger, he is 
 paura perchs irritare padre collera 
 
 always mindful of his duty, he is like a {raff to 
 fetnpre ricordevole dovere come baft one 
 
 his father's old age. 
 padre 'vecchicja. 
 
 He that is endowed with fine qualities, and does 
 
 quello dotato hello qualita 
 
 not behave himtelf well, is unworthy of men's 
 
 camfortarfi bene effere indegno us/no 
 
 fociety. 
 (a) Jodeta. 
 
 Thofe who are content with their own condition, 
 effiere contento condlzione 
 
 are worthy of the name of good chriftians, but 
 
 degno nomg buono crifiano 
 
 they are very rare. 
 ma raro. 
 
 If the city of Naples was encompaffed with 
 fe citta Nafcli circondare 
 
 walls, it would be flronger than it is. 
 muro effere (b) forte. 
 
 England is adorned with the faireft ladies in the 
 Inghilterra ornare (c) bellofignora (Ji quejla 
 
 world. 
 mondo.) 
 
 Our country is furrounded with the ftrongeft 
 
 paefe chiudere (d) forto 
 
 bulwarks. 
 
 baluordo. 
 
 Very few people are fatisfied with the lot that 
 
 poco gente foddisfare forte 
 
 Providence has beftowed on them. 
 Providenza. concedere. 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 45, on words ending in la, 
 
 (b) Ibid. p. 53, on comparatives. 
 
 (c) (d) Ibid. p. 56, on luperiauvts. 
 
 Adjec-
 
 20 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Adjectives governing a Dative Cafe. 
 
 i betokening fubmifiion, relation, pleafure, 
 due, refinance, difficulty, likenefs, will have the 
 following neun in the Dative Cafe. 
 
 Virtue is pleafant to the righteous, and it is 
 (a) inrtit fiacevolf gi'flo 
 
 befides profitable to thofe that love it. 
 
 oltre , profitte<vo!e q:iello che amare. 
 
 Reverence is due to God, the kino; of all the world. 
 
 \ 
 
 nverenza dyvulo Die (b) Rs t futto msndo. 
 Honour is due to kings, becaufe God has com- 
 cnore dwuto Re perche avere co- 
 
 manded that we be obedient to them. 
 mandare eJJ'ere ubbidiente. 
 
 It is a lamentable thing that men of excellent 
 lamentfvole cofa uomo eccellente 
 
 wit are prone to wickednefs. 
 
 /ftrtto dedita ntalvagia, 
 
 A man that lets himfelf be drawn by the corrupted 
 
 uomo lafciarfi alhttare - to 
 
 pleafures of this world, is more like a bean than a 
 
 piacere quefto monda piu flmile bejila 
 
 chriftian. 
 cri/riano. 
 
 Children are not always like their parents, they 
 
 fgliuolo femf-re fimile gfnitore. 
 
 are fometimes quite different from them. 
 
 talvolta affatto differente. 
 
 My father is like my uncle in the fliape of his 
 
 padre fimilt zia forma fui 
 
 face, and in the colour of his hair, but he is not 
 
 vifo colors capdlo ma e/tre 
 
 like him in his manners. 
 coftume. 
 
 (a) Words in u are indeclinable, See Gram. p. 50. 
 
 (b) Re is indeclinable. 
 
 On
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 21 
 
 On Super lathe Degrees. See Gram. 56. 
 
 The rnoft noble of all virtues is charity. 
 
 la piu jiobile (it/to -virtu cant a. 
 
 Thofe that feem to be the moft ingenious, are not 
 parere f/sre (a) piu ingegnofo effere 
 
 always the moft learned. 
 fempre fapicnle. 
 
 The moft pernicious of all crimes is flander, it 
 
 ptrttixiofo delitto calunnia 
 
 ruins very often the reputation of the moft honeft 
 rov/nare (b) fyeffo riputazione onejla 
 
 people, it puts difcord between the moft intimate 
 gente nittere difcordia fra intrjnfeca 
 
 h -lends ; in (horr, it is the moft abominable crime 
 amico in fomrna a.bbomine'vole delitto 
 
 in the world. 
 
 The beft quality that a man can have, is to be 
 
 (c) buono qual'ua uomo potere a*vtre 
 
 civil and obliging. 
 (i-vile corlffe. 
 
 'I he left friend we can have is money. 
 amico danaro. 
 
 The beft loldiers in the world are fometimes 
 
 foUato talvoka 
 
 conquered. 
 tonquifiare, 
 
 Buy me the beft grapes you fee in town. 
 
 u<va <vedere citta. 
 
 The greateft men in the kingdom confefs it. 
 
 grande uomo regno confeffare, 
 
 The richeft people are not the happieft. 
 ricco gente felice. 
 
 (a) The moft is rendered by il piu, la piu, i piu, Sec, See 
 Cram. p. 56. 
 
 (b) Very often, makes fpejfjijjimo. 
 
 (c) The fuperlativc degree of lucno is il mlgliore. See 
 Gram. p. 53. 
 
 The
 
 22 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 The moft virtuous women have been guilty of 
 
 virtuofo donna t/erejiato colpe--vole 
 coquetry. 
 civet: tria. 
 
 We fhould pay a moft particular attention to the 
 
 (a) fare particolare attenzione 
 
 moral condudt of our children of both (exes. 
 mar ah condstta faliuolo duo ft/9. 
 
 The Pronouus Perfonal io, tu, egli, effa, noi, voi, 
 eglino, being the nominative cafe, ought to be put 
 before the verb> but if there is an interrogation^ they 
 ought to be put after the verb. See Gram. p. 205. 
 
 I intreat you to grant me that favour. 
 
 Jupplicare <voi accordare quejlo fa-vore. 
 
 What do you defire of me, madam ? 
 
 'volere /gncra. 
 
 What do you fay, fir ? I do not underhand you. 
 
 dire cafire. 
 
 Don't you fpeak Italian and French ? 
 far/are Italiano Francefe. 
 
 I understand it pretty well, but wbsn you fpeak 
 
 comjrendere ajfai bene ma quando 
 fo very fait, I cannot underftand you. 
 cost prejlo non poffo capire. 
 
 I allc you if you will do me a favour. 
 damandare > <volere fare favor e. 
 
 With all my heart, if I can conveniently. 
 
 tutto cuore potere comodanifnte. 
 
 Have you an Italian Dictionary ? 
 
 a*uere Italiano Dizionario 
 
 Yes, I have Alberti's Dictionary. 
 
 Will you lend it me for two or three w;eks ? 
 
 prepare (h) due tre feltimaaa. 
 
 It is at your fervice, if you will fend for it. 
 vc/lrofervizio (mandarlo a ccrcare.) 
 
 (a) Pay is often turned by fare. 
 
 (b) See Cram. p. 206, on pronouns conjunctive. 
 
 Did
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 23 
 
 Did you fee the caft'e St. Angelo at Rome? 
 
 vederg caflello Sant' Angela Roma. 
 
 Yes, it is very fine, very rich ; in fhort, I think 
 bello ricco (in fomma) credere 
 
 it is the fined caftie in all Europe, 
 (a) tutto Europa. 
 
 Do you think the city of Paris is finer than 
 
 credere citta Parigi belia 
 
 London ? 
 Londra, 
 No, it is not fo large, nor fo well built as London. 
 
 largo iene edificata. 
 
 I love you with all my hearr, and if you will 
 
 amare tutlo cuore 
 
 come to morrow to fee me, I'll give you what I 
 'venire domani vedere dare 
 
 promifed you. 
 promettere. 
 
 I will not fail, but I am afraid to be too trouble- 
 
 mancare temere 
 
 fonie to you, and to yf>ur family. 
 vcftro famiglia. 
 D!d Mr. N. give you the book you lent him ? 
 
 ftgnor dare libra prefiare 
 
 Not yet ; but I believe he will give it me foon. 
 non ancora, ma credere dare preflo. 
 
 When you get it back, will you bring it me ? 
 
 (b) riavere portare 
 
 I will do it willingly to oblige you. 
 
 fare 1'olentieri ohbligare. 
 When will you go to fee him at his country feat? 
 
 rjuando andare njedere fuo 'villa. 
 
 1 believe I (hall vifit him next month. 
 
 credere r u\f>tare venturo mefe. 
 
 Bring me to-morrow your grammar. 
 
 portare domani grammatica. 
 
 Here it is, fir, i brought it with me. 
 
 (Eccola qua) for tare meco. 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 56, on fuperlatives. 
 
 (b) This fuppoi'es a future j Quando la ria-vrete, &c. 
 
 Shew
 
 24 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Shew me what you have written. That is not 
 
 mo/irare quel che avert fcri-vere 
 well, write it over again, and when you have done 
 bene fcri-vcre di miovo (a) quando avert fare 
 
 it, give it to your brother. 
 dare voflro fratello. 
 
 Believe me, you are very idle. 
 credere effere f'gro. 
 
 Forgive me, I will be more di igent. 
 perdonare effcre piu diligente. 
 
 Reach me that pen-knife, and a clean pen. 
 errecare quello temperino pulilo penna. 
 
 Write an exercife, and then read it to me. 
 fcrivere efercizio e pot (leggetemelo) (b).* 
 
 On Pronouns Demonftrative, and Poffefiive. 
 
 The Pronouns Demonjlrative quefto, quello, or quefti, 
 and the Pronouns Poffejjive^ mio, mia, tuo, tua, 
 fuo, fua, agree with the fubfiantives in gender , 
 number , and cafe. See Gram. p. 68, and 66. 
 
 This horfe goe^ better than any of yours. 
 qutflo caiiallo andare qualunqm voftro. 
 
 This man is more honeft than you think. 
 uomy oneflo credere. 
 
 This woman is not fo happy as (he deferves. 
 
 donna ftlice mer.itare. 
 
 This houfe ftands in a moft pleafant fituation. 
 cafa flare aweno fiuazioiif. 
 
 Thofe gentlemen feem to be very cold. 
 quefto fignore pare a<vere freddo. 
 
 1 hofe ladies are very modeftly drefi. 
 
 fignora modeftamente veflire. 
 
 My brother is gone into the country for a month, 
 (c) mio fratello andare camfagna meje. 
 
 (a) Turn ; and ivhen you /ball have done it. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 65. 
 
 (c) Pronouns pof.'efnve take the article it, la, &c. in 
 the nominative, See Gram, p. 66. 
 
 My
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 25 
 
 My mother is gone over to France for her health. 
 madre Fnmcia falu'S 
 
 My countrymen are very great politicians. 
 
 compatriotto gr aside politico. 
 
 My fitter loves public diverfions to excefs. 
 
 forella amare pubblico divertimento ececjfo. 
 My action is not fo blameable as you fay. 
 azicne biafitncvole ' dire. 
 
 Your affection for me is falfe and deceitful. 
 affetto 'falfo iiiganne-TJole, 
 
 Her hiftory has made a great noife in the world. 
 I floria aver e fare grande rcn:ore moado. 
 
 Their clock is always out of order. 
 
 orohgh fempre in difirdim. 
 Our houfe is finer than yours. 
 
 tafa bello iioftro. 
 
 Their affairs are more perplext than you imagine. 
 off are fiu imbarrazxare immaginare. 
 
 The Pronoun Relative che is of all genders, and of all 
 numbers. See Gram. p. 70. 
 
 The woman who has a fair face, is loved by all. 
 donna che a<vere bello i>ifo amare tuito. 
 The girl who biotight me my pen-knifej is lovely. 
 ragczza portare ttmperino amabite, 
 
 The man who bought me my houfe, is honeft. 
 uctKo camprare tnio cafa onpflo. 
 
 The hat which covers my brother's head, begins 
 cafpelio coprire fralello tefla cominciare 
 
 to be worn. 
 
 ttfarfi. 
 
 The man who flruck my father is a butcher. 
 vcmo percuctere padre txacsllaro. 
 
 The rewards which are promifed ftjall be given, 
 
 rittmptnfa (/ere protneltere dare 
 
 if the works required be done after to-morrow. 
 
 la~jc.ro titltiefto jure dopo domani. 
 The horie that my father fold, was very good. 
 ta-vallt padre I'endtrt ej/irt buotso, 
 
 C The
 
 2 6 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 The comedy which we a&ed was pleafant. 
 commedia Ptipprefextare piaee<vole, 
 
 The wood that we bargained for was too dry. 
 le^no patteggiare ejjere fecco, 
 
 The wine which you drank yefterday was ex- 
 'vlno here itri ec~ 
 
 cellent. 
 ceilente. 
 
 The laft lefTon you gave me, was very difficult. 
 
 ultimo Ifzicne dare . molto difficile. 
 
 The company you keep is not honeft. 
 
 cimpagnia praticare onffo. 
 
 I have found the book that I had loft. 
 avere troiiare libra perdere. 
 
 Note that, he that, and fhe that, mujl be turned by 
 quello che, aw^/qutlla che. See Gram. p. 91. 
 
 He that dots not fear God, does not deferve to live. 
 
 tetnere Dio meritare 'vivere. 
 
 He that came this morning, has a great regard 
 
 venire mattina avert gran Jiima 
 
 for you. 
 
 He that gave you that counftl, is not your friend. 
 
 dare configho arnica. 
 
 He that lives honeftly is eHeemed of all honeft 
 
 'vivire oticjlamitue jlimare tutto oneflo 
 
 people. 
 
 gente. 
 
 He that told you that, did not tell you the truth. 
 dire <verita. 
 
 He that fold you thefe boots did not cheat you. 
 vender 'e Jiivale ingannare. 
 
 He that is the handfomeft is not always the moft 
 
 btllo fempre 
 
 virtuous. 
 virtuofo. 
 
 He that fpeaks continually muft be very trouble- 
 partare continuamente deiie effere fec- 
 
 forne. 
 fanit, 
 
 She '
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. ^7 
 
 She that told me the news, is your great friend. 
 dire nuova grar.de arnica. 
 
 She that is married to Mr. N. is the moft lively. 
 maritare fignor N. piu vivace. 
 
 She that gave me your letter, fpeaks Italian very 
 
 dare leltera far/are Italiano 
 
 well. 
 benijfimo. 
 
 He whom you look for, is gone away this morning. 
 
 cercare artdare mattina. 
 
 He whom you hate the moft, is my intimate 
 
 odlare ititimo 
 
 friend. 
 arnica. 
 
 He whom you have recommended to me, is a 
 
 avert racccmandare 
 great rogue. 
 birbante. 
 He whom you faw yefterda'y is my fitter's lover. 
 
 bedere ieri ejfere forefta amantt* 
 He whom God loves, is very happy. 
 
 Dio amare fflice. 
 
 She that you fee, is my eldett brother's miftrefs. 
 vedere primogenito fratello itiaamorala. 
 
 She that I have recommended to you, is modeft. 
 avere raccomandare mode/la, 
 
 She whom I loved the beft is married. 
 
 amare il piu maritare. 
 
 I faw to-day the gentleman with whom W3 dined 
 vedere cggl Jignare (a) pra:izart 
 
 yefterday. 
 
 ieri. 
 
 Here is the lady for whom I have great refpeft. 
 Ecco fignara, avere grande rifpetta. 
 
 Let us go and fee the lady with whom we played 
 andare (b) vedere giuocare 
 
 at cards in the country the other day. 
 carta campagna altro giorno. 
 
 (a) We put chi after the prepofitions, fpeaking of rea- 
 fonable creatures. See Gram. p. 71. 
 
 (b) See Gram, p, 209, on vetbs of raotioru 
 
 C a The
 
 . 
 
 2 S ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 The gentleman with whom we were the other 
 fgnore (/ere altro 
 
 day is very fick. 
 giorno ammalato. 
 
 There is the horfe for which I offered twenty 
 
 cava/t'o cfferire t'fnli 
 
 guineas. 
 gfuata, 
 
 Shew me the watch for which you gave forty 
 mcftrare oriuolo dare quaranta 
 
 pounds. 
 lire. 
 
 T here is the fword for which I offered fix guineas. 
 fyada. ffibire fei ghinta. 
 
 When between two Firbs there is a Noun, uie put al- 
 ways che after the fir Ji verb. 
 
 I thought you could (peak Italian better thail 
 
 credere parlare Italians meglio. 
 
 you do. 
 
 I fancy you are not yet twenty years old. 
 
 imaginare (a) avert ancora <venti anni. 
 I hope you will not refufe me the favour to re- 
 fperare ricufare favore rac- 
 
 commend me to your friends in town. 
 t.ott'mandare <vo/?ro amico citta. 
 
 My uncle told me yefterday you was not well, 
 z\o dire ieri (b)Jiare bene 
 
 but I am very glad to find you are better to-day. 
 ma railegrarfi trovare tneglio oggi. . 
 
 You promifed to write to me laft week, but I 
 ^fromettere fcrivere pajfato fettimana fa A 
 
 am very lorry to obferve you forgot me. 
 rincrejcere cfltr<i'are fcordare. 
 
 (a) We ufe the verb avere inftead of e/ere, talking of 
 age. Ex. How old are you ? >uanti anni avete ? 
 
 (b) The verb fare mult be uied initead of fjfere, when 
 ,'ou talk of health.
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 29 
 
 We put always che in/lead of but in Engli/b, -with a 
 negation before the Verb* 
 
 I did defire but one favour from you, and you 
 
 chiedere fa-vore 
 
 refufed it me. 
 r ici/fare. 
 
 If you would give me but one piflole at once, 
 dare doppfa alia -valla 
 
 you would obHge me infinitely. 
 obbli^are infimtamente. 
 
 When one has but little money, one ought to 
 quando (a) avere fcco danaro 
 
 Ipend accordingly. 
 fpendere in canfequenza. 
 *,j I afk you but what others give me. 
 9 domandare altro dare. 
 
 YOU do nothing but laugh and play. 
 
 fare (b) rider e giucart. 
 
 He does nothing but eat and drink. 
 
 When others laugh, you do nothing but cry. 
 
 altro riderc ' fare piangere. 
 
 On the Particles Relalivt ci and vi. 77>d Particles 
 Relative ci and vi are put injieadof there, within, 
 and in that. 
 
 I went yefterday to your houfe to fee you, but 
 
 andare lerl cafa vedcre ma 
 
 your man told me you was not within. 
 fervo dire ejfere 
 
 indeed I was there almoft all the afternoon ; at 
 
 in verita quafi tutto dopo pranzo 
 
 what time did you go there? 
 che time andare. 
 
 (a) When one has but, &c. muft be turned by, quando 
 non fi ha che, &c. 
 
 (b) You do nothing but, &c. turn it, nonfats oltro die. 
 
 03 I went
 
 30 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 I went there at fix o'clock. 
 
 fei era. 
 He was in the right to tell you I was not within, 
 
 (a) avere d:re tff*re 
 
 for 1 was gone lo vifit a few friends in the fquare. 
 i andare iiifttare qualche arnica piazza, 
 
 My brother and lifter are gone in the country. 
 frateilo forella andare campagna, 
 
 . When did they go there, I want to know ? 
 ^ quando (vorrei fapere) 
 
 They went there yefterday morning. 
 
 andare ieri matiina. 
 
 Is it long fince you faw our regiment ? 
 (b) vedere reggimento. 
 
 It is two months, if I remember well. 
 due txefe fe ricordare bene. 
 How long is it fince you left France ? 
 e/tre lafciare Francia 
 
 It is five and twenty years, or thereabouts. 
 cinque venti anno o incirca. 
 
 ILw to exprefs fome of it, or of them. See Gram. 
 p. 218. 
 
 You have three horfes, lend me one of them. 
 
 avere ire cavalla preftare. 
 I have but two of them, one for myfelf, and 
 
 avert due tnejlejj~9 
 
 the other for my man. 
 fer*vo. 
 I thought you had three of them. 
 
 credere avere tre. 
 
 To (hew you that I have but two of them, come 
 
 far vedere amere due venire 
 
 with me into the ftable, and you won't fee any 
 
 meco falla *vedere 
 
 more of them. 
 
 (a) To be in the right, is, a-vere ragione . 
 
 (b) Long, molto tempo, or un pezzo. 
 
 I doubt
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 31 
 
 I doubt nothing of it, I believe you. 
 
 dubitare (a) credere. 
 
 I fee very fine flowers in your garden, give me 
 
 vedcre bello fiore giar ditto dare 
 
 fome of them. 
 
 I have not many of them, hut what there is, is 
 
 avere molta ma quel (b) 
 
 at your fervice. 
 fgrvitdt, 
 I have but rive or fix of them, as you fe-i. 
 
 cinque _fei vedere. 
 
 You may take a dozen of them, if you pleafe. 
 potere pigli are dozzi/ia piacere. 
 
 \Vhjt will you have me do with them ? 
 
 imlere fare 
 
 You (hall give fome to your daughters. 
 
 dare I'oftro figliuala, 
 
 Do they talk, of the war in your town ? 
 
 (c). parlare guerra citta t 
 
 They talk of it all over the ifland. 
 
 tut to ifila. 
 
 And what do they think of our neighbour's in- 
 credere <uicino in- 
 
 tentions ? 
 tenzione. 
 
 They know very little about them here. 
 fafere poco qiii. 
 
 Exercifes on the Tenfes of the Verbs. 
 
 The prefent Tenfe is when the Afiion of which one 
 fpeah, is prefent. 
 
 Sir, I come to have the honour to fee you. 
 
 Signore venire a<vere onore *vedire. 
 
 I am infinitely obliged to you for this favour. 
 fj/ere infinitamente obbligare que/lo favor e. 
 
 (a) Leave out nothing, and turn, Nan ne dub'sto. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 148, on the conjugation of' there is, &c. 
 
 (c) See Gram. p ( zi8, on t/tej, it is, &c. 
 
 C 4 How
 
 32 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 How does the lady your mother do ? 
 
 (a) ft are Jignora madre. 
 
 She is very we)], fir, and prefenrs her ompli- 
 fiare bcnifiimo prefentare comfli- 
 
 ments to you. 
 men/o. 
 
 I am her moft humble fervanr, and I am very 
 e/ere umile fervo raliegrarfi 
 
 glad to hear fhe is well. 
 fare bene. 
 
 Will you come and walk with me in the garden ? 
 volere 'venire /faffggiare giarJir.o. 
 
 i pray you to excufe me, i cannot flay any longer. 
 prepare fcujare potere reflare. 
 
 You are always in great hafte, when you come 
 effere fempre grande frstta 'venire 
 
 to fee me. 
 'vedere. 
 Not at al), fir, it is more than an hour fince I 
 
 e/ere ora che 
 
 came here, and jny fifter is al! alone at home. 
 'venire qui fare Ha tut to folo \ cafa, 
 
 i am forry you won't flay : I intreat you to 
 
 difpiccere vo'ere reft art fuf>j>licare 
 
 prefonc rny moft hximble refpects to the lady your 
 prefentare umile rifpetto fgnora 
 
 mother. 
 madre. 
 
 The imperfel tenfe ii when the aflion of which one 
 sy is interrupted. 
 
 Sir, we were fpeaking of you when you came. 
 Signore par/are quando venire. 
 
 What were you faying of me, ladies ? 
 che dire Jignora. 
 
 We were faying that when you was in France 
 dire quando e/ere Fraud* 
 
 (a) When we inquire after any body's health, we make 
 ufe ol'the veibyfa/v, inftead of j*re t or e/ere.
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 33 
 
 among the ladies, you was the moft gallant, the 
 
 fro. fignora fjjere galante 
 
 moft courteous, and the moft complaifant gentle- 
 ccrtefe ampiacente fg- 
 
 man in the world. 
 nore mondi. 
 
 I did not think, ladies, I was fo happy as (o be 
 
 penfare Jignora, ejj'ere felice eff.-re 
 
 the fubjecl: of your converfation ; and what do you 
 
 fog^ttto converfazione 
 
 think I am now ? 
 credere. 
 
 We believe that you are ftill very civil, and very 
 
 credere ejj'ere ancora civile 
 
 complaifant ; but not io gallant as you was ihe.e. 
 eoaifiactate ma galante ejj'ere 
 
 Lewis the XlVth was one of the greateft kings 
 Luigi (a) grand Re 
 
 in the world, he was a lover of fine fciences, he 
 
 mondo amatore bello Utters.} 
 
 did not iove flatterers, he did follow always his <r\u 
 
 amare adulators feguire jempre 
 
 inclinations, and if he could not get the victory 
 jnclinazione . e fe guadagnare I'lttina 
 
 over his enemies by the force of his arms, he would 
 
 nemico forza arma 
 
 get it by the number of his Louis d'ors j in a 
 
 numero Luigi d'oro in 
 
 word, he was a great politician. 
 fomma grande politico. 
 
 The perfect definite a tenfe perfefily paft, and often 
 determined by an ad-verb of time pa/L 
 
 Where went you yefterday, that you was not at 
 dove andare ieri e/ere 
 
 home, when I went to fee you ? 
 
 quando vedere. 
 
 (a) We make ufe alfo of the imperfeft tenfe, when we 
 fpeak of the qualities of any bod ; that is dead, 
 
 C 5 I went
 
 34 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 I went to fee Mr. N. who is not well. 
 
 itedere ilfignor flare. 
 Did you meet with any company there ? 
 
 trow are compagnia. 
 
 Yes, I met with his uncle and three of his fitters. 
 Kto ire forella t 
 
 What was the matter of your converfation ? 
 quale ejjere foggetto ccnverfazione. 
 
 We fpoke of many different things. 
 
 parlare molto differente cofa. 
 Did you fpeak Italian with them ? 
 
 Italiano 
 Yes, all our converfation was in Italian. 
 
 Did they fay you fpeak it well ? 
 
 dire bene. 
 
 They faid nothing about it. 
 
 niente. 
 Did they not afk you of whom you learn ? 
 
 domanSare chi imparare. 
 
 Yes, I told them I was learning of you. 
 
 Julius Caefar, the emperor, after he had con- 
 Giulio Cefare imperatore dopo con- 
 
 quered Britain, built a tower at London, but he 
 quiftare Eretagna (a) edifuai-e lorre Londra 
 
 continued not there; he appointed rulers in his 
 rejtare coflituire go<vernatore 
 
 ftead, and returned from London to Rome. 
 i>fte ritornarg Londra Roma* 
 
 Henry the Vlllth, king of England, regarded 
 Enrico ottavo Re Inghilterra badare 
 
 not the bulls and threatenings which came from 
 
 bulla minaccia 'venire 
 
 Italy, he violently (hootc of the papal power, 
 Italia 'viokntemente fcuotere papale pottrt 
 
 though he retained the Roman religion. 
 ritenere Romano religione* 
 
 (a) We make ufe alfo of the perfel definite, when we 
 
 fpeak of tUc itatioas of dead people. 
 
 The
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 35 
 
 The preterpluperfefl is a ten/e fo perfeftty pq/l y that it 
 cannot be interrupted. 
 
 I am very glad to fee you, for your brother told 
 
 rallegrarfi vedere fratello dire 
 
 me you were gone to France. 
 
 'Tis true I was refolved to go there, if my father 
 njero rifolvere andare (a) p-'iJ ~e 
 
 had given me money enough to make that journey. 
 aiiere dare danara fare i/iaggio, 
 
 Had he given you leave to go there ? 
 avere dare pernifjjb andare. 
 
 Yes, and he gave me fifty guineas to make my 
 
 fi dare clnquanta ghinea fare 
 
 journey. 
 *vlaggio. 
 
 If he had given me thirty more, I (hould have been 
 
 (b) aiiere dare trenta tj/'tire jiuiO 
 
 in Paris now to pafs the Cummer. 
 Parig! ora pnjjire ejlate. 
 
 If you had come to fee me, I would have lent 
 iienire 'vedere ay ere prejiare 
 
 you fome. 
 
 I am much obliged to you for it. 
 tffere mo/to cbbligato, 
 
 When you had a mind to go to France, was you 
 quando airere iicglia , anJare Francia 
 
 refolved to go away without taking we of your 
 rifslvere andare 'via fenza licenziarfi 
 friends ? 
 amico. 
 
 Not at all, I had already taken my leave of fe*' '. 
 nlente affatto dlgia molty* 
 
 Very well, but you had forgotten me 
 Ifnffifno ma a<vere fcordato, 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 209, on f/before that tenfe. 
 
 (b) See ibid, on the particle if before the imperfeft in- 
 dicative. 
 
 C 6 I am
 
 36 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 1 am forry you have fo bad an opinion of me. 
 
 dijpiacere cattivo opinione. 
 
 The Future fignifas the time to come. 
 
 When will you go into the country? 
 quando andare campagna. 
 
 I believe I fliall go there to-morrow. 
 
 credere andare domani% 
 
 "Will you ft a y l n g there ? 
 
 reflare un pezzo. 
 No, I will ftay but two or three weeks. 
 
 due o ire fettimana. 
 How will you fpend your time when you are there ? 
 
 pa/are tempo quando (a) ej/iere. 
 
 I'll go and fee my friends, and I will divert my- 
 
 andare wtdsre arnica di-vertire 
 
 felf with thofe that receive me kindly. 
 
 (b) rice e vere cortefemente. 
 Won't you carry fome books with you ? 
 
 portare libra. 
 
 No, for I am fure while I am there, I fhall have 
 fercl.e f.cura mentre (c) avere 
 
 no time to read. 
 tempo hggere. 
 You will forget all your Italian. . . 
 
 fcardare tutto Italiano. 
 
 I am certain I lliall not, for I will not ftay long 
 
 cfrto dim reflare 
 
 there. 
 molto. 
 
 When once you are there, your friends will not 
 
 una 'volla (d) effere omico 
 
 permit you to leave them fo foon. 
 ptrtneltere lafciare cosi prefto. 
 
 (a) Wkenycu are there, turn, when you fliall be there. 
 
 (b) Ricevere, mult be in the future, third perfon plural. 
 
 (c) Turn, ivhile 1 fhall be there, mentre die ci Jaro. 
 
 (rf) Turn, when sniejc/ujlall be t/itrf, quando una volta 
 ci lame, 
 
 You
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 37 
 
 You (hall fee that I'll be here next Sunday, and 
 
 I'edere ejfere qui proJJiiKo Domenica 
 
 that my friends won't have fo much ^o ver over me 
 
 amito a-vere . tanlo potere 
 
 as you think. 
 
 penfare. 
 What will you bring me from the country ? 
 
 apportare camfagna. 
 
 I'll bring you iome partridges, a hare, and fomfl 
 
 portare pernice lepre 
 
 pheafants. 
 fagiano. 
 
 I will be obliged to you for it. 
 e/ere obbigato, 
 
 The Imperative is a Mood that commands. 
 
 Go from me to my lady, prefent my refpefts to her. 
 
 artdare fignora pefentare rifpetlo. 
 
 Give her this letter, and bring me an anfwer, 
 dare quefo lettera portare rijpojia 
 
 if fhe is not at home, ftay till (he comes back. 
 fe efore cafa rejlare ritornare. 
 
 Speak Italian with me, pronounce well, begin 
 
 far/are Italiano meco pronunziare ricomin- 
 
 again, read foftly, repeat your leflbn, get you gone. 
 dare leggere adagio rdegere hzKine andare via. 
 
 On the Conftrudion of the Verbs. 
 The Auxiliary Verb avere, requires a Nominative Cafe. 
 
 You have a fon that has the fineft qualities in the 
 
 avere Jigliuolo bello qualita 
 
 world j he has a fweet countenance, he has a great 
 mondo a-vere piacevole fifonofaia molto 
 
 deal of civility, he has very obliging manners, in 
 
 (erfe/e to/futne 
 
 ihort,
 
 3 8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 fhort, he has the love of every body, and you are 
 affezicne tutto e/ere 
 
 happy in having fuch a fon. 
 fortunate. 
 
 A man is very happy that has the fear of God, 
 
 UOMO molto felice timore Iddio 
 
 and the love of his neighbours, though he has not 
 
 amore <vicino (a) benche 
 
 the riches of fortune. 
 ricchezza fortuna. 
 Tbofe who have great riches, and no charity for 
 
 avere (b) grande ricchezza car it a. 
 the poor, {hall not ihare God's mercy. 
 po'vero partedfare Dio mifcricordia. 
 
 A man that has wit, and no behaviour, is worfe 
 uomo fpirito tsttdstta peggio 
 
 than a beaft. 
 befiia. 
 
 I have fcholars that have fenfe, and are diligent ; 
 fcclaro Jen no ejfere diligente 
 
 but I have others that are dull, and very idle. 
 altro che. , JiupiJo pig r o. 
 
 If you have good manners, civility, and coinplaif- 
 a-~vere buono coftume civilta, compia*- 
 
 ance, you will be loved by every body. 
 cenza ejjere amato tutto, 
 
 Sometimes "we make ufe of the Verb avere in/lead of 
 eflere, efpecially when we fpcak of cold, heat, hun- 
 ger, thirft, and when we fpsak of the age of any 
 body. 
 
 I was very cold when I came, but I am very 
 avere freJdo venire evere 
 
 warm now. 
 caldo era. 
 
 You eat as if you were not hungry. 
 mangiare come fe avere fame. 
 
 (a) Benche governs the fubjunftive mood. 
 
 (b) See Gram. p. 115, on the articles <&/, ditto, delta, &c. 
 
 lafk
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 39 
 
 I afk your pardon, I eat heartily, for 1 was very 
 
 demandare perdsno mangiare bene avert 
 
 hungry. 
 
 fame. 
 
 Are you not dry yet ? 
 
 #<vere fete ancora. 
 
 Yes, I am very dry, but I won't drink yet, for 
 
 Ji avere gran fete ma voters here ancora 
 if 1 drink when I am hungry, that hinders me 
 fe beitere quando avere fame impedire 
 
 from eating. 
 
 mangiare. 
 
 How old is your uncle ? 
 
 quanta anno avert x.io. 
 
 He is not feventy years old yet. 
 avere fetlanta anno ancora. 
 
 You furprize me, I thought he was eighty 
 forprendere credere avere ottanta 
 
 years old. 
 anno. 
 
 And you, madam, how old are you ? 
 e lei fgnora anno avere 
 
 I am not twenty yet, if I remember well. 
 
 avere *venti ancora fe ricordarfi bene. 
 
 On the Verb Subflantive ejjere. 
 
 The verb fubflantive effere requires the following noun 
 in the nominative cafe. 
 
 Our mafter is diligent ; but I have been hitherto 
 noflro padrone fffere diligente eflere Jfata finora 
 
 very idle ; I have imitated the drones. 
 
 pigro aiiere imitare cacchione. 
 
 I have loft my parents Jove, who always pro- 
 
 a-vere perdere genitore affezione fempre for-. 
 
 vided all things neceffary for me. I have been 
 
 nire tutto cofa necejfaria e/ere Jiate 
 
 unworthy of their care j but I will deferve to be 
 
 indegno <ura ma meritare effert 
 
 called
 
 40 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 called the mod diligent of all our fcholars for the 
 chiamare diligente tvtta fcolaro 
 
 time to come. 
 (air awuenire). 
 
 The lion is accounted the mod generous of 
 
 leone paffare per gaierofa 
 
 hearts, becaufe he is more placable than other?. 
 beflia perche placabile altro. 
 
 The bloody minds of fome men are more bar- 
 favguinario mente unmo effere bar- 
 
 barous than wild beafts. Man is a creature of 
 tar a fera Uomo treatura 
 
 "upright body ; when he is old, his body bends 
 dritto corpo quando iecch\o corpo indinarfi 
 
 downwards towards the earth, and his foul afcends 
 <verfo terra anima afcendere 
 
 to heaven, which is his habitation for ever. 
 
 cielo dimora. 
 
 How are you this morning ? I am very well. 
 come flare mattlna flare benij/lmo, 
 
 How do your father aud mother do ? 
 
 (a) Jlare padre madre. 
 
 I hope my father is well, he was well the laft 
 
 fperart fadre flare flare bent ultima 
 
 time I faw him, but my mother has not been well 
 
 volt a vedere ma, madre effere flato bene (b) 
 
 thefe two or three day?. And you, fir, how are you ? 
 
 due ire giorno /ignore Jlare, 
 
 I fhould be well enough, if I had money. 
 flare ajfai bene (t) fe avert danaro. 
 
 I hope your lady is very well. 
 fperare fignora flare bemffimo. 
 She is perfedtly well, at your fervice. 
 flare perfettamente bene fervizio. 
 
 (a) When we inquire after any body's health, M-e make 
 ufe of the verb flare, inftcad of Jare. 
 
 (b) Thcfe two or three, days, /. e. da due o ire gkrni 
 in qua. 
 
 (c) If I had money, Se io avfffi danari, and not avevo* 
 
 I am
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 41 
 
 I am very glad to hear (he is fo well. 
 raliegrarji /entire fare cos} bene. 
 
 What weather is it to-day, I want to know ? 
 (a) tempo fare oggi ijolere fapere. 
 
 It is the fined weather in the world. 
 bella mondo 
 
 Is it hotter in Spain than in Italy ? 
 fare caldo Spagaa Italia. 
 
 It is hotter there in fummer, but it is very cold 
 fare tflate ma fare freddt 
 
 in winter. 
 in 'verno, 
 
 if it is fine weather to-morrow, we will go in 
 
 fare bello tempo domani andare 
 
 the country. 
 campagna, 
 I believe it won't be fine weather, for it is very 
 
 credere fare bello tempo ferc/ii 
 
 dark to-night. 
 cfcuro Jlafera, 
 
 Verbs Perfonal governing a Genitive Cafe. 
 The verb avere pieta governs the Genitive* 
 
 I have no pity on the mifery of thofe, who being 
 avere pieta del miferiat effere 
 
 young and ftrong, love better to beg from door to 
 gioviae forte amare accattare porta 
 
 door, than A to work for their bread; but I pity 
 che lavorare pane ma a<uere 
 
 much the blind, and old people who are incapable 
 pieta deco i vecehi fJJ'ere incapace 
 
 to do any thing for their living. 
 fare la minima ccfa <uitto, 
 
 I pity my brother, I pity his folly, for he has 
 avers pieta. frateila, pazzia perche 
 
 (a) When we fpeak of the weather, we ufe the third 
 perfon fingular of the verb fare, inltead of the veib e/ere, 
 
 wafted
 
 42 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 wafted away all the portion my father left him. 
 Jpregare tutto dote padre lafdare. 
 
 The verb burlarfi governs the Genitive. 
 
 Men are very often inclined to laugh at other's 
 uomo ejfere fp f jfo indinato burlarfi di aliri 
 
 misfortunes, inftead of having pity on them. 
 difgrazia in vece di avert pitta. 
 1 hofe that call themfelves Chiiflians, and do 
 quello che chiamarji Cr'ifliano KCK 
 
 not live according to their religion, mock God 
 iti'vere fecondo religions burlarfi Iddie 
 
 and his dodlrine. 
 
 dottrina. 
 
 But God will mock them in his turn. 
 ma Dio burlare fua volt a. 
 
 Don't jeer at other's poverty, for you do not 
 burlarfi altro po'uerta non 
 
 know how long fortune will be favourable to you ; 
 fapcre quanta tempo fortuna effere favorfvole 
 and if you fhould become poor, every one would 
 
 e fe doventarepovero ognunt 
 
 laugh at you. 
 riderji di. 
 
 It is a great mark of folly to laugh at every thing. 
 ejfere grande fegno pazzia rider/i di tutta. 
 
 The verb pentirfi governs the Genitive. 
 
 If you repent fincerely for the fault you have 
 fe pentirfi fmceramente cclpa avert 
 
 committed, God will forgive you j for he don'c 
 commejjb Iddio perdonare perclie 
 
 love the death of a firmer, but he will have him 
 amare morte peccatore voUre 
 
 to repent of his fins. 
 
 pentirfi peccato. 
 
 It is not enough to fav, I repent of my ill con. 
 effere abbafljinza, dire pentir/i cattivo con .
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 43 
 
 , and of my bad life, if you don't fhow the 
 
 dotta cattivo vita fe mofirare 
 
 effV6ls of your repentance by a new and better life. 
 tffetto pentimento nuoiio tniglior vita- 
 
 The verb rallegrarfi governs the Genitive. 
 
 A good Chriftian ought never to rejoice at others 
 buouo Crijiiaao do-vere mai ral/egrar/i altro 
 misfortunes. 
 difgrazia. 
 
 I rejo ; ce at the good fuccefs you had in your 
 
 raliegrarfi buono riufdta avere 
 
 bufinefs. 
 negozio. 
 
 Come and rejoice with me at the good news I 
 venire meco buon ttuova 
 
 received to-day. 
 ricevere oggi. 
 
 How will you have me rejoice at a thing I do 
 
 tome velert rallegr&rfi cofa 
 
 not know? 
 non fapere. 
 
 Tell me firft of all what news I muft rejoice at; 
 dire avanti ogni cofa nuwa dovere rallegrarfi. 
 
 The verb ricordarfi governs the Genitive cafe. 
 
 Do you remember the promife you made me 
 
 ricordarji prome/a fare 
 
 ycfterday ? 
 ifrim 
 I don't remember it at all. Don't you remember 
 
 xon ricordarfi affatto 
 the fum of money you faid you would lend me ? 
 
 fomma danaro dire prejlare. 
 
 I vow I had forgotten it, I remember it very 
 prctejlare a-vere fcordato ricordarfi benif- 
 
 weil now. 
 /imo ade/o. 
 
 Th
 
 44 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 The verb languire requires a Genitive cafe. 
 
 He that languishes for thirft, gives a man greater 
 quelto languire dl fete rendere grandt 
 
 thanks that orfers^him water, than if a prince gave 
 grazia offer ire acqua che fe frineiff dart 
 
 him a crown. 
 csroaa. 
 
 The man who la nguifhes for love, ought to he pitied. 
 uomo lanuire amo 
 
 *Tlje verbs ubbidire and dh'ubbidire will have a Dative 
 cafe. 
 
 We ought not only to obey our parents, but alfo 
 
 dovere non folo ubbidire parents, ma anche 
 
 our fuperiors, if we would obey God's commands. 
 
 fuperiore fe 1'olere ubbidire commandamento, 
 
 One fees very feldom a child profper in this world, 
 
 f fi vedere rare volte fe/iuolo profper are itiondt 
 
 that does not obey his father and mother. 
 
 ubbidire paJre madrt. 
 
 When God commanded Abraham to facrifice 
 quanda Iddio catnanJare Abramo facrificurt 
 
 Jfaac, his only fon, he immediately obeyed the 
 Ifaaco unico Jiglio fubilo ubbidire 
 
 Lord's voice; for the angel of the Lord did not 
 Signore <voce ma angelo Signore 
 
 permit him to flay the child, and told him his obe- 
 fer met fere uccidere ragazzo dire ubbi- 
 
 dience had been agreeable to God. 
 dienza e/ere Jtaio grata Dio. 
 
 The verb parlare will have a Dative cafe of the perfon. 
 
 God fp^aketh to finners fometimes m^ft gently, 
 
 Iddio parlare ptccatore quakhe <v;ita benigna- 
 
 that he may draw them to obedience, he fpeaketh 
 
 tnente tram ubbidienza parlare 
 
 to
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 45 
 
 to them of the blefied life which he has prepared 
 
 beato wita. avert preparato 
 
 for his fervnnts ; fometimes he fpeaketh to them of 
 
 fervo qualche volta farlare 
 
 the abyfs which ihall be the reward of fin ; yet his 
 
 ab:JJb ejfere mercede peccato pero 
 
 promilts and threatenings move not ftubborn minds. 
 
 promr/a minaccia muovere cjlinaio fpirito. 
 
 The verbs pretendere and afpirare govern the Dative 
 cafe. 
 
 All thofe that call themfelves Chriftians pretend 
 
 lutto quello chiamarft Crjftiaao pretendere 
 
 to everlailing life , but there are few that will fuffer 
 
 eterno vita (ma ve ne fono pochi) fojfrire 
 
 the leall thing to deferve it; if it is a queftion to 
 
 minima cofa merilare (fe- ft tratta) 
 
 afpire to forne employment, or to fome dignity, 
 afpirare qualche impiego dignita 
 
 there is none but what would fuffer a great deal of 
 (nan <uj e nijj'uno die nonfoffra) molto 
 
 fatigue, labour, and pain to deferve it. 
 fa'.ica la<voro pena meritare. 
 
 The verb giuocare (whtn one fpcaks of all forts of game) 
 governs the Dative cafe. 
 
 I do not love to play at games of chances, as at 
 amare giuocare giuoco forte tome 
 
 cards, or at dice, but 1 love to play fometimes at 
 tar to. dadi ma amare giuocare qualche volt a, 
 
 bowls, at billiard-table, at tennis, or at ninepins. 
 becce bigliardo pallaccrda o Jbriglio. 
 
 Do you never play at cards, at chefs, or draughts ? 
 mai giuocare carte fcacchi ogiuoco delie ta<vole. 
 1 play fometimes at picjuet to oblige the company. 
 giuocare picchetto obbligare comf-agnia. 
 
 Verbs
 
 46 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 
 Verbs governing an Accufative cafe of the 
 Perfon, and a Genitive of the thing. 
 
 The verbs accufare, biafimare, avvertire, and aflbl- 
 vere, will have the Accufative of the perfon t and 
 the Genitive of the thing. 
 
 One boy accufeth another of idlenefs, the mafter 
 ragazzo accufare altro pigrizia maeflro 
 
 hears their tales j but punifhes only thofe whom he 
 fenfire Jloria ma punue fih quelfo 
 
 thinks guilty, and worthy of punifhment. 
 credere colpevole degno cajligo. 
 
 Every one blames you for your negligence and 
 ogri" uno biafimare negligenza. 
 
 ignorance. 
 ignoranza. 
 
 I did often admonifii you of your duty, if you 
 
 fpeffb avvertire vrjlro dcvere fe 
 
 do not improve as well as others, it is not my fault. 
 prcftlare come altro non e colpa. 
 
 When a judge acquits a man of a crime of which 
 quando giudlce affd*vere uomo delitto 
 
 he is guilty ; if he commits again the fa me fault, 
 reo fe commettere di nuovo jallo 
 
 he is worthy of double punifhment. 
 degno doppio caftigo. 
 
 The verb condannare governs the Accufatlve cf the 
 perfon, and the Genitive of tke thing ; but when it 
 fignifies to condemn to death, the name of the torment 
 ought to be put in the Dative cafe. 
 
 Every one condemns you very much for the action 
 ogn* uno condannare molto aziont 
 
 you committed the other day. 
 cemmettert altro giorno, 
 
 During
 
 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 47 
 
 During the perfecution in France, many brave 
 
 nel tempo del perfecuzione Francia molto bravo 
 
 gentlemen were condemned, fome to the gallows, 
 cavaliers condannare fared 
 
 and fome to the galleys, for the defence of their 
 
 gal/era difefa 
 
 religion. 
 religions. 
 
 'The verb ottenere will have an Actufalive oftbeilring^ 
 and a Genitive of the perfon. 
 
 A fcholar who obtains his matter's favour is more 
 
 fcolaro ottenere maejlro favore piu 
 
 happy than he that is idle, who lofes his honour, 
 felice pigro perdere onore 
 
 wattes his time, and continues a blockhead ; though 
 fpregare tempo coniinuare ad efere fecorone benche 
 
 play be plcafant to him for a little while. 
 giuoco ejjere piacevole poco tempo. 
 
 Verbs governing an Accufative cafe with a 
 Dative. 
 
 The verbs invitare, efortare, will have an Accufative 
 of the perfon, and a Dative of the thing. 
 
 God invites finners to eternal happinefs, he calls 
 
 Udio in-vitare peccatore eterno felicita chiamare 
 
 them to repentance, he fp?aks moft gracioufly to them. 
 
 pentimento parlare graziofamente. 
 
 He has prepared for penitent finners all things 
 
 preparare penitente peccatore tutto 
 
 that belong to blefiednefs, all things that they can 
 appartenere felicita tutto quel paters 
 
 defire. 
 bramare. 
 
 Remember your matter's words, he exhorts you 
 
 ricordarfi maejlro parola efortare 
 
 to induftry, which is beneficial to youtfeives. Your 
 indujlria t/ere vaHtaggiofo 
 
 pains
 
 4 8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 pains fhall produce a great advantage ; he ufes hfs 
 lavoro produrre grande vantaggio fare ogni 
 
 beft en-:eav- u;s for your benefit j be not your own 
 fuo sforzo utiiita ejjere 
 
 enemies. 
 inimico. 
 
 Paragonare requires an Accusative of the firjl noun t 
 (either of lhefrfon t or of ibe^ tbl-.gj <^:d the other 
 in the Dative. 
 
 If we compare the longeft life to eternity, it is 
 
 fe paragonare lungo vita eternita 
 
 very fhort. 
 corto. . 
 If we compare the happieft condition of this 
 
 amfarare felice condizione 
 
 world to evcrlafting life, it is miferable, and not 
 tnotido eterni vita miferabile 
 
 worthy our deures; if we compare the number of 
 indegno def.deno paragonare numero 
 
 good men to the multitude of wicked, it is fmall. 
 buono maltitudine mal-vagio piccclo. 
 
 Dare and reflituire ivill lave an Accufative of the 
 thing, and a Dative of the perfon. 
 
 I'll foon give my mother the money fhe en- 
 pref.o dare madre dauaro con- 
 
 trufted with me. 
 fidare. 
 
 God will give thefe men a reward that pleafe 
 
 Iddio dare uomo mercede piacere 
 
 him, and thofe whom he has fet up governors of 
 
 quelh che avere coflituito goveraatore 
 
 the world. 
 mondo. 
 
 I returned my mafter the book which I borrowed ; 
 reftituire tnaejlro libra impreftare 
 
 he lent it to me, and it was my duty to read it, and 
 Prepare e/ere dwtre leggtre 
 
 6 not
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 49 
 
 not to keep it ; though books delight me very much, 
 
 tenere benche (a) libra piacere moliiffimo 
 
 I ought to reftore them to thofe whom they be- 
 do'vere rejlituire qusllo the ap- 
 
 lon to. 
 partenere. 
 
 Thefe verbs dovere, promettere, and pagare, 
 have an Aaufative of the thing, and a Dative of the 
 perfsn. 
 
 I owe him money, becaufe I promifed to pay 
 dovere danaro perche promettere pagare 
 
 him another man's debt j but at prefent 1 have 
 altro debito ma adejfo a<vers 
 
 need myfelf of money, that I may pay what I 
 bifogno io tnedefimo denaro pagart 
 
 owe to my creditors. 
 do'vere creditore. 
 
 When will you pay me what you owe me ? 
 quando <volere pagare dove^e. 
 
 I promife you 1 will pay it to you next week. 
 prcmetlere pagare prrffimo fetlimana, 
 
 t 
 
 Infegnare requires an Accufative of the thing, and a 
 Dative of the per fan. 
 
 I have been twelve years in this country, during 
 (b) efftrijtato dadici anno paefe r.el 
 
 which time I have had the honour to teach feveral 
 quale tempo a<vere a-vuto onore infegnare molly 
 ladies, and gentlemen Italian. Mafters ought to 
 Jignvra ftgnore Italiano Maeflro dovere 
 
 teach children not only the things which concern 
 infegnare ragazzo non folamente cofa rifguardare 
 
 (a) Benche governs the fubjun&ive mood. Seed-am, 
 p. 212. 
 
 (b) I have been twelve years in this country, turn, Sony 
 dtdlci anni ckejlo in que/io paefe, 
 
 D fti-
 
 5 C5 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 fcience ; but they ought alfo to teach them things 
 fcienza ma doiiere anche infegnare coja 
 
 which concern their foul and their falvation : for 
 rijguardare anima fal-vaziaae perche 
 
 frience without religion is an unprofitable thing. 
 fcienza fenza religione fvantaggnfo toja. 
 
 Of the conftrudtion of the Infinitive, with 
 the Article di. 
 
 When after thefe verbs aftenerfi, confiderare, and 
 a wet tire, fellows an Infinitive, it ought to be put 
 with the article di. 
 
 Often rafli men propofe to do things which are 
 
 fffjjo temerario uctr.o proporre fare co/a effere 
 
 beyond their capacity. A man that abftains fiom 
 
 fvferiore tapacita Uomo ajienerfi 
 
 eating and drinking to excefs, from fweanng, and 
 
 tnangiare here all' eccijjo beflcmmiare 
 
 keeping bad company, may be called an honeft man. 
 
 jrequfntare cempagnia, fotere chiamare one/ly uomo. 
 
 J thought to go this morning to fee Mr. N. but 
 
 penfare andarejia mattina medere ilfignor ma 
 
 ore of my friends did admonifh me not to go there. 
 
 amico ammonire andare 
 
 I had a mind to advife you not to go in the com- 
 a<vere t'cglia configliare andare com- 
 
 pany of that man who brought this trouble upon 
 ftignia nemo caufare incorr.odo 
 
 ycu ; but I bethought myfelf to fay nothing of it, 
 
 ma confjerare dire niente 
 
 for fear of difobliging you. 
 }er timore dijpiacsre. 
 
 Tlcfe
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 51 
 
 Tbffe verbs fupplicare, configliare, incaricarfi, and 
 cottringere, will have an Infinitive with the article 
 di. 
 
 I have a mind to conftrain Mr. N. to pay me 
 
 avere <voglia (ofiringere il fignor pagare 
 the money he owes me; nevertheless I would be 
 danaro da-vcre nonojianle avere 
 
 very glad not to put him to trouble, becaufe he h .3 
 piacere non dare briga perche e/t>- 
 
 always been my friend: what do you advife me 
 fempi-g Jlato arnica co'/fijliare 
 
 to do in this cafr r 
 fare cafo ? 
 
 i intreat yoj to have a little patience ; I take 
 
 fupplicare avers }azienx.a 
 
 charge to eet you your money. 
 incaricarfi ricuperare danaro* 
 
 Tbefe verbs proibire, defiderare, difTerire, procnrare, 
 impedire, fperare, fingere, affrettarfi, require aifs 
 an Infinitive with the article di. 
 
 God forbids us to fin, neverthelefi we never dr- 
 
 l.iJio prvibire pfccare nvm/lante tnai t.'e- 
 
 fift from offending him, we always defer obeying 
 
 Jlflere c fender e fempre differ ire ubbtJirg 
 
 his voice ; we feem to ftrive to difnbev him in every 
 
 vote pa'-g'-g procurare difubbiJire ognt 
 
 thing. If we hope to have (hare in the merit of 
 
 en fa. fperure avers parts msrito 
 
 our b!eHed Sn-iour's fufFcrings, let noth/ng hii-.der 
 
 beato Salva'ore Jofferenza nlente imf Mre 
 
 us from beginning this day to ufe all our endeavours 
 
 priticipiare ago} fare tulto sforzo 
 
 to deferve it; let us make hafte to begin that great 
 meritare afirettarji princifiare grande 
 
 work of our falvation ; let us nut feign to h- 
 epera falvazione fingers e/er 
 
 D 2 con
 
 52 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 converted, but let us convert ourfelves in good 
 coni'frtita convertire da 
 
 carneft, for nobody can deceive God. 
 
 d'j'Wero nejjuno potcre ingannare. 
 
 The verbs meditate, parlare, permettere, promet- 
 tere, proporre, prefumere, pretendt re, proteftare, 
 rifiutare, rifolvere, augurare, will have a 'fo after 
 them an Infinitive with the ar title di. 
 
 Never meditate to do any wrong to your neigh- 
 mai meditare fare torlo frof- 
 
 bcur. When you fpealc cf undertaking fome great 
 frni Sjtanda parlare inlrapprendere grande 
 
 enterprise, permit me to tell you, that you ought 
 inirafprefa permettere dire do<vere 
 
 to confult your friends before you begin it. 
 amico prima cominciare. 
 
 Never promife to do any thing, unlefs you are 
 mat promettere fare coj'a, Je nan e/ere 
 
 fure you will do it. 
 Ji. vro fare 
 
 Never prefume to have more wit than thofe v/ho 
 
 prefumere avere fpirito queilo 
 
 have the care of your conduct. 
 cur a condotta. 
 
 Don't pretend ever to profper in this world, if 
 preteadere mai profperare mondo fe 
 
 you have not the fear of God. 
 a'vere timore Iddio. 
 
 If you proteft to God with an humble and fin- 
 protfflare umile Jin~ 
 
 cere heart to amend your life, he will receive you 
 isro cuore eniendare <vila ricevere 
 
 among his children. 
 fra fgliuolo 
 
 Never refufe to do fervice to your friends, when 
 
 rifiutare rendere fer-vizio amico 
 
 it is in your power. 
 
 De
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 53 
 
 Do you dt fire to pafs for an honeft man, endea- 
 dtfiderare paj/are galanfuomo pro. 
 
 vour to do all that you can to oblige every body. 
 (urare fare tuito fotere obbligare ogn uno. 
 
 IVljen after the verb avere folloivs one of theft fuJftaa- 
 tives permiffione, defiderio, voglia, cura, cof- 
 tume, bifogno, foggetto, ragionr, torto, dritto, 
 occaiione, the following verb ought to be put in the 
 Infmitlve v/uh the article di. 
 
 I believe you have a mind to play ; but I will 
 
 credere avere <vog/ia gittocare ma <volert 
 
 not give you leave to go out 'till you have done your 
 
 dare permiffione ufcire (a) infinche a-vere fare 
 exercife. You are \\\ the righr, fir, to believe it, 
 ffercizio (b) ragione Jignore credere 
 
 and I am in the wrong to defire it. I have no 
 
 (c) torto deftderare 
 
 caufe to be angry with you, for it is not your 
 foggetto e/ere collera effere 
 
 cuiiom to be idle. 
 
 When, after a verb follows one oftbefefub/lantives 1'op- 
 portunita, il tempo, il mezzo, la volonta, il 
 cuore, il potere, 1'automa, the following verb 
 ought to be put in the Infinitive with the article dt. 
 
 When I (hall have an opportunity to fee your 
 (juanda avere opportunita <vedere 
 
 father, I will tell him how much you deferve to 
 padre dire quanta meritare 
 
 be praifed for your uncommon diligence. 
 ejfere lodato ftraordinario diligenza. 
 
 (a) 'TV// governs the optative mood. 
 
 (b) You are in the right, <v- s. ha ragione. 
 
 (c) I am in the wrong, lo lio torto. 
 
 D 3 Whilft
 
 54 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 WhiHt we have it in our power to acquire knovv- 
 ttientre avere potere acqmjlare cog- 
 
 ledge, let us not lofe fuch precious time. 
 
 niwere ferdere tale preztofo tempo. 
 
 I \vonder how men have the heart to hate one 
 mara'vrj.iarfi vomo avere il cuore . odiarji. 
 
 anorher. 
 
 God has given to kings power to command, and 
 Iddio dare Re potere comandare 
 
 indues authority to judge. 
 
 giudtce autonta giudicare. 
 
 When after ths verb fubftantive eflere follows one of 
 ttefe nouns ccntento, obbligato, in pena, ful 
 punto, in pericoio, the following verb ought to be 
 put :n the Infinitive with the article di. 
 
 I am very glad to hear that you overcame your 
 
 eficre cantento [entire *vincere 
 
 enemies, and I foould have been foiry to have 
 
 nennco (a) rincreftere 
 
 htard the contrary. 
 iti'.ekdere ccntrario. 
 
 I am obliged to return you thanks for your friend- 
 eftre i-bbl %aw renders grazia ami- 
 
 fhip, lor J was in danger of Jofing my fuit. 
 ftzia perche ejjere in pericoio ferdere lite. 
 
 I was in trouble to know what had happened to 
 
 in Jena fa fere fucceJere 
 
 you ; and if you had not come, I was on the point 
 (b) fe t/tre <uenire e/ere ful punto 
 
 of going to fee you. 
 an dare <vedere. 
 
 (a) I (hould have been ferry, mi fartbbe rincrefcixto. 
 (h) Se before the imperfect indicative. See Cram, 
 p. 109, 
 
 Tneft
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 55 
 
 Thefe verbs avvezxarfi, impiegare, iacorraggire, 
 eccitare, invitare, efit>irfi, dilettarfi, lenerfi, 
 pronto, hvorare, wili have after them an Infinitive 
 with the article a, or ad. 
 
 We ought to employ the days of our life in pre- 
 dwere iatpitgAre glorno <Tj>ta pre- 
 
 parirvj omfelves for the other world. 
 }>a>'tirfi allro manJa 
 
 Mailers that ufe clemency in teaching their fcho- 
 Maeflro ufare clcmeaza iufegnare fco- 
 
 lars tncourage them more to leani well than thols 
 laro JKcorraggire imfarare bene 
 
 that u!e too much feveritv. An honeft man takes 
 ufare trvf'po feverita otiefta uomo dilet- 
 
 always p'eafure in obliging his friends. 
 iarfi fctti'pre obbli^are amlco. 
 
 J he love of God invites us to iovs one another. 
 
 Gtnore Iddio invitare amare. 
 
 Let us ke^p ouriclvcs in readinefs to appear be- 
 tenerji pronto comparire itt- 
 
 fore the living God. 
 aanzi vi-vente Dio, 
 
 Let us work continually to obtain eternal life. 
 la-vorare continuamente cttenere eterna vita. 
 
 f^sn after vi e, or v'e folkws the adverb niente, the 
 next verb mujl be put in the Infinitive with the arti~ 
 ch da, or a, ad. 
 
 There is nothing to fear in ferving God. 
 
 nin iii e niente temere (a) /er-vire Iddio, 
 
 There is nothing to fay to what you have done. 
 
 non v'e niente dire avere fatto. 
 
 There is nothing to do in that at prefent. 
 nienie fare adc/o. 
 
 (a) Tn ferving God, ntlfervire Iddio* 
 
 D 4 There
 
 56 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 There is nothing fo eafy to learn as the Italian 
 
 nien'.e con facile imparare Italians 
 
 language. 
 lingua. 
 
 JVnen after v'e follows an adverb cf quantity, it re* 
 quires an Infinitive with the article a, or ca. 
 
 There is a great deal of fatisfaclion in teaching 
 
 ye gran (a) foddisfazione infegnart 
 
 diligent boys, but there is a great deal of trouble 
 
 dtiieente ragazzo gr&n incomodo 
 
 in inftru&ing idle fcholars. 
 
 iftruire p : gro fcolaro. 
 
 There is a great deal to fay againft the condu& 
 V e molto dire contra condotta 
 
 cf wicked people j but there is nothing to fay againft 
 malvagio gente non v'e nienle dire centra 
 
 the conduct of honeft people. 
 onefta gente. 
 
 On the Efsglilh participle in ing. 
 
 JPlmn the Engljh participle in ing comes after a verb 
 of motion with a before //, we ufe the fubjlanihe^ 
 andfcmetimes the verb. 
 
 The man that gos a hunting or vifiting his 
 
 uomo andare teucia (b) vifttart 
 
 friends, when neceflary buftnefs require his ^are 
 amico quando necejjario efface richiedere euro, 
 
 and time, prefers his diverfion before his profit, 
 tempo prefer ire divertimento profitlo 
 
 rbe company of his friends before the neceflary 
 ccitnpa^nia amico neceffario 
 
 advantage of his family. 
 famigV.a. 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 117, on a great deal cf. 
 fb) Ibid, p. 208, on verbs of rxolion,
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 57 
 
 The boy that goes a playing with his fchool- 
 ragazzo an Jar e giuocare condif- 
 
 fellows, when he ought to be diligent at the tafk 
 cifolo quando dovere cjfere % dillgente intorno alia 
 
 the matter has given him, prefers play to his maf- 
 partemaeflro dare prejerire gjuoco maef- 
 
 tei's love-, and his own profit. 
 tro affetto profitto. 
 
 The Englijh particle In ing after from, muft be put in 
 Italian in the Infinitive with the article di. 
 
 The providence of God keeps us from perifhing; 
 
 prwidenza Iddio impedire perire 
 
 the power of God hinders us from a&ing thofe 
 
 potenza Iddio impedire fare 
 
 things which difpleafe him ; the grace of God 
 tofa difpiacere grazia ' Iddio 
 
 prevents us from finning j the goodncfs of God 
 impedire peccare bonta 
 
 preferves us from fuffering afflictions. 
 prefervare fc/rire ajflizione, 
 
 The Englijb participle in ing after a verb importing to 
 ceafe, to Jeave, or to give over, mujl be rendered 
 in Italian by the Infinitive myod with the article di. 
 
 He that leaves acting laudable things, and dege- 
 quello die ce/are fare lodevole cofa dege- 
 
 nerates into vice, was never truly good. 
 
 nerare *vizio ejere mat "veramente iuono. 
 
 A wife man never leaves learning till he gives 
 fa<vio uomo mai tralafciare imparare ceffare 
 
 over living ; for he that has great wifdom, has itill 
 uwere perche a vere grande fupienza fempre 
 
 need of more knowledge. 
 
 iijb^sfft (enofctnza.
 
 5 8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 JPlen after toe verb fulftantive eflere, follows the par' 
 ticlpls in ing, the verb fubjiantive ought not to be 
 exprejfid; but the participle mujl be put in the fame 
 tenfe, number and pet fen as the verb fubjlantive is. 
 
 A diligent boy is always learning, not only 
 diljgente ragaz.z.0 fttnpre nnparart non fdamer.te 
 while the mafter is inftru&ing, but alfo while other 
 mentre maeftfo iflruire ma anche ttltr* 
 
 boys are playing. 
 ragazzo giuccare. 
 
 Apelles was daily drawing fome excellent pic- 
 
 Jpel'e gicrnalmente dipingert eccellente pit- 
 
 tures with wonderful art j no day paft without 
 tura tnaravigliofo arte nejjuno giorno pa/are fenza 
 
 a line. 
 knea. 
 
 Thofe that don't employ well their time in the 
 
 impiegare bene tempo 
 
 beginning of their lives; will be perpetually la- 
 
 principia vita perpetualmente la~ 
 
 menting their folly, they will be hourly condemn- 
 mentare fa.zia ad ogni momenta conden- 
 
 ing thefnfelves, and faying, Ah ! at what a price 
 narfi dire Ah I frezza 
 
 would not I purchafe time paft ! 
 ccmfrare tempo paffato. 
 
 Of the participle of time paft. 
 
 When one ofthefe pronouns che, 51, lo, la, &c. meets 
 before the compound tenfes, the pronoun ought to agree 
 with the particle in gender and number. 
 
 I did receive the books which my brother did 
 riee'vere libra fratello 
 
 fend me j I did read them all, they are very good, 
 nandare leggtrt tutlo e/ere bwno 
 
 and well written. 
 ttne fcritte, 
 
 The
 
 ITALIAN E E X R.C I S E S. 59 
 
 The letter which my father did write to me ib 
 It it era padre fcr invert effere 
 
 very fevere, I did fhew it to my mother, and fhe 
 fe<vero mojlrare madre (a) 
 
 is vcrv lorry for it. 
 ' dtjf-iactre. 
 
 W^en tbefe pronouns mio, me, te, noi, voi, &c. are 
 the cafe of the verb, they muft agree with the Parti- 
 ciple in gender and in number. 
 
 My dear friends, I have always loved you like my 
 
 caro amico avere fempre amato come 
 
 children, I have often admonished you for your own 
 fgliuolo a<vere fffj/b ammonite 
 good; J did feverai times exhort you to pra&ife 
 bene ff> re J} e volte efortare praticare 
 
 virtue; if you are not truly virtuous, it is not my 
 virtu fe veramente "virtuofo e/ftre 
 
 fauir. 
 colpa. 
 
 I met your brother this morning, we did embrace 
 
 rincontrare fratello mattina abbracciarji 
 
 one another like good friends, and I rejoice we arc 
 
 come buono amico rallegrarfi 
 
 reconciled. 
 riconciliar/i. 
 
 The books which I have feen you reading, are 
 
 libra avere 'vedere leggere 
 
 not good. 
 
 buono. 
 
 Thefe are all the copies which you have given 
 ecco tutto copia avere dare 
 
 me to write. 
 fcrtverf. 
 Your brothers have done quite contrary to what 
 
 fratello fare tutto contrana 
 
 I had advifrd them to do. 
 avere ccn/igliare fare. 
 
 (a) She is very forry for it ; glinte difpiace moltifimo. 
 
 D 6 Qf
 
 to ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Of the Adverbs. 
 
 Adverbs are generally put after the verb, and In com- 
 pounded tenjes between the verb and the participle. 
 
 It is a lamentable thing to fee that youths which 
 
 lamentevole cofa <uedere giovane 
 have much wit, and a great deal of difpofition to 
 avere tnolto ftirito grande difpofizione 
 
 learn well, take but very little pains to anfwer the 
 imparare pigliare paco pena (a) rifpondere 
 
 expectation of their parents. 
 ajptttazione parente. 
 
 Adverbs of Interrogation and Queftion, muft always 
 be put before a verb, 
 
 From whence come you ? Why did you not 
 
 di Sove 'venire per die 
 
 ftay for me ? 
 efpettare. 
 
 When will you have done jeering your friends ? 
 
 qvcndj ciffare burlare arnica. 
 
 Why did you fay I had promifed you to go in 
 
 ferche dire promettere anJare 
 
 the country ? 
 
 Where is your father ? Is he in town ? 
 
 dove padre effere titta. 
 
 Where did you buy this fine horfe ? 
 conprart hello ca-vallo. 
 I bought it at the laft country fair ? 
 
 comprare ultimo campagnafera, 
 
 Where are the ladies your fillers ? 
 e/ere fignora forella. 
 
 I believe they are gone out to take an airing. 
 
 credere e/ere ufcito pigliare I* aria. 
 
 (a) Rifponlere, governs the dative cafe of the thing* 
 
 Where
 
 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 6r 
 
 Where do you go fo faft? You are in great hafte. 
 andare ccs} preflo ejfere gran fretta. 
 I go to Mr. Clement's houfe j for 1 heard my 
 andare /ignore Clenientu (a) cafa perdie /entire 
 brother is there ; and I have fome buiinefs with him. 
 fratetlo aisre ajfare con e/o. 
 
 You are miflaken, he is not there ; for I met 
 ixgannarfi e/ere rincontrare 
 
 him juft now, and he told me he was going to 
 
 adeffo dire andare 
 
 his fitter's houfe. 
 forella cafa. 
 
 I was going to your houfe ; but fmce I meet 
 andare cafa ma giaccke rincon- 
 
 you, we will go to my houfe, where we fhall 
 trare andare cafa doiie 
 
 dine. 
 pranzare. 
 
 I pray you to excufe me, indeed I cannot; for 
 pregare fcufare in verita nan potere 
 
 I muft go to my lady Arabella's, to pay a vifit to 
 bifogno andare fignora Arabella fare vi/ita 
 
 her children. 
 
 fgliuolo. 
 
 They are not at home, for I faw them going 
 effere cafa perche vedere andare 
 
 fhto the park. 
 parfo. 
 Let us go then and fee if your brothers are at home. 
 
 andare dunque vedereft fralello cafa. 
 
 They are not in their houfe, they are gone a- 
 ejfere cafa e/ere andato 
 
 hunting. 
 taceia. 
 What is the matter with you, fir ? You feem to 
 
 (cofa avete) fgnor parere 
 
 be grieved. 
 e/ere affiitto. 
 
 (a) At, or to, before houfe, or home, muft be rendered 
 by da, dal, or in cafa. See Cram, p, 216. 
 
 No,
 
 62 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 No, fir, I am nor, but I come from Mr, Vin- 
 (nonfono afflttto) <venire Vin- 
 
 cent's who is very ill. 
 cenzio ammalaio. 
 
 You furpnfe me, for as I was coming from our 
 
 forpreudere perche venire 
 
 houfe, 1 met his brother, who did not tell me of it. 
 cafa rincontrare fratello dire 
 
 Do you know from whence he was coming, 
 
 fapere di dove 'venire 
 
 when you met him ? 
 quando rincontrare. 
 
 I believe he was coming from his own houfe. 
 credere 'venire cafa, 
 
 Can you tell me where he is gone ? 
 potere dire dove effere andato. 
 
 I was allured that he is fet out for his uncle's 
 
 t/ere ajficurato effcre partita zio 
 
 country-houfe. 
 cafa di campagna. 
 
 Which way did you pafs, when you were going 
 per dove pa/are quando andarg 
 
 into Italy ? 
 
 Italia ? . 
 I paffed by Rouen, Paris, Orleans, and Lyons. 
 
 paffare Rouen Parigi t Orleano Lione, 
 
 Which way did you come back to England ? 
 
 per dove tornare Ing 
 
 I returned by Germany and Holland, 
 ritornarc Germama Olanda t 
 
 Of
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 63 
 
 Of Prepofitions. 
 
 Tbefe prepofitions di dietro, vicino, intorno, dirim- 
 petto, infino, will have a Dative after them. 
 
 Sir, if I knew where you live, I would take the 
 fignore (z)fe fapere dove flare di cafa pigliare 
 
 liberty to go and pay you a vilit. 
 liberta (b) venire fare vifita. 
 
 Sir, you will give yourfelf too much trouble, 
 
 dare troppo incomodo 
 
 however, if you do me that favour, you fhall be 
 
 fero fe fare favore effere 
 
 very welcome j I live near the Temple, over-againft 
 
 il benvenuto flare vicino Tempio dirimpetto 
 Chancery-Lane. 
 Cancelleria Strada. 
 I believe my beft way to go to your houfe is to 
 
 credere via venire cafa 
 
 pafs by London-bridge. You are in the right, fir, 
 pa/are Londra ponte avere ragioae 
 
 fmce you live behind the Tower. 
 giacche flare di dietro Torre. 
 
 A poor labourer that works from morning 'till 
 povero lavorante lavorare mattina infino 
 
 night (when he is well paid for his labour) lives 
 fera quando effere bene pagato lavoro ijivere 
 
 more content and fatisfied, than thofe that have 
 contents fodisfatto avere 
 
 great riches. 
 gran ricchezza, 
 
 He that fhall be conftant even to death, {hall 
 
 effere conflante infao morte 
 
 have the crown of glory. 
 avere corona gloria. 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. 209, on/> before a preterimperfefr. 
 
 (b) Ibid, p. aio, when we ufe venire, inftead of tmdares 
 
 Oi
 
 64 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Of ConjundUons that require the Subjunc- 
 tive after them. See Gram. p. 211. 
 
 Thefe conjunctions prima che, accioche, infineche, 
 per paura che, fia che, benche, purche, a meno 
 che, Iddio voglia che, will have the Subjunflive 
 after them. 
 
 You will fpeak Italian well, provided you take 
 far/are Italiano bene purche darfi 
 
 pains ; I tell you fo, that you may take courage, 
 pena dire accioche pigliare coraggio 
 
 and learn well! 
 imparare bene. 
 
 I remember that I told you feveral times that you 
 
 ricordarfi dirt parecchie volte 
 
 will never write Italian corredlly, unlefs you ftudy 
 mai fcrivere Italiano ccrreltamente a meno che fludiare 
 the rules. 
 regola. 
 
 I'll take fo much pains that I hope I {hall write 
 darfi pena fperare /cri<vere 
 
 it well before next fummer comes on. 
 
 prima che projjimo ejlate venire. 
 
 You will foon perceive the effects of it, provided 
 prefto accorgerft ejfetlo. purche 
 
 you follow my orders, though you think the Italian 
 fegaire ordine benche credere Italiano 
 
 tongue is very difficult. 
 lingua ejfere difficile. 
 
 Pleafe God it may be as you fay j for it would 
 Piaccia Iddio tjfere come dire- perche 
 
 be a great fatisfalion to me. 
 effere grande foddisfaxlone. 
 
 I efteem a man very unhappy that has not the 
 
 jllmare uomo molt a infelice avert 
 
 ; fear of God, though he fhould poflefs all the trea- 
 titnore Iddio benefit po/edere tutto //- 
 
 furcf
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 65 
 
 Cures in the world, even though he fhould have all 
 foro monJo beuc'ie a.<vere 
 
 the other fine qualities that can make a man perfel. 
 
 'attro belly q-ualita potere rendere uomo perfetto. 
 
 I did always praife you very much before you 
 fempre lodare molto prima che 
 
 became fo idle; and I told you feveral times that 
 divenire p'gro dire fP e Jf e volte 
 
 you would lole the good opinion every one had of 
 
 perdere buono opinions tutto avere 
 
 you, unlefs you fhould be as diligent and careful 
 a meno che tJJ'ere diligenle premurofo 
 
 as you were before. 
 ejjsre .prima, 
 
 When I corrected you for your faults, it was 
 
 quando correggere colpa ej/ere 
 
 not becaufe I did not love you; on the contrary, 
 
 perche amare al contrario 
 
 it was to the end you fhould employ well your 
 
 e/ere accioche impiegai't 
 
 time, and that you (hould be a better fcholar than 
 tempo e/ere piu fapicntt 
 
 you are now. 
 adejfo. 
 
 Though you did begin to learn Italian before 
 Benche princifiare imparare Italiano prima 
 
 me, I hope that I (hall fpeak it foon as well as you. 
 di me fperare parlare preflo bene come *u. s. 
 
 I don't believe fo, unlefs you have learned all 
 credere a meno che avere tutta 
 
 the rules of the grammar. 
 regola grammatica. 
 
 Though I did not learn them, yet I'll take fo 
 benche imparare perl pigliare 
 
 much pains, that what I told you will prove true. 
 tanto pena dire ejfere <vero, 
 
 It will be fome time, before you have read them. 
 
 tempo prima che leggere. 
 
 Would to God I had known you fooner, Ifliould 
 vole/a Iddio contfcerc 
 
 fpeak
 
 66 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 fpeak Italian well now ; and although I had learned 
 parlare Italians bene era lenche imparare 
 
 when I was young, for all that, I knew but very 
 ejfere giovine, con tutto cw fapere Be- 
 
 little of it, when I began with you. 
 chtjfimo quando prir.cipiare. 
 
 Perhaps it was not your matter's fauU ; for 
 
 Jorfe ejfere tnaejlro colf>a 
 
 before I did compofe my grammar, I found but 
 pritiiache comporre grammatica tro-vare 
 
 few that would, learn grammatically, but would 
 poc o imp ar are grammaticalmente . 
 
 Jtarn by rote. 
 
 Jt is true, I had a very good mafter, and if I 
 
 I'ero a<vere buona maeftro fe 
 
 had believed him, 1 would have learned by rules, 
 ct<vere credere avere imfrara'.o regota 
 
 but I found them too tedious ; and would to God 
 ma trovare trcfpo nojofo <voleffe Udio, 
 
 1 had followed his advice, for I have a great mind 
 a-vere feguitalo conftglio per eke avere gran I'Cgtiu 
 
 to Ipeak Italian. 
 
 par/are Italiaao. 
 
 Scnif verbs fortifying will, defire, leave, or fear, will 
 have the Conjunction che after tkem t and theft/Hew- 
 ing verb in the Optative. 
 
 I will leave you to do that,. 
 
 volere fare. 
 
 1 wifh you may be as honeft as your father. 
 dffiderare e/ere cneflo padre* 
 
 I ordered dinner to be ready immediately, 
 
 crdinare pranzo cjftre prento fubito. 
 That muft be done quickly. 
 
 bifognajare prefio. 
 
 God permitted u fliould happen. 
 Jddio permettere fxccedere. 
 
 I am afraid you were miftaken. 
 
 avert paura fcaghare, 
 
 We
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 6; 
 
 We exprefs thefe two Englidfms^ this day fe'nnight, 
 this day fortnight, by d'oggi a otto, d'oggi a 
 quindici. 
 
 I believe I {hall go into the country this day 
 credere andare campagna d'oggi 
 
 fe'nnight, but I hope I fhall come back this day 
 a otto. fperare ritornare <ftjggi 
 
 fortnight. 
 a quindici. 
 
 I am fure that when once you are there, you 
 
 effere ficuro qnando una <vdta ejere 
 
 will not return fo (oon to town. 
 
 lornare cos} prejlo citta. 
 I give you my word that this day fortnight 1M 
 
 dare parela d^oggi a quindici 
 
 come to fee you. 
 venire rvedere. 
 
 When will your brother go to Germany ? 
 quando fratello andare Cer mania. 
 
 He expedls to go this day fe'nnight, if it is fine 
 afpeilarfi and&rt d'cggi a otto ft fart bel 
 weather. 
 tempo. 
 
 The ivord people, when it is taken generally for the 
 people of a whole kingdom, is exprejjed in Italian by 
 the word geiue. 
 
 The French have the name of being the moft 
 
 Francefe aiiere riputazione e/ere 
 civil people in the world. 
 civile gente tnondo. 
 
 I ihould not love to live among the Spaniards, 
 
 at/tare vt<vere fra . Spagnuolo 
 
 for they are very jealous people, but I (hould never 
 
 perthe ejfere gelofo gente ma ejjere mat 
 
 be tired of living among the Englifh, for I believe 
 
 Jlanco iii-vcre fra Inglefe pcrche credere 
 
 they
 
 68 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 they are the moft civil, the moft courteous, and 
 
 effere civile cor life . 
 
 the moft obliging people in the world. 
 obbliganie gente mmda. 
 
 When the word people fignifies fuljefts, it is exprejfid 
 in Italian by the word popoio. 
 
 A good prince fhould prefer the happinefs of his 
 
 buono principe preferire Je/icita 
 
 people to his own. Happy is the people that has 
 popclo felice pofolo avert 
 
 a good prince to govern them. 
 
 buono govern are. 
 
 On the Particle Ji, it is, they, one, &c. See 
 Gram. p. 218. 
 
 The Particle fi is always put before a verb, and thi 
 verb mujl be imperfenal. 
 
 One told me that you fpeak Italian very well. 
 
 dire parlare Italiano benijfimo. 
 
 They do me more honour than I deferve, I wifli 
 fart onort meritare valere 
 
 it was true. 
 i>ero. 
 
 They fay you are going to be married. 
 dire andare maritar/i. 
 
 They fay fo, indeed ; but they are much miftaken. 
 dire cost in verita ma mo/to ingannarfi. 
 
 I was affured that the lady's father and yours did 
 
 ajficurare /ignora padre 
 
 conclude the articles of marriage. 
 conchiudere articelo matrimonio. 
 
 If they fay fo, it is without any foundation.. 
 Je dire cett fenx.fi alcunofondamento- 
 
 I am
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 69 
 
 I am very glad to fee you, for I was told you 
 
 rallegrarfi -vedere perche dire 
 
 were gone to France. 
 Francta. 
 
 Pray who told you fuch falfehood ? No matter ; 
 di grazia dire tale falfita tion importa 
 
 and we were told too, that you were to go to Italy. 
 ejjfere delta andare Italia. 
 
 The verb to ufe in Englijb fignifies In Italian fervirfi, 
 afluefarfi, accoftumarfi ; when it fignifies fervirfi, 
 it ii commmly followed by a noun, but otberwife it is 
 followed by a verb. 
 
 He that ufeth to forget thofe things which he 
 
 a/uffarji fcordare cofa 
 
 defires to remember, muft ufe helps to ftrengthen 
 deader are ricordarfi dwere fervirfi ajuto fortificart 
 his memory, or ufe the greateft diligence and at- 
 memoria o grande diligenza at- 
 
 tention when he is reading, that he may retain 
 tenzione quando leggere rilenere 
 
 profitable inftru&ion ; for when they have once 
 prcjltte'vole ifruzione perche quando effere una 
 
 ilipt out of the memory, there is need of f;efli 
 volt a ufcito memoria *v'e bifogno nuo-vo 
 
 reading to recall them. 
 IttTura rtckiamare. 
 
 Ail men ufe to defire riches, but all do not ufe 
 lutto uomo defiderare ricchezze ma tutto 
 
 riches rightly ; when they are come to honour and 
 ricbezze bene quando e/ere arri-vato cnore 
 wea;th, they flill are greedy to heap up more. He 
 sfuL'nza ancora avido accumulare 
 
 that defires nothing, wants nothing ; it is a wife 
 defidtrare niente aver btfogno favio 
 
 man's part to moderate all his defires. 
 uomo dovere moJerare tutto defiderio. 
 
 lie
 
 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 
 17)e verb imperfonal importa, will have a Dative. 
 
 It much concerns young people to avoid bad 
 
 molta im/>orta gioventu fchivare cattinjo 
 
 company, as they would beware of the plague ; 
 
 compagnia, come guardarfi fefte 
 
 they are more hurtful to the mind, than the moft 
 
 nocevole anii.'i-) 
 
 contagious difeafe to the body. 
 contagiofo nialattia carpo. 
 
 It concerns me, and all men to. look to our- 
 
 importa tutti uomo badare 
 
 felves j the world is full of knaves and knavery. 
 monda pieno furbo furberia 
 
 It is hard to be known, and he is hard to be found, 
 difficile f up ere trovare 
 
 who is fit to be trufted. 
 coKfidarfi. 
 
 The greateft caution is to be ufed in the prefence 
 
 grand* cautela adoprare prefenza 
 
 of children ; mailers muft behave themfelvcs very 
 
 ragazzo maejlro do'vere compcrtarji 
 warily, left fcholars learn evil of them ; and it 
 prudent emeute per paura che fcclaro imf>arare male 
 greatly concerns boys to imitate their matter's virtue. 
 moito importa gicvane writ are tnaijlro *virta, 
 
 When the word to fpeak is joined ivith truth, // is ex- 
 preff'ed in Italian by dire. 
 
 You promifed me feveral times you would be 
 
 promettere fp l fft volte ejj"ere 
 
 diligent, and that you would never keep bad com- 
 diligente mai praticare catti-vo com- 
 
 pany ; I perceive that you don'c fpeak always the 
 pagnia accorgerfi dire fempre 
 
 truth, for I met you to-day with a man whofe 
 iteriia rincontrare oggi con uomo 
 
 company I did forbid you. A man who does not 
 ((itnpagnia proibirt uomo 
 
 love
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 71 
 
 love to fp-alc always the truth, is unwotthy of 
 amare dire fempre verita indegno 
 
 huneft people's fuiety. 
 oae/io gente focieta. 
 
 JVhen there is in Engfijh^ I wifh, I would, in the 
 beginning of a period, we exprefs it in Italian thus^ 
 vorrei potere, and the following verb mujl be in 
 the Infinitive mood. 
 
 I wifh I could ferve you, I would do it with all 
 potere fervire fare tutto 
 
 my heart. 
 cuore. 
 I wifti I could fee your fifter, I would give her 
 
 i/edere forella dare 
 
 fomething that was lent me for her. 
 qualche cofa eflere mandato. 
 
 I wilh I could (peak Italian as well as you, it 
 
 par/are Italiano 
 would be a great iatisfadion to me. 
 
 ej/iei-e grande foddisjazione. 
 I wilh I could do what you defire of me, I would 
 
 fare defiderare 
 
 not refufe you. 
 
 ricufare. 
 
 I wifh i could be reconciled with your brother, 
 e/ere riconciliato fratello 
 
 for he is an honeft man. 
 perche galanf uomo. 
 
 I wifh I couid go into the country with you, I 
 
 andare campagna 
 
 would not return foon to town, tor I would vifit 
 ritornare preflo citla iiijitare 
 
 all my friends. 
 tutto amico. 
 
 I wifh 1 could follow your example, I would 
 
 feguire efempio 
 
 live better than I do. 
 meglio. 
 
 Ought
 
 72 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Ought and muft ought to be rendered in Italian by the 
 Prefent of the Indicative of the verb dovere, and 
 are not Imperfonal. 
 
 At church people ought to fit ftill, not to talk. 
 
 chiefa grnte doi'ere flare faldo far/are. 
 
 At faying leffons, none ought to fpeak but he 
 
 ripttere lexione dovere parlare 
 
 that is appointed by the matter, vvhofe leave ought 
 dejlinato maeftro permeffo dowrt 
 
 to be afked before the fcholars betake themfelves 
 
 domandare prima fcolare darji 
 
 to play. 
 giuoco. 
 
 The boy that is chaftifed becaufe of his flothful- 
 
 ragazzo cafligalo a cagione infingardag- 
 
 nefs, has no caufe to accufe his mafler of feverity ; 
 
 gim-avere caufa accufare maeftro feverita 
 
 he ought to blame himfelf, and to refolve to {hake 
 
 dovere biafimarfi rifolvere lafdare 
 
 off idlenefs for the future. 
 
 pigrizia per ra-vuenire. 
 
 The foldier muft fight valiantly, that has a mind 
 
 foldato dove re batterft <valorofamenle avere anima 
 
 enflamed with a defire to conquer the enemy ; his 
 
 accefo defiderio sincere nemico 
 
 arm muft procure him the honour which his heart 
 braccia dovere prccurare snore cuore 
 
 wifhes for j but fometimes fecret ftratagems and 
 defiderare ma qualche t-oltafecrcto Jlratagemma 
 
 fubtle policy defeat the moft valiant warriors. 
 aftuto pciitica fccnji^gere valorofo gucrriero. 
 
 Children mutt be obedient to their parents ; thofe 
 
 Jiglio dovere ubbidire genitore 
 
 that grieve their parents, purchafe to themfelves a 
 
 effliggere parente comprare 
 curfe ; they provoke God to deny them that length 
 maledizione irritare Iddio ritufare lunghezza 
 
 of life which he has prom: fed to the dutiful. 
 vita avert promej/b ubbidiente. 
 
 6 To
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 73 
 
 To be like, zvben followed by a notm, fignifies in Ita- 
 lian rafibmigliare, and will have a Dative cafe, 
 
 Children are not always like their parents; they 
 
 fgliualo ra/oftiigtiai-e fempre parents 
 
 are fometimes quite different from them. 
 effere qualche volta differente. 
 
 My brother is not like my father, who is of a 
 
 fratello ra/bmigliare padre 
 
 good difpofition, and rich in good endowments of 
 buano indole ricco buono talenlo 
 
 mind, though poor in etfrate. 
 animo benche povero JJats. 
 
 Every man loves thole that are like him, and 
 
 ognuno amare raffbmig/iare 
 
 defpifes thofe that are hurtful to him : nature 
 fprezzare nuocfvc/e natura 
 
 teaches us to love our friends, but religion teaches 
 infegnare amare amico ma religions infegnare 
 
 to love our enemies. 
 
 amare nemico. 
 
 To be fo kind in Englijh^ muft be renter el in Italian 
 by avere la bonta, with the folhwing verb in the 
 infinitive mood, with the article di. 
 
 I intreat you to be fo kind as to tell me how 
 fupplicare averf la bonta dire comt 
 
 you call that in Italian. 
 chiamare Italiano, 
 
 If you will be fo kind as to grant me that favour, 
 fe i}> f. <volcre a-ver la bonta accordare favore 
 
 there is nothing but I will do to acknowledge it. 
 
 niente fare riconofcere. 
 
 If your brother would be fo kind as to l^nd me 
 
 fratello prepare 
 
 a horfe for two, or three days, he would oblige 
 cavalto due tre giorno obbligarc 
 
 me infinitely. 
 injinitamtntf, 
 
 E I was
 
 74. ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 I was this morning with your friend Mr. N 
 
 ejj'tre matlina ccn amiio 
 
 and he was fo kind as to offer me his purfe. 
 avert efibire borfa. 
 
 I hope you will be fo kind as to recommend me 
 
 fpcrare avere racccmmanJare 
 
 to your friends. 
 
 arnica, 
 
 Be fo kind as to tell me when your fitter will 
 trvere dire quando foriHa 
 
 return from the country, for I make no drubt 
 ritornare campagna dubiiare 
 
 bui Ihe will bring me n ws from my uncle. 
 portare nuo-va xio. 
 
 The Englijh pbrafe, there is nothing bur, ought to le 
 rendered in Italian by non v'e niente che non, and 
 requires the folhiving verb in the Optative rncsd. 
 
 There is nothing but I would do to deferve the 
 
 non v'e niente fare merllare 
 
 honour of your friendfhip. 
 entire amicizia, 
 
 There is nothing but what I would undertake 
 non i/'f niente jntrapprer.dere 
 
 to oblige my friends. 
 obbligare amico. 
 
 There is nothing but what I would fuffer wil- 
 
 non *v'e nitKte fcffrire <vo- 
 
 lingly, if I was fo unfortunate as to have difobliged 
 
 lentitri effere sforlunato avere difobbligato 
 
 you, 
 
 There is nothing but what an honeft man ought 
 non 'vi e niente oneflo uomo dc'uere 
 
 to do, to deferve every body's efteem. 
 
 tneritare cgnuno Jlima. 
 
 There is nothing but what a good prince ought 
 niente bucfio frincipe dvvere 
 
 to da, to make his fubje&s happy. 
 fen rtnltre Jo^getto felice. 
 
 This
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 75 
 
 ^Tbls phrafe to be fo good as one's word, mujl be 
 rendered in Italian by mantenere la fua parola. 
 
 You often promifed me to do me fervice, but I 
 
 fpcjjb prometiere. renders feriiizio ma 
 
 I will never beiieve you ; it is a very diflioneft 
 mai credere ejfere difonejif 
 
 thing not to be as good as one's word ; for no 
 ma>:tenere la fua parcla perc/ie nif- 
 
 body will credit him afterwards. 
 funo dare fcde dcpo. 
 
 You hrive often promifed me to mend your man- 
 
 nvtrijpefo promtttere etntndare cof- 
 
 ners, but you are feiclom as good as your word. 
 
 tutne ma rare <volte Mantenere la fua farota 
 
 I coniefs I have not been as good as my word, but 
 
 covfeffare a-~ufre mantenuto la fua parola ma 
 
 I do protr.ife that for the future, I will be better 
 
 promettere (aWawenire) t/tre 
 
 than I ever have been. 
 mai (/ere fata. 
 
 So much as, ought to be rendered in Italian by tanto 
 
 Your brother feems to have had a better educa- 
 fratello parere avere eJuca* 
 
 tion than you, though I am fure your father did 
 Ki'one benche ficuro palre 
 
 not fpend fo much money for him as he did for you." 
 fpendere tanto denaro. 
 If we would love God as much as he loves us, 
 
 amare Iddio tanto amare 
 
 we would not offend him fo oftem 
 ojjendere fptf * 
 
 If we would love our neighbour as much as we 
 
 amare proffimo tanto 
 
 love ourfelves, there would not be fo much enmity 
 
 (flirt tanto inimicizi* 
 in the world. 
 tnondt, 
 
 E 2 As
 
 76 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 As long as, muft lie rendered in Italian, y infinche, 
 or mentreche. 
 
 As long as you will not be obedient to your pa- 
 mentreche r jff er vbbidiente pa- 
 
 rents, God will never bleis you. 
 rente Itldio mat benedire. 
 
 As long as you will be idle, you will never learn 
 Irifincke ejfere pigro mat impa- 
 
 ar.y thing, and you will be ignorant as long as 
 rare nienie efiert ignorante infinche 
 
 YOU live. 
 vivtre. 
 
 As long as you are rich, you will not want 
 ejere ricce mancare 
 
 friends. As long as it is in your power to oblige 
 amice. e/ere potere oblligare 
 
 jour friends, don't refuie to do them fervice. 
 amico ricufare rendere Jervizio. 
 
 I had rather, is exprejfid in Italian by amerei meglio, 
 or piuttoflo. 
 
 I had rather lofe fome fmall thing, than go to 
 
 e.mare meglio perdere piccolo cofa andarc 
 
 law with a litijii'Mis man. 
 legz* litigiofo uomo. 
 
 I had rather the thaii difoblige you. 
 
 Kfnare pittttcflo morirt difobligare. 
 I had lather li e all my life- time with you, than 
 
 amare migilo 'vi'vere vita tempo 
 
 to ft jy one <Ja> with your brother. 
 fare giorno fratello. 
 
 I had rather endure fome fmall injury from a 
 
 fcjfrire piccolo ingiuria 
 
 frierd, than to fight with him, though I had rather 
 ti.-iii o batterft bcnche 
 
 d-e than pafs for a coward. 
 erlre pa/are poltrone. 
 
 When
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 77 
 
 H'litn we enquire for fomfbafys name, zve make ufe of 
 the verb chiamarfi. 
 
 What is your name, pray, friend ? 
 
 come chiamare dl grazia arnica. 
 
 My name is John Baptill. 
 Giovanni Battijla. 
 What is your brother's name ? 
 come fratello. 
 
 His name is George Frederic Augufl-us. 
 
 Giorgio Frederlco Angara. 
 What was the late king of France's name ? 
 Come defunlo Re Francia. 
 
 He was called Lewis ih .-: Fif: -enth. 
 
 c/iiamare Luigi diecivto quint o, 
 What is the young Icing or France's name ? 
 
 come glovine Re Fraicia. 
 
 His name is Lewis the Sixteenth. 
 
 chiamare Luigi deicimo fefto. 
 What was the late regent's name ? 
 
 come tief unto regent e. 
 
 He was called the Duke of Orleans. 
 ihiamare duca Orleans. 
 
 To entertain muji be turned by trattare. 
 
 If you will come with me into the country, Til 
 
 venire campagna 
 
 entertain you very well. 
 trattare benijfimo. 
 
 You fee I do not entertain you like a ftranger, 
 vedere trattare da JoreJIure 
 
 hut I entertiin you like a friend. 
 ma trait are da amico. 
 
 I am fure if we were lords, you could not enter. 
 efere ficuro /ignore trat- 
 
 tain us better. 
 tare meglio. 
 
 E 3 Cio
 
 ?8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Cio dipende da voi, figtiifies in Engtijh, it lies iti 
 your power, ;'/ has all its tst.fcs; and is Imperfenal. 
 
 It lies in your power to be a good fcholar, for 
 
 dipendere fjffe fapunts 
 
 you have as much wit as any of your fchool-fcllows. 
 ferche avert lanio fpinto quelunqm ccndifcipcb. 
 
 It is in our power to be happy for ever. 
 diptndere fjere faict ftmpre. 
 
 It is in his power to do me that fervice. 
 dipendere rendere fervizio. 
 
 It is in your power to go abroad, for your father 
 dipendere andar a 'viaggiare padre 
 
 told me feveral times that he (hould be very glad 
 dire (J} e jft wite) aiiere , a caro 
 
 if you \\ouid go on your travels. 
 
 andare a I'iaggiare, 
 It lies in their power to recommend me to their 
 
 diptndere raccommandare 
 
 friends. 
 
 Andare all' incontro d' uno, fignifet to go and meet 
 
 fomebody. 
 
 Sir, I come to beg a favour of you, which I 
 
 Signore venire d'jinandarg. faijort 
 hope you will not refufe me. I heard your uncle 
 fpetare ricufare /entire xio 
 
 will come to-morrow to town, you will oblige me 
 
 itnire domani citta cbbligare 
 
 mightily, if you will lend me your horfe to go and 
 moliij/imo prijlare cavallo andare 
 
 meet him, and I a flu re you that I will take great care 
 a/i* incontro afficurare avtre grands cura 
 
 of him. 
 
 Sir, I am very forry I cannot oblige you, for I 
 
 rincrefcere non pete re obbligare perch e 
 
 muft go myfelf to meet my wife, who is coming 
 
 bifvgna anJare aWlncontro moglit venire 
 
 from
 
 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 79 
 
 from the country ; but at another time, it flba'I lv; 
 camfagna ma altro valla. efizte 
 
 at your fervice. 
 
 ftrvizio. 
 
 Very often ive make itfe of this {Xprejflon rincrefcere, 
 when we fpeak of the misfortune of another, and 
 fig n ifas i n Englijb to be furry, to be concerned; 
 and the fslloiuing vjordmujl be in the Genitive. 
 
 lam forry for the misfortune that has befallen you. 
 
 rincrefcere difgrazia accadere 
 
 We ought to be concerned at our friends mif- 
 do-ven rincrefcere amico f-vea- 
 
 fortunes. 
 
 lura. 
 
 I was very much concerned at your lofs. 
 moltij/imo rincrefcere perdtta. 
 
 Mi pare mill 5 anni is an Italian exf>rejfun wb'uh fig- 
 ntfiet to long ; we make ufe of it only in the prefent 
 of the Indicative^ and the following verb ought to be 
 in the Infinitive with the article di. 
 
 I long to fee your father, to tell him how much 
 wedsre padre dire quanta 
 
 you-deferve to be praifed for your diligence. 
 tneritare eft-re lodato diligenza. 
 
 I long to go in tHfe country, to fettle a difpufe 
 andare campagna aggiitflarg difputa 
 
 that arofe amon^ft my farmers. 
 nafeere Jra fattore. 
 
 I long to pay what I owe you, for I don't love 
 pagare dovere percke amare 
 
 to be in any body's debt. 
 divert a neffuno. 
 
 I long to know the Italian language perfe,5!ly 
 fapere Italians lingua ptrfettamente 
 
 well. 
 bene> 
 
 E 4 Very
 
 So ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Very often we make ufe of avere gran voglia for to 
 Jong, and it requires the following verb in the lnfi~ 
 nitive mood. 
 
 I long to go and fee Mr. George, to afk him for 
 
 an.lare i-tJsre Giorgio domandare 
 
 the money he owes me, hut I'll put it off till next 
 denara do<vere ma differire infino Centura 
 
 week, that you may go with me. 
 Jittimaua potere andtire. 
 
 I long to go to Italy, for I don't love to live in 
 
 andare Italia amare iiivere 
 
 England. 
 
 Inghilterra. 
 
 I long to tell you fomething, neverthelefs I do not 
 
 dire qualche cofa benche 
 
 know how to tell it you, for fear of difobliging you. 
 Jaf>ere dire per paura dijobbligare. 
 
 I Jong to learn Italian, and for all that I do not 
 
 imparare Italiano con tutto do 
 
 know what hinders me fiom beginning. 
 fafere imfiJire principiare. 
 
 Degnare Is Very often uffd for to be fo kind as, and 
 requires the following verb in the Infinitive. 
 
 Be fo kind as to hear nje a moment, and you 
 
 degnare fenfire momenta 
 
 will fee that what they told you of me is a falfe 
 <uedere dire effere falfo 
 
 report. 
 rapporto. 
 
 JBe fo kind as to grant me that favour, and I will 
 
 degnare ac cor dare favor e 
 
 not trouble you any more. 
 itxammodare. 
 
 Poflb
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 81 
 
 Poflb appena, I can hardly, requires the folhwitig 
 verb in the Infinitive mood. 
 
 I can hardly believe what you tell me of Mr. 
 
 pofo appena credere dire fignore 
 
 Gregory, for I always took him for a very fober 
 Gregorio perche fcrnpre credere . fobrti 
 
 and honeil man. 
 oneflo uomo, 
 I could hardly believe my eyes, when I faw you, 
 
 poitre appena credere occhio quando veJere 
 for I thought you were in America. 
 fffde penfare effere America. 
 
 \ have got fuch a great cold, and my head is fo 
 
 ejj'c re raffreddato tejla 
 
 hea>y that I can hardly read a word. 
 fefartte potere appena ieggere parola."^ 
 
 Scarce, or hardly, mujl be likeuiife exprejfij by ap- 
 pena. 
 
 Scarce were you gone out lad night, when your 
 
 appena e/ere ufdto jeri fcra quando\ 
 
 friend fir William Henry came to fee me, and was 
 amico cavaliere Gu^lidmo Enrico venire <vedtre 
 very forry you did not ftay a little longer. 
 difpiacere reftart poco piu. 
 
 There are men in the world who are fo much 
 
 fjfcre uomo mondo ejfere tauto 
 
 uftrd to do mifch;ef, that haruly they are come out 
 
 avezzo fare male appena ejjere ufcito 
 
 of one trouble, but fall immediately into another. 
 
 impacfio ma cadere fubilo altro. 
 
 Scarce have you done a good action but it Teems 
 
 af.pt Ha avert fatto buono azlsne pareri 
 
 you icpent you have done it ; for if it was not fo, 
 
 feutirji avtre jatto perche e/ere cost 
 
 E> 5 you
 
 82 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 you would not fo foon fall again into your former 
 cost prefto ricadert primtera 
 
 bad courfes. 
 eattiva <vita. 
 
 To have much ado mujl be rendered in Italian by 
 ftentare, and requires the following verb in tht Infi- 
 nitive with the article a. 
 
 I had much ado yefterday to perfuade your bro- 
 Jientare jeri perfuadere /ra- 
 
 ther to ftay with me ; he would go and fup with 
 tello reftare andare cenare 
 
 JMr. Horace, who killed a man la{t night. 
 figncr Orazio eimmazzare itomo jer fera. 
 
 I had much ado to make peace with your mo- 
 
 jlentare fare pace ma- 
 
 ther, (he was fully refolved not to forgive you, 
 dre ejjere affatto rifaiuto perdonare 
 
 therefore take care for the future not to offend her 
 per do badare alVawenire offender e 
 
 any more. 
 
 1 had much ado to engage your uncle to pafs 
 Jientare nnpegiiare zio pajfare 
 
 his word for a hundred pounds I owe Mr. Clements. 
 farola cento lira divert Clemente. 
 
 To be quiet mujl be rendered in Italian by. flare faldo, 
 or chetarfi. 
 
 You will not be quiet til! you have done fome 
 
 fare Jaldo injinche aver fatto 
 
 mifchief. 
 male. 
 Be quiet, or elfe Fll make you repent ir^ 
 
 chetarfi altrimente fare pentire, 
 
 You would not be quiet when I bad you, you 
 
 flare faido quando tommandare. 
 
 fee now what you fuffer for it, 
 istdtre adfffo fojfrirt* 
 
 Abbaf-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 83 
 
 Abbafl'are gli occhi, Jignifies to look downwards. 
 
 When you fpeak to a perfon of great quality, 
 quancio par lure perfona alto qualita. 
 
 you ought not to dare at him, but you ought 
 da*uere f/ are ma dovtrt 
 
 fometirm-s to look downwards to fhew him the 
 
 qualche <volla abbuffare gli occhi tnoflrare 
 
 refpet you have for him. 
 
 rijfttlo avere. 
 
 Upon Interrogations. See Gram. p. 70. 
 
 From whence had America its name ? From 
 
 avere America nome. 
 
 Americo Vefputio, a Florentine, in 1497, though 
 America (a) yefruzio Fioreutino benche 
 
 Columbus was the firft difcoverer of it in 1492^ 
 Cdlumbo e/ere primo fcof>rilore 
 
 How large is that country ? How is that empire 
 
 grande paefe imperio 
 
 divided?. What is the produce of it? What is 
 
 divifo prodvtto 
 
 worthy of notice in that country ? Are there any 
 dsgno notixia pae/e 
 
 European colonies in that part of the world ? 
 Eurof>eano colon ia parte man Jo* 
 
 Who fubdued the greateft part of the univerfe 
 foggiogare s>rande parte uaiverfo 
 
 in twelve years tirae ? Alexander, king of Mace- 
 duoditi anno Alejandro Re Mace- 
 
 donia, 
 ttonia, 
 
 To whom do the Canary Iflands belong, what 
 
 Canari 1/ola appartenert 
 
 number is there of them, and how do they lie? 
 nitmero (b) e/erf e/ere- fuuato* 
 
 (a) See Gram. p. i, upon the conjunction Though. 
 <b) See ibid. p. 150, upon the con] ugation of the verb 
 iropcjfonal itert is. 
 
 E 6 Upon
 
 84 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Upon the irregular Conflrudtions of the 
 Pronouns perfonal and Pofleffive. See 
 Gram. p. 61, and 66. 
 
 Moft men worfhip love, to it they facrifice their 
 la piu parte uomo adorare amore fagrificare 
 
 fineft days, and from it they expe<fl their greateft 
 bello giorno afpettare grande 
 
 happinefs. 
 felicita. 
 
 Glory makes the whole ambition of heroes ; they 
 gloria fare tutto arnbizione erot 
 
 gape after nothing elie ; they feek for nothing elfe ; 
 refpirare altro cercare altro 
 
 they apply to it alone j 'tis for it alone they make 
 indirizzarji fulo folo fare 
 
 VOWS. 
 *voto. 
 
 Self-love is our primum mobile ; 'tis it rules our 
 amore proprio primo mobile regolare 
 
 paffions, and to it men are indebted for moft of 
 fajfiont uomo ejjere debitore 
 
 the fervices which they reciprocally render one 
 
 fervizio reciprocamente rer.dere 
 
 another. 
 
 Is that the tree of which you were fpeaking ? 
 ej/ere albero far/are 
 
 Yes, that's it. 
 
 Jt looks very fine, but its fruit is good for nothing. 
 
 far ere bello ma fru'.to (nan <vale nienle.) 
 
 This on the contrary has no appearance : 'tis a 
 
 contrario avere apparenza 
 
 peach-tree, and its peaches are charming good. 
 ptrfao perfica effere deiiziofo. 
 
 When general G. faw himfelf puiiued fo clofe, he 
 quando generate G. >vedere feguitato 'vicino 
 
 reached the river, and threw himfelf in it (on horfe- 
 rrwar( jutlne gettarji a ca- 
 
 back)
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 85 
 
 back) with adefign to crofs it over, tho'it was fo rapid- 
 i>alh tntenzione attraverfare (a) benche rapid* 
 
 When he came to the ihesm, for all that he did 
 quando venire corrtnte tutlo fare 
 
 to refift it, he could not conquer it j he then re- 
 re/ijlere fotere foggiogart allora ri- 
 
 folved to go down with it, and let himfelf be car- 
 fol'vere feguire lafciar/i por- 
 
 ried away by it j but his horfe was too tired to be 
 tare via ma cai/allo ejfere troppojtanco 
 
 able to fwim long; and as he endeavoured to quit 
 potere nuotare mollo come sforzarfi ia/ciare 
 
 the ftream, his horfe, that had loft all his ftrength, 
 
 corrente cavallo avere perfo lutto forza 
 
 fell under him. He expected it, and therefore did 
 cadere afpettarfi fercio 
 
 not wonder at it. He ftill fwam (for a while) with 
 
 maravigliarji ancora nuotare (per un fezzo) 
 
 the ftream, out not being able to leave it, he was 
 corrente ma potert lafciare effere 
 
 drowned in it. 
 affogato. 
 
 'I he water which you have recommended him to 
 
 acqua avere raccomanctato 
 
 drink is not fit for him ; 1 know all its qualities, 
 here ejjert proprio conofcere tutto qualita 
 
 and will never recommend it in fuch a cafe. Of 
 
 mai raccomandare tale <afo. 
 
 thefe two rivers, one has its fpring in the Alps, 
 qveflo due fiume a'vere forgeate Alpi 
 
 and the other has it in the Pyreneans. 
 
 attro avert Pirenei. 
 
 I have bought a new fword, the hilt of it is fil- 
 
 ave; e comfrato nuovo fpada gitardia effere ar- 
 
 ver, but I don't like its ibell j I will not pa*t with 
 
 genlo ma anare totcia d'nfarfi 
 
 the old one ; it has done me much fervice, I have 
 
 <vecchio a'vere rtfo molto fervizio a<vere 
 
 (a) See Cram, p. zia, upon the conjunction though. 
 
 owed
 
 86 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 owed twice my .life to it. Only I will get it 
 do<vuto due I'dta vita folo fare 
 
 cleaned, and put a new hilt to ir, and it will be of 
 ripolire mfttere nuovo euardia fervire 
 
 fervice fiill to me by ni^ht. 
 ancora none tempo. 
 
 Keep from the v.ail, do not go near it. 
 allontanarfi muro appog^iarfi. 
 
 If you fit in that (cafy chair] take care not to 
 
 feqtre fedia a bracciuoft badare 
 
 hurt yourfelf, for the back and elbows are broken. 
 farfi male perche doffo bracciuch efiere rally. 
 
 His houfe is fine, I like its fituation, but the 
 
 cafa hello amare /ituazioae :a 
 
 rooms are not well contrived. He has fpent a great 
 fianza effere bene regolato aver e fait o gran 
 
 deal of money upon it; he has altered the roof, 
 fpefa avere fatto temblor teito 
 
 and niade a (lately ftair-cafe ; it cofts him much, 
 fatto fuperbo fcala eoflare molio 
 
 (but upon the whole) he owes his health to it; he- 
 mit per altro dovere falutt 
 
 lives there all the year. His gardens are very fine ; 
 ui'vere tutto anno giardino ejere bello 
 
 he has added groves, and wacer-fpouu to it; there 
 aver aggiunto bofchetto S etto d'acqua 
 
 are fine meadows round it. He defigns to make 
 effere bello prato aH'iatortw intendtrt fart 
 
 alterations to it. 
 carnkiamento. 
 
 Upon the verb to play, with the particles at, and upon. 
 
 Do you never play at cards ? I play fometimes 
 
 mai giuocare tarta qvalcJit volta 
 
 at picket, and at quadrille, to oblige the company. 
 
 fifchetlo quadriglio cbbligart co)r. 
 
 Let us play for a crown. I never play fo 
 
 giuocare Jcudo mai grc 
 
 I don't care to play fo much mo.,ey ; I don't love 
 
 turarfi tunto daiiaro amare 
 
 to
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 87 
 
 to play at games of chance, as at dice, or even at 
 
 giuoco di forte came dado . anche 
 cards; but i like to play fometimes at howls, at 
 carta piacere q-ualche <uolta boccie, 
 
 billiards, at tennis, or nine pins. My coufm and 
 bigliardo faliacorda binHo cugino 
 
 I play at chefs every night. Can you pLy upoa 
 fcacchi ogni jera fapere fuonare 
 
 fome inftrument r 
 qualche Jlromento. 
 
 I can play a little upon the German flute. I 
 
 potere fuonare poco Fagotto 
 
 thought you could play on the fiddie too. No j 
 
 credere fuonare violino 
 
 but I know that you play on the (bafs-viol) very 
 ma fapere fuonare (bajj~o di viola) 
 
 well. If you pleafe to come to our houfe, we will 
 
 placers venire cafa 
 
 make a little concert. My fitter will play on the 
 fare piccolo accademia fore/la fuonart 
 
 barpfichord, you will play on your bafs, and I will 
 clavecembah fuonare ba/o 
 
 fing. 
 cantare. 
 
 We ufe the verb avere in/lead of eflere, wbea we /peak 
 cf being hungry, dry, cold, hot, and old. 
 
 You eat as if you were hungry. Excufe me, I 
 
 manglare aiiere fame fcufare 
 
 eat heartily, but I am not very hungry. I am 
 di buon appetito avere granJe fame advert 
 
 more dry than hungry. I have been thirfty all 
 fete fame aver avult fete iutttt 
 
 the day. 
 giorno. 
 
 I am very cold, and very hungry. Are you cold ? 
 avere freddo fame avere freddo 
 
 on the contrary, I am very warm, but I am tired. 
 al contrarig avere gran caUo ma Jlancp* 
 
 6 My
 
 88 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 My hands are fo cold that I cannot write. 
 mano ai/ert freddo potere fcrivere. 
 
 I believe your head is always cold, for you fel- 
 credere tejla fempre freddo perche ra- 
 
 dom pull off your hat. 
 ramente levare cappello. 
 
 How old is your fifter ? She is not fi r teen yet. 
 quanta anno avert forella avtre quindici anno, 
 
 L thought {he was twenty, how old are you ? 
 
 credere avert iitnti anno a-vere. 
 
 1 was very cold this morning when I came; but 
 avert fred.io mattina ^uandt venire ma. 
 
 I am very warm now. You don't look fo. You 
 
 caldo adeffv par ere 
 
 eat as if you were not hungry. lam more co'd 
 mangiare avere fame fete 
 
 than hungry. I have been thirfty all the day. 
 fame ejjere Jlato ajetato gioruo. 
 
 The verb imper final muft, fimetimei it is turned by 
 dovere, and fometimes by bifognare. 
 
 To make war, plenty of money muft be had. 
 fare guerra molto danaro bifogna a-vere. 
 
 Men muft love virtue to be happy. One muft be 
 
 fi dovere amare virtu felice bifcgnare 
 
 mad to think: that men can be happy without 
 matto credere uomo potere feaza (a) 
 
 loving virtu:. 
 amare virtu. 
 
 Men fhould learn firft the duties beloneing to hu- 
 dovere itafarare prima dovere appartenente uma- 
 man nature. 
 no nalura. 
 
 A woman muft have a good deal of circum- 
 
 donna bifogna. a<vfe circo- 
 
 fpe&ion not to fpeak of herfelf. One muft not 
 
 fpezions parlare 
 
 (a) Setixa governs the infinitive mood, 
 
 hope
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 89 
 
 hepe that men can be cured of the ill habit they 
 fperare uomo potere guurirji fatfii/o abitudine 
 
 hdve of fpeaking always of themfelves, their adven- 
 avere far/are fempre awven 
 
 tures, and wealth, than which nothing is more 
 tura opultnza nienle 
 
 tedious. One fhould impofe a law upon one's felf, 
 feccante dwere farj] legge 
 
 never to fpeak of one's felf, neither one way, or other. 
 mat parlare (a) 
 
 Wemultnotfillily believe thofe who flatter us; nei- 
 
 do-Tjere jacilmente credere lufingare ne 
 
 ther muft we reject rudely the compliments that are 
 
 rigettare incwilmente complimento 
 paid us, when we think we deferve them ; that 
 fare quando credere merltare 
 
 falfe modefty is hardly lefs (hocking than a foolish 
 falfo modeflia foco me no fpiaee<vo/e fdocco 
 
 vanity. Much art and nicety are requifite to feafon 
 vanita arte dellcalezza necejfario condire 
 
 praifes well. But there is alfo a way of receiving 
 lode ma anche modo riccuert 
 
 them, when they are lawful, which don't hurt 
 quando leggitimo offenders 
 
 modefty. Praifes are like a fort of tribute that is 
 nodeflia lode come fpecle tribute 
 
 paid to true merit. We mult neither rejet them 
 renders vero merito devere ne rigettare 
 
 through affectation, nor hanker after them too 
 fer affettazione ne ambire (con troppa 
 
 eagerly. 
 pvemura.) 
 
 Upon the negative Particles and Adverbs. 
 
 None knows the fufferings of lovers unlefs he 
 ni/uno fapere Jofferenxa am ante ft non 
 
 has loved. 
 
 (a) Neither out u-ay, or other, i. e. ne in bene> ne in mate. 
 
 I have
 
 90 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 
 I have always loved her very much. 
 
 femfre atnato milto. 
 
 To love but little in courting, is a furc means 
 atnare foco cortegia r e vsro mezzo 
 
 to be loved. I have feen nobody of your fentimeir. 
 amato nvtftvedtiHtntfuno fentin:f;.u. 
 
 , I by no means bel;eve what he fays ; nor I mi: her. 
 in cento ne/uno <redcre dire neiaen'w. 
 
 She always comes unfeafonably, as well as her 
 femprt venire fuor di Jlagione come ancke 
 fifter. 
 foretia. 
 
 He has not rrceived an anfwer yet. 
 
 avere ricevuto rifpofla ancora. 
 Is there any thing more wonderful than the 
 
 r.icntf ammirabile 
 
 virtue of the loadftone ? 
 virtu calamita. 
 
 Did he ever mention any thing of it ? 
 
 mat menzionart niente. 
 We have done nothing that ought to make you 
 
 avert fatio nitntt dwtrt 
 
 angry. 
 JHtaurn 
 
 I am going there, left he fhould come, 
 andare per paura venire. 
 
 I tell you tha.t if henceforth I perceive that you 
 
 dire fe da qui innanzi accvrgerft 
 
 attempt to play any trick to hinder me from marry- 
 tentare fare furberia impedire mari* 
 
 ing ^my fon, I will fend you dire&ly to the cattle, 
 tare figliuoh mandare fubito tajicllo 
 
 for a!l your life. I promife you I'll never do it. 
 tutto vita promettere mat fare 
 
 She is indifferent to me; and I neither love nor 
 
 indifferent* a.mart 
 
 hate her. [oJiare.] 
 
 They behave very prudently, now they are 
 comportarfi prudznlemente or a tjjtre 
 
 under my care. 
 fitto cura. 
 
 She
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 91 
 
 She hr.s neither relations nor friends. 
 
 a-vfre ne parcnte ne arnica. 
 I will never forgive you, unlefs you promife to 
 
 ir.ii pert-: are fe non promettere 
 
 fee her. She is fo ill that fhe can take nothing, 
 vedcre Jiare male poiere pigliare 
 
 but ftie throws it up prefently. 
 (he render e fubito, 
 
 I will not take a pur^e before the winter is 
 
 pigliare medicina prima tnverno 
 
 quite out. 
 cffatlo pa/aio. 
 
 Why don't he boMy tell her his reafons ? 
 perche fiberamtntt dire ragione, 
 
 He knows net where to meet her now. 
 fapsre ;l:~: e rincontrare adejjb 
 
 I afk nothing but what isjuft; I cannot pay 
 domandare che gi'ifl non potere pa 
 
 others, if I am not paid what is due to me. 
 gare altro pagare ejj'ere do<vuto> 
 
 Upon the Conjundtions. 
 Although I have no money, I cannot refolve to 
 
 benche avert danaro non potere rifolvere 
 
 borrow any of my friends. Obey, or elfe you {hall 
 impreftare arnica ubbidire altrimente (a) 
 
 be whipped. 
 ftaffibte. 
 
 When I punifh you for your faults, you think 
 
 qnando punire fallo credere 
 
 I hate you ; whereas 'tis only becaufe I love you, 
 
 odlare in <vece che perche amare 
 
 I take that trouble. 
 prendere incomodo. 
 
 Your brother came to fee me yefterday as foon 
 fralello 'venire vedere ieri fubiio 
 
 (a) Turni voi avrete lefaffilate, 
 
 as
 
 92 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 as you was gone. If he comes again, be fo good 
 the partire ritornare avert boiita 
 
 as to tell him that I have waited for him 'till now. 
 dire avere afpettato fin'' or a. 
 
 Though I ufed my utmoft endeavour 1 , and neg- 
 lenche jure tutto il fuo pofflbile traf- 
 
 leed nothing to pleafe him, yet he was conflantiy 
 curare niente piacere nienttdimeno conlinuamtnte 
 
 fcolding at me. 
 f grid art. 
 
 That Adrian, whether {he is Pamphilus's wife, 
 Adriana che Pamfilo moglie 
 
 or whether file is but his miftrefs, is with child. 
 o che amorofa gravida. 
 
 Either through tafte, or reafon, or caprice, (he 
 
 fia per gufto ragione capnccio 
 
 has married him. 
 
 fpofare. 
 
 Wars are not fo bloody fince gunpowder is ufed. 
 guerra fanguinofo dacche polvere a cannone in ufe. 
 
 Unlefs a book, is inltru&ive or entertaining, I 
 
 a meno libra ijiruttivo fiattwU 
 
 don't care to read it. 
 
 Whether fhe is writing, or reading, {he will 
 che fcrivere Itgger* votere 
 
 have her parrot with her. 
 avert pappagallo. 
 
 Since you have forbidden him, he does it no more. 
 dacche avere proibito fare 
 
 if he fliould call at my houfe, and I was not at 
 
 pa/art da me e/ere 
 
 home, my people would tell him where I am. 
 caja gente dire dove. 
 
 Whether he wins, or lofes, he is always the fame. 
 
 fa guadagnare perdere fempre I ijlefo. 
 
 I will not go thither, unlefs you go along witn ine. 
 
 andare a meno meco. 
 
 You muft not play before you can fay your leflon. 
 
 dovere giuocart prima fcfere lezione. 
 
 He
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 93 
 
 Why don't you learn it then, inftead of lofing 
 
 p ere he imp ar are dunque in wece perderg 
 
 your time ? He is fo far from being forward, that 
 
 tempo in vece effere avanzato 
 
 he knows nothing at all. Far from following my 
 
 fapere mente affatto in luogo feguire 
 advice, he does not mind what I fay to him. 
 corr/iglio badare dire. 
 
 I will rather confent to lofe all, than give up 
 piutioflo acconfentire perdere rinunziare 
 
 my right. 
 Though you were a king, I would not marry you. 
 
 fe effere Re fyofare 
 
 Would to God I was under his tuition ftill, and 
 
 'volere effere fotto condottaancora 
 
 my father had never removed me from his fchool. 
 padre a'vere mat ritirato fcuola. 
 
 It avails nothing to a girl to be young, without 
 fervire niente ragazza giovine feitza 
 
 being handfome, nor to be handfome without be- 
 
 bello ne ejfere fenza 
 
 ing young. 
 gio-vine. 
 
 After you have done your exercife, you muft 
 
 dopo fare efercizio dovere 
 
 read it over two or three times, to corre& the faults 
 
 leggere due tre volt a correggere err are 
 
 you may have done in it. 
 
 potere fare 
 
 Remember what I told you feveral times, that 
 
 ricordarft dire parec<hie volte 
 
 you will never be able to fpeak, or write Italian, 
 mat potere par/are fcrivere Italians 
 
 unlefs you are mafter of your rules. 
 a meno po/edere regola. 
 
 I will take fo much pains that I hope I fhall fpeak 
 
 pigliare tanto pena [perare 
 
 it before it is long, though I am convinced it is very 
 
 fro. peco benclie convinto 
 
 difficult to learn the Italian tongue perfectly well. 
 difficile imparare Italiano lingua perfettamente. 
 
 You
 
 94. ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 You will no; fir, i it fo h*rd, if you learn well 
 trovers difficile bsne 
 
 your principle:-. ,. 
 
 The narro-ynefc of the mind, ignorance, and 
 
 baffezzc. c.nima ignoranza 
 
 prefumption m;.:;e itubborr.ne : , becdufe oblrinate 
 prejunzione jare cflinazion; jrche oftinato 
 
 people will be ; i ovfe nothing but what they appre- 
 gente creder? the comprfn- 
 
 hend, and they apprehend but very few things. 
 ders PQCO ccfa. 
 
 Upon moil Prepolitions. 
 
 I rather chufe to live in the country than in 
 
 aware meglio i'1-i'fre fampagna 
 
 town, efpbcially at Florence. Therefore I intend 
 
 citta fcfra lutto Finaze Percio fare 
 
 to fet out to-morrow for my caftle, and then 1 will 
 (onto partire domani caftello e pot 
 
 fend my eicieft fon to Sicily, fcr the fummer. 
 mandare fir/taogenito Jtglio Sici/ia cftate. 
 
 Where will you go to-night ? To the play. 
 da-ue andare Jlafsra ccmmedia- 
 
 When {hall I dance, fir? You fhall dance in 
 quaiido I a Hare 
 
 your turn, and not before. 
 
 vclta prima. 
 
 Where do you live, fir? I live in St JamesV- 
 
 ijivers San Giacomo 
 
 ftreet, near a fruiteni's, over-againft a taylor's, 
 
 flriida <vicit;o frultajuolo dirimpetto fartorS 
 
 at the fign of the Queen's- head. The heft way to 
 
 mjeg'ia regina tefla -via 
 
 go to Tny houfe, is to pafs through the Park, fince 
 andare cafa fa/are attraverfo Pares giacchi 
 
 I live behind it. I defign to travel firft all over 
 
 di dietro inicnJere *viaggiare iutto 
 
 England, and France, then, to Germany, and 
 Inghilterra Francia ai Germania 
 
 Italy,
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 95 
 
 Italy ; from Italy to Spain, where I {hall embark 
 Italia Spagna dove imbarcarft 
 
 a hoard a fhip to return to Great Britain. 
 a bordo tia--ue riturnare Gran Bretagna. 
 
 I'jl go to Scotland in fix months, or thereabouts. 
 
 andare Scozzia frafei mefi o incirca. 
 
 I will call upon our partners within twelve days ; 
 pffjfare compagno fra duodia giorno 
 
 and I will wait upon them as far as their feat, which 
 
 accotnpagnare infino villa 
 
 is magnificent j was you ever there? The walls 
 magnified ejfere mat p arete 
 
 are built with marble; the flair-cafe is painted in 
 
 fabkricato marmo fcala depinto 
 
 oil ; all the furniture is worked with the needle, 
 sgtio futto joriwnenio fatto ago 
 
 nothing richer can be feen. 
 rifto pctere <vedere. 
 I fnould be mighty glad to fpend a few days at 
 
 a<vcre a caro fyendere poco giorno 
 
 that wonde'fu.1 feat. How far is it ? 
 
 mera<u';gliofo villa lontano, 
 
 It is a great way off" ; it is about forty leagues off. 
 
 iKclto lontano di qui incirca hga. 
 
 The moft uneafy fituation is to be between fear 
 incommode f>tuaK,icne fra timore 
 
 and hope. Heroes formerly facrificed themfelves 
 
 fpeme tree antlcamente facrificarji 
 
 for their country, and their mittrefs > now-a-days 
 patria amata oggi di 
 
 nothing is done but for fortune and pleafure. 
 niente Jare fortuna piacere. 
 
 A woman can pleafe without beauty and fenfe, 
 donna pi tere piac ere Jenza belt a fen fa 
 
 butfhe can hardly do it without wit and agreeatlenefs. 
 ma appena fpirito piace<volezza t 
 
 There is nolcfs eloquence in the tone of the voice, 
 H.cfio eloquenza tuono woce 
 
 the eyes, and the countenance, than in the choice 
 occhio afpetto fcelta 
 
 of words. 
 
 farela. Europe,
 
 96 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Europe, in relation to the other parts of the 
 
 Europa relazione altro parte 
 
 world, lies northward. It is bounded on the eafr. 
 
 mondo ejfere fituato fettentrione confinato orients 
 
 by Afia, and the Black Sea, which communicates 
 
 Afia Nero Mare communicare 
 
 with the Mediterranean by the ftreights of Con- 
 
 Mediterraneo flretto Co- 
 
 ftantinople; on the fouth by Africa, and the Me- 
 
 Jlantitiopoli mezzogiorm Africa 
 
 diterranean Sea ; on the weft by the Atlantic ocean, 
 
 mare Occidents Atlantico cceano 
 
 and on the north by the Ar<5i;c Pole, and the great 
 
 fettentrione Artico Polo 
 
 icy fea ; its length taken from Cape St. Vincent to 
 glaciate lunghezza mifurato Capo San Vincenxio 
 
 the frontiers of Mufcovy, is about 3600 Englifh 
 confine Mufccvia incirca Ingle fe 
 
 miles j and its breadth from Sweden to Greece is 
 mila larghezza Si/ezzia Grecia 
 
 about 2200 miles. 
 
 France has Spain towards the fouth, from which 
 Francia Spagna <verfo tnezKcgiorna 
 
 nature has divided it by the Pyrenean mountains, 
 natura d'rvifo Plreneo 
 
 which are of a furprifing height, and extend from 
 
 ftupfndo altezza flenderfi 
 
 the Mediterranean to the great ocean, which is a 
 
 Mediterraneo oceatto 
 
 trat of 300 miles, or thereabouts. 
 tratto mila incirca. 
 
 AN
 
 A N 
 
 ABRIDGEMENT 
 
 O F T H E 
 
 ROMAN HISTORY. 
 
 CHAP. I. 
 Of the ORIGIN of the ROMANS. 
 
 ALL a nations b feem c willing to d derive ' me- 
 rit from the f fplendour of rheir g originals, 
 and h where * hiftory is k filent, they 'generally 
 ro fupply the n defect with fable. The P Romans 
 were 1 particularly r detirous of being * thought 
 ' defcended from the v Gods, u as if to* hide the 
 ' meannefs of their z real a anceftry. b ^Eneas, the 
 c fon of d Venus and e Anchiles, having f efcaped 
 from the 8 dt-fh uction of h Troy, l after k many 
 1 adventures and m dangers " arrived in Italy, 
 P where he was 1 kindly r received by 3 Latinus, 
 
 a trazione b parere c atfidertfo r! trarre e merits 
 f fplendore g originate \\ do*ve i ifloria k.taeito 1 ge- 
 neralmente m fewenire al n difeHo ofavo/a. p Ro- 
 mano q particolarmevte r dejiderofo s creduto t difcejo 
 v dio u come fe x nafcondere y bajfszza z <vero a ^ro 
 fapia b wa c y/.g/ic d Venere e Anch'ije f /compare 
 g d'tflruzione h Tro/'a i ^/>o k wo//a 1 awtntura 
 m fericalo n arrivare o Italia p rf'fff ; q cortejementg 
 f ricevuty s Latino. 
 
 F king
 
 9 8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 a king of the b Latins, who c gave him his d daugh- 
 ter e Lavinia in f marriage. Italy was s then, k as 
 it is J now, k divided into a J number of m fmali 
 n ftatef, independent of P each other, and, 1 con- 
 fequently, r fubjecl to ' frequent 'contentions 
 
 * among themfelves. v Turnu?, x king of the 
 y Rutuli, was the z finl who * oppofcd yEneas, he 
 having b long c made d pretenfions to Lavinia him- 
 felf. A c war f enfued, in which the s Trojan 
 h hero was * victorious, and k Turnus ' flain. In 
 ra confequcnce of this, ./Eneas n built a city, which 
 was P called q Lavinium, in r honour of his * wife ; 
 and * fome time after, "engaging in another v war, 
 
 * againft y Mezentius, one of the z petty kings of 
 the a country, he was b vanquifhed in c turn, and 
 d died in e battle, after a f reign of four s years. 
 
 h Afcanius, his 'fon, k fucceeded to the 'king- 
 dom, and to him, m Silvius, a n lea nd fon, whom 
 he had by Lavinia. It would be tedious to P re- 
 cite a q dry r catalogue of the kings that s followed, 
 and of whom we f know "little more than their 
 T names ; it will be * fufficient to y fay, that the 
 a fuccefllon a continued for b near c four d hundred 
 
 a re b Latino c dare d figliuola e Lat'itiia f ma- 
 Irimotiio g al/ora h come i era k divifo \ nut/iero 
 m piccclo njlato o independents p iuno dall' altro 
 q fonfeguentemente r feggello s frequente t coiitefa 
 ufra v Turno 'x re y Rutuli z primo a opporfi 
 b mdto tempo c fare d preterftone e guerra f nafcere 
 g Trtjano h Erce i Vittoriofo k Turno 1 uccifo in ccn- 
 J(gufnza n ed'ficare o ci/ta p chiamato q Lavinio 
 r onore s mogtie t qualche tempo dopo u attaccare 
 v guerra x contra y Mefenzio z r^c/o a /*/> 
 b "jinto c 'volta d morire c battaglia f regno g anno 
 h Ajcanio \figlio \^ juccedere \ regno mjifoio \\fecondo 
 gfrjilo o Kojofo p raccontare q infipido r (atakgo s fe- 
 guirc tfafere u />e<rc v wo^f x bajlante y dire z juc- 
 ceJJiQnt & cantiauare b y/V/a c quattro d ?;.'a 
 
 years
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 99 
 
 years e in the f family, and that s Numitor was the 
 Matt king of Alba. ' 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 'T < HE * twelfth b kingofthe c Latins after d ^nea, 
 * was e Amulius, who f circumvented his s bro- 
 ther h Numitor, to whom the i right of k fucce/fion 
 1 appertained, upon the m account of his n age. Nu- 
 mitor had an only P daughter * called Sylvia, 
 whom Amulius r made a s ve(ial nun, that there 
 might be no l hopes of any "pofierity by her, but 
 file (" by whom (he was w pregnant is x uncertain) 
 was ^brought to-bed of z twins, a Romulus and 
 b Remus ; who being c expofed by the d king's c or- 
 der, and f privately 2 educated by one h Faufhllus, 
 a ' fhepherd, when they were k grown up, they 
 1 flew m Amulus, refrored their n grandfather to,his 
 
 kingdori), and P built *J Rome 753 years before 
 r Chritt was * born. 
 
 Romulus having l put his u rival brother to 
 v death, w was x proclaimed king by his y followers ; 
 ?.nd having z fettled the a Hate of b affairs, c being 
 in want of women, he d feifed upon all the e young 
 women that f came to s fee the h public 'games 
 
 e anno f famlgUa g Numitsre h ultimo. 
 
 n duodecimo b re c T.ctlr,o d Etiea e Amulio f in- 
 gwnare gfratelto h Nuffiitwa i dntto k JucceJ/ions 
 
 1 appartenere ra cagwis n eta o uj.ica p fifl'n q chta- 
 mare r fare swflale t jperanta \\pyJerita v dache 
 w grcrvida mincer to y partorire z geine'lo- a R o mola 
 h Rei.'io c efporre d re e ordins i fegrctamente 
 g educare h Fauftulo i paflire k f re/cere 1 uccidere 
 n) reft'tuire n fl--y0 o r^o p edficare q ^owa 
 r Cri/?a s riafcere t met I ere u ^/9 v OTO;/^ w f^-r^ 
 x proclamare y feguace z rego/are * ftato b off art 
 c avendo bifog-io d ftigliare per frrza e giwane f *uinire 
 g ijedere h pubbiico i giwco. 
 
 F 2 at
 
 jco ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 
 at Rome ; upon which a a terrible and long b war 
 with the * Sabines d enfued. 
 
 The e Caenmen r es, f Anterrnate% and % Cruftu- 
 mini were h conquer'd ; and ' at lad the k Sabines, 
 under the 'conduct of in Tatius, "beating haid 
 upon the Roman?, by the interpofition of the 
 P Sabine women that had been 1 detained at Rom?, 
 it was r agreed upon ! betwixt both l parties, " th<>t 
 they (hould 1 jointly w inhabit Rome, and Rumu'us 
 and Tatius fhould x reign f together. Tatius be- 
 ing * flain fix a years after, Romulus reigned b alone, 
 and 'completed the d term of 38 years, having 
 conqueied the neighbouring cities. At laft 
 f a great * tempeft k arifing .as he i held an 
 k aHembly at the l lake of Caprea, m he was no 
 where to be found, being n laBft in pieces by the 
 
 fenators, (as it was P genera^JT^ thought) 1 to whom 
 he was r now 3 grown 'odious upon the u account 
 of his 'cruelty. He ylfirfi z divided the city into 
 * thirty b curise, and c tnree d tribes. The 'poor 
 he f put s under the k prpte&ion of the ' great ones, 
 whom he k named 'patiicii. He m triumphed 
 n three times over his vanquished P enemies ; 1 firfr, 
 
 : 
 
 a terrtbtle b guerra 1 c Sabini dfeguire e Cetri- 
 nenji f Anter.nati g Crufumini h eonquijiare i alia 
 fine k Sabini \ comando m Tazio n trattando 
 
 1 Rcf/iatii trcppo rigcrcfamente o iater/-o/iz.ione p donne 
 Sabine q ritenere r ccnvenire s fra t partita 
 u cht v umtamenie w abitare x regnare y in- 
 jifme z uccicfere a. anno bfch c comfire d tir- 
 rr.,ne e 'vicino f grande g burrafca h fopprai'e^ 
 nire \tinert k affeniblea \ hgo ITS noii ji polettg 
 trware in tiijfun lucgo ^A&Jbi'anare ofenatore p ge- 
 nfralmtnte q credtj^f^ r ailora s divtaire t odiofo 
 u fl cagione x crmMta.' y al principio z divider 't 
 a /rf / b ^ ar;V W^* d //;'/> e f poveri f met- 
 tert gfilto h tomezisne i grande k chiamare 
 \ patrizio m trionUre n /r* < ie/te o "y/w/o p ?- 
 
 q frima. ^f 
 
 over
 
 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 101 
 
 over the Cxninenfes, and Antemnatr?, in which 
 
 a war havino- b Killed their c kiiv d Acrcn with h.s 
 
 o r" 
 
 own e hand, he f qonfecra^pd his firft " Ppoila to h Ju- 
 piter I'eretrhis ; '-/ecoiidfy, over t'v.- k Cainerini; 
 1 thirdly, ov r the m JM.Jfllati-s, *rv.! n Vein 
 
 " After an P interregnum of a f i year's continuance, 
 r Nu:n;i Pornp.iius, a. bibine, s born at c Cu'e , 
 \v,is : chofen king by W-i Romany, 7/4 ytrars b 
 T Chriit was w born ; x who f ap^yiug himfc'.;" t^ 
 the z jifj-f rvation of the public *quier, b inilituteJ 
 all the* i t'.i^'ous'' rites of [he Romans. IIs e maiie an 
 f addition oi two - '-lortihu to the yesr, which h tiil 
 that ti'De^hau ' confifted of k ten, and l reigned forty- 
 three years. 
 
 m Ths third king of the Romans was n Tu 
 Jioftilius, a m^n. of a P refUefs temper, and 1 fit 
 for nothing but war. He r conquer'd the Alb.3ns, 
 and dcftfoyed their city, after he had firft ' removed 
 the u inhabitants, and all their y fubftance to Ronic, 
 and w tore to pieces, x tied * betwixt two z chariot^ 
 Metius Fufetius, b dictator of the c Albans, d cor.- 
 viited of e treachery. He f triumphed 8 three tin>es 
 over the Albans, the k Fidenates, and the Sabines. 
 He deigned thirty-two years, and k perifhed w;tfi 
 
 a guerra b uccidere c re d Acrone e mans 
 f confacrart g ffvglia h Giove Feretrio i fecindo 
 k Camerini \ te r zo m Fidenati n Vejent't o d'>[>a 
 p interregna q anno r Numa Pompilio s nato t Cure 
 u fcelto v Crijto w ^/o x 7 rjuale y af>j>l. ; carji 
 z prefervazione a face b ijiiluire c religiofo d rito 
 e fare f addixione g mtfe h fin allora i confif- 
 tere k </*' 1 regnare m /'/ /fr^a . n 7///o OJIi- 
 lio o ac/5 p inquieto natura q ai/V* r conquif- 
 tare s diftruggtre t trafportare u abitante v /b/"- 
 tanxa w Jlraitare x at lac fare y /ra z f^z^'-o 
 a Mez'io Fufezio b dettatcre c Albani d con-vinto 
 e tradimento f trionfare g rr# i/e//# h Fidenati i - 
 k perirt 
 
 F ? his
 
 J02 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 his 3 wife, and b whole family, by c lightning from 
 
 * heaven. 
 
 The 'fourth king that reigned at Rome was 
 f Ancus iVhunus, z grandfon of Numa Pompilius, 
 by whom the h Latins were ' fubdued, and moft of 
 them k taken into the city, and ' fettled in the 
 m Aventice mount ; n the Janicu!um was fortified 
 by ii : m, a P b' i;ro e made over the - Tiber, and Oilia 
 r buiit. He rc-;gi:ed 24 years. 
 
 'I he * fifth king of Rome was l Tarquinius Prif- 
 cus, the u ('( n of Y Demaratus, a w Corinthian. He 
 
 * came to Rome from t Tarquinii, a z town of 
 Erruria, a from whence he was b called c Lucius 
 Tarquinius. After he d came to the e government, 
 lie f augmented the 8 fenate, h fubdued the 1 twelve 
 k nations of Etruria, and ! borrowed from them the 
 OT enfigns of n fupreme power, the P fafces, the 
 i trabea, the r curule chair, the s praetexta, and 
 other ' things of that u kind. He was flain by the 
 Ions of " Ancus, after he had reigned 38 years. 
 
 His w fon-in-law Servius Tullius, the x fixth in 
 Border, z began his "reign in the year 577 before 
 Chrift. He was for his b rare c endowments d pre- 
 ferred before thofe of the e blood royal. He firft 
 f inftituted the % cenfu?, and h ordered it to be 
 
 a tncglie b tutta la fua famiglia c lampo d cielo 
 e quarto f Anc o Marzto g nipotino \\Latini ifig- 
 giogato k prefo 1 Jlabillrft m monte Aventino n // 
 Gianicolo o jortificato p ponte q Tevere r edifi- 
 caty s quinio t Tarquinio Prifco u figlio \ De- 
 jnaraio w Corinteo x <venire y Tarquinii z cilia 
 a dalla quale b thiamato c Lucia Tarquinio d par- 
 I'enire e goverao t aumentare g fenato h fcg- 
 g'crare i duodici k nazione 1 impreftare m in- 
 fegnare n fuprerr.o o aulcnla p fafce q trabea 
 v fedia, curulea s prelejla t cofa u fort a v Anco 
 %v fuocero Serwio Tvllio x /*/?(? y ordine z prin- 
 
 ttpiare a r/rgwo b nsro c talento d preferito 
 zfangue re-ale f i/iituire g f<?/o li /?/< 
 
 kept
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 103 
 
 * kept b every five years ; c divided the A people into 
 e clafles, and f centuries, and s enlarged the city: 
 and after he had h governed the 1 kingdom with 
 jireat k appia-jfe 44 years, he was l murdered by.ths 
 m horrid " viilany of a daugh:er, and Tarquin 
 his P Ton in-U\v. 
 
 The "J feventh and r laft king that reigned at 
 Rome, was Tarquin, s firnamed l the i'rouri, whom 
 u rnoft of the v old Roman '" authors * affirm to be 
 the fon of x Prifcus ; 2 but a Dionyfius b will have 
 him to be his grandfon. Me c managed thz d king- 
 dom he had e procured by his f wickeanefs no bet- 
 ter than he % got it, being K cruel to the i fenatorf, 
 and his k other ' fubjets. He m conquered the n Vol- 
 ici, the Sabines, and Gabii; and having built the 
 P Capitol with the ^ ipoils of the cities he had r taken, 
 he was ' at laft * turned out of the city, and his 
 kingdom too, for a u rape / committed by his w foa 
 upon x Lucretia. 
 
 a offer*vare b una volta ogni cinque anni c divider* 
 
 d popolo e cla/e f centuria g accrefcere h go- 
 
 tuernare i regno k applaufo 1 afl'aflinato m or- 
 
 ribile n fcelleratezza o figlia pfuocero q Jet' 
 
 timo r ultimo s cognominato t rorgogliofo u lot 
 
 />/'& parte v anttco w autore x affermare y Prifco 
 
 z ma s. Diontfio b vuol chefia il fuo nipotino. c go- 
 
 fuernare d regno e procurare f mafoagia g avert 
 
 \\crudele \Jenatore k altro I foggetia m tox- 
 
 quiflare n yolfci o edlficare p Campidoglia. q ,//>0- 
 
 // r prendere s a//a /^ t ftacciare u r<j//fl 
 v commejja \rfiglio x Lucrezia, 
 
 F 4. CHAP.
 
 104 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 * 17' ING Tarnuin, with his b family, being e ba- 
 ** nifhed, d L Junius Brutus, and e L. Tarqui- 
 
 nius Co!!ann\)s weie f made Sconfuls. h The for- 
 mer was fo * fevere, that he k fcourged and l be- 
 headed his own fons for m favouring "the banifhed 
 kings, being a greater f friend to the 1 public 
 
 * liberty than his own family. .A * field of the 
 Tarquins, which r lay " betwixt the city and y Tiber, 
 being w confecrated to * Mars, was y from thence 
 called "Campus Martius. b }3rutus c died in the 
 d war e againft the Tarquins, who f prevailed upon 
 fome of the neighbouring h nations to l aflift them ; 
 k amongft the ' reft, For fena, king of Etruria, m made 
 war upon the Romans, in n favour of the Tarquins : 
 in which war the e bravery of p Horatius Coccles 
 was very "J remarkable, who r maintained the * fight 
 'againit the n victorious v enemy w till the x bridge 
 was T cut down, and z then a fwam the b river. 
 Nor c muft we d pa r s over in filence the "noble ''at- 
 tempt of sMucius Scsevola, who h fecretly Entered 
 the k enemy's l camp wilh a m refolution to n kill 
 
 a lire T&rquino bfamiglia c bandit o d L. Giu- 
 n'to Bruto e L. Tarquinio Collatino ffatfo g confole 
 \\ilprimo i fevero kflageltare \decapttare rc\fa- 
 njorire n i re banditi o grand* p arnica q pub' 
 bitco r liberia s campo \Jiare ufra v Tf- 
 vere w confecrato x Marte y da quejio z chia- 
 pialo a Campo Marzlo b Bruto c morire d guerra 
 e contro f impetrare g isictno h na-zione i affif* 
 tere kfra 1 rt/lo mfare n favore o bra- 
 vura p Orazlo Loccle q ftgnalato r manttnere s con~ 
 JJttto t contra u ihtonojo v nemico w infinche 
 xponte y tagliato 7. allora a nuotare b Jiume 
 
 c dovere i pajjare infilenzio e c^//f f intrafirej'a 
 g Mucio Sccvola h (cgretamente i tnlrare k tictnuo 
 1 <am[>o in rifoluz.iQKe n uctidere* 
 
 the
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 105 
 the king ; * but having by b miftake c /lain one of 
 his nobles, he d thmiMUf e hand into the f fi-re that 
 was upon the s altar; which fo h tenified the king 
 that he ' made k peace uith the Romans, and l re- 
 turned "home again. n After this, the Latins 
 made P war upon the Romans, 1 under the r con- 
 duit of ' Oiiavius Mamilius, Ta;quin's r Ton in- 
 law; again ft whom y Pofthumius being made 
 w dictator, * vanquished them in a y memorable 
 
 * battle at the "lake Regillus. 
 
 b Afterwards a war waa c proclaimed d aga : nft the 
 
 * Volfci, who had f raifed forne s troops to h fend 
 to the ' aflifvance of the k Latins iu the 'former 
 war. The m fortune of n Cdiu^ Marcius Coriola- 
 nus was remarkable in that w/ar, who being f con- 
 demned in his q abfence, r retired amongft the 
 Volfci, and ' advifed them to r renew the war ; 
 for the " management of which being v chpfen w ge- 
 neral with x Tullius Accius, after he had y routed 
 the Romans in z feveral engagements, and b ad- 
 vanced up c to the very walls of the city, he was 
 fo d moved by the e prayers of his f mother, that he 
 raifed the * fiege. After the ' L death of k Corio- 
 lanus, the Volfci ! went on with the war, and 
 
 a ma b^a/:'a c ajnmaxzare d mettere e mano 
 f fuofo g allure h fpa<uentare i jars k pace 
 \ ritornarf in cafa n dopo o Latino p guerra 
 q fatto r conJotta s Qtta-vio Mamilio t /uocero u con- 
 tra v Poflumio w dettatore x liincere y memi- 
 rabile 7. battaglia a La^o Regillo b Dvpo c pro- 
 tlamare d contro e Volfci f levare g truppi 
 \iihandare \foccorfo k Latino \prim') in ja--- 
 tuna \\CaioMarzioCoriolan3 ofegaalato p con- 
 dennato q affenza r riiirarji s tonfigliart t ri-- 
 commciare u condotta v fcelto vj generate x Tul~ 
 lio Acfio y ftonfitto z parecchio a battaglia b avan? 
 xare c infino al mart d tommoj/b e preghiera f ma- 
 dn g le-vart b affedio \ merit k Cariolano 
 L (ontinttare. 
 
 F 5 were,
 
 106 ITALIAN ^EXERCISES, 
 were, * together with the b ^Eqtii, and e Hernici, 
 
 * foundly c beat by f Spurius Caffius, that had been 
 8 thrice h conful, who being * elevated by fcis k fuc- 
 cefs, ] afpired to the m throne, n but was prevented 
 in his Pdefign, and i thrown headlong from the 
 r Tarpeian rock. 
 
 In the year 261 from the * building of the city, 
 the r common people being very u much v in debt, 
 and * provoked by the * cruelty of their y creditors, 
 
 * retired * beyond the b Anien into the e facred 
 mount, but were d reconciled by the ' prudent 
 f perfuafions of sMenenius Agrippa ; having h firft 
 1 obtained from the k fathers, that l officers fhould 
 be ro appointed to n ikreen them from the violcnc^ 
 of the P patricii, who were i called r tribunes of 
 ihe * common people. 
 
 After this, the Romans had a war with the l Vei- 
 cntes, which the u family of the y Fabii w under- 
 took to * manage by themfelves ; and having y pitch- 
 ed their camp by the z river a Cremera, were b tre- 
 panned by the c enemy, and d cut off in one e day 
 to the f number of 306. 
 
 The war with the e Volfci h continued. They 
 were* often k conquered, 'efpecially by T. ra Quinc- 
 
 a infiemt b Equi c Ernici d fortemtnte e bat- 
 tut 'o f Spurio Cajfio g tre -volte Ji confule i efal- 
 tato \nfuccejfo 1 afpirare in trono n ma o im- 
 fedito p difegno q precipitalo r rufie Tarpeja 
 
 sfabbricazione t plebe u m^lto v indebitato w ir- 
 ritato x. crudeita y c red/tore z ritirarji a di let 
 b Aniena c facro monte d riconciliato e prudente 
 f perfuafione g Menenio Agrippa h prima i otte- 
 fiuto k padre 1 n]ficiale m eoflituito n prtttev- 
 gerg o violenza p patrizj q chiamato r tribunt 
 spcf!rcc:o t ftjenti vi famtglia v Falj w in- 
 'trapreK.i'ere x manfggiarg y accampare zfiumt 
 a Cremera b accnia-ppare c ntmico d uceifo e gj- 
 orno f'ttumero g folfci h continuare i fpe/o 
 
 k (onquiflato 1 fffcialmeate m Quinzio Ci/icin- 
 
 tius
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 107 
 
 tijs Cincinnatus, who took a Antium, the b me- 
 tropolis of their c nation. d Afterwards being 
 e taken from the f plough, and s made h dictator 
 iagainft the k .rEqui, he J delivered the m conful 
 n Mmucius, who was "bsHeged by them, and p ob- 
 liged the i enemy to r pafs under the J yoke, 
 
 In the year 303, r after the u building of the 
 city, and 451 years * before w Chrift, the "form of the 
 Tf government was z changed. a For b inftead of 
 ' confuls, the d decemviri were e fet up, with f fu- 
 preme power to h make * laws for the Roman k peo- 
 ple, from thofe which their 'ambailadors had the 
 year before m brought from n Greece. But abuilng 
 their P power, they were 1 obliged to r lay down 
 their s authority ; and the l confuls and u tribunes 
 were v reflored. 
 
 In the 3 1 5th year of the city, Sp. Melius, in the 
 w time of a * famine, y endeavouring to z make his 
 way to a * throne, by b dividing c corn d amongft 
 the c people, was f flain by the & order of h Quinc- 
 tius Cincinnatus the 'dictator, by k C. Servilius 
 Ahala ' mafter of the horfe. In the m following 
 year the n Fidenates revolt to P Lars To-lum&ius, 
 
 \ 
 
 aato a Anz'io b metropoli c nazione d </</> 
 
 e prefo f arat'o %fatto hdet'alom \ contra 
 k Equi 1 liberare m confole \\ Minucio o t>])'t- 
 diato pjbrzare (\tiemico r pajare /otto al s giovo 
 r dofo \\fabbricazione v prima w Crijh x far ma 
 y gti-Tjtrno z cambiato a perclie b in vece dt c con- 
 fole d decemviri e creato ffupremo g autcrita 
 \\fare \ leqqe k popoh \ ambafci adore in af>- 
 poriato n Greaa o abufarji p potere q obbit- 
 gala r tralafciare s autorita t con t 'ils u tribuno 
 v rtftabilito w tempo x careflia y procurare z, ar- 
 rit'are a trono h dividers c grano i\fra e po~ 
 polazzo f ammazzato g o^dine h S^uiazia Ciucm- 
 xato i dettatore k C. Servilto Ahala 1 caval/enzzo 
 >JD fegvente n Fidenati o rivottarji 
 
 king
 
 jc8 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 king of the a Veientes, and b put the Roman am- 
 bafiddors to c death, who had their d ftatues e erected 
 in the { forum. T he s Veientes h in the next year 
 were ' fubdued by k Mamercus .ffimilius, ' dictator. 
 " Tolumnius was n (lain by Cornelius Cofius, who 
 was the P fecond from 1 Romulus that 'dedicated 
 the * fpoils l called u Opima to Jupiter v Feretrius. 
 
 w Cenfors were x fet up at Rome in the 3111(1 
 year of the city, who * held their z office a at firft 
 tor b five c years, d but were ' afterwards, in the 
 year 320, f reduced by g Mamercus /Emilius, h dic- 
 tator, to a year and a l half. In the ye.r 323, 
 ihe k dic/lator ' A. Pofthurnius, was very m fuccefs- 
 ful n againft the ALqui and the P Volfci ; but 
 q ftained the r victory with the s blood of his own 
 1 fon, whom he u beheaded for having v fought 
 * contrary to his x orders. 
 
 In the year of the city 358, the 7 town z Veil 
 was a taken by b Camillus, didlaior, c after a d fiegc 
 of e ten years. He f Jikewife E reduced the b Falifci, 
 1 not fo much by his k arms, as the 'opinion they 
 had of his m juftice 
 
 Kut after triele n mighty fucceffes, the Romans 
 weie f vtiy nigh ^ iuined by the r Galli isenones, 
 
 a Vtjenti b me tier e c morte d Jlatua e eretfa 
 fforo g yejenti h fanno dopo 5 foggiogalo k Ma- 
 tnerco Emilia \ det later e m Tclunnio \\ ammaz* 
 
 Kato o Cornelia Cvffo p fecondo q Romah r de- 
 duare s fpeglia t chiamato u Opima v Gio've 
 fe>etrlt w cenfor'e xflubilire y tenere z vjficia 
 a al pnncipio b cinque c anno d ma e dopo 
 
 f rid'jtto g Itlamerco Emilia h dettatore i mezzo 
 k dettuttre J A Pcflumio m fortunate n contra 
 
 Equi ^Vultci <\mac(hiare r witter ia s fan 'gut 
 tji^tio u Jecapitare v bait ere w contrario x cr- 
 dine y citta z f^ej a prefa b Camilla c </s/ic 
 d ajfedio e dieti f parimente g ridurre h Faiifci 
 \nontanto ]a arme \efinione m giuflizia r\giandt 
 9 rmjtita p ju/ q rovinato S Galli "benontfi 
 
 who
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 109 
 who having a laid b fiege to c Clufuim in Etcuria, 
 the Romans d fent three of the e Fabian family am- 
 hafladors to them; who, f contrary to the 8 law of 
 h nations, ' marched out into the k field with the 
 1 Clulini againft the m Gauls, wnich Ib "incenfe.1 
 them, that leaving P Ciufium, they marched to 
 Rome. The Romans were 1 routed and r put to 
 8 flight in the very l firft " attack at Allia. After 
 which the city was v taken and w burnt ; the * Ca- 
 pitol, y whither the z flower of the Roman a youth 
 b retreated, was c befieged ; and had it not been 
 for Manlius, who was afterwards firnamed d Capi- 
 tolinus, had been e taken by the f barbarians in the 
 8 night time ; but he being h awakened by the 
 1 cackling of a k goofe, and 'others m after him, 
 " pufhed the Gauls P as they i came up, headlong 
 down the r precipice. ' In the mean time 'Camil- 
 lus, who was u then in v exile at Ardea, being * re- 
 called and * made f dictator, having z raifed an 
 * army, b came to Rome, c drove them out, and 
 at d about 'eight f miles * diftance from the city, 
 h utterly l ruined their k whole ' army. 
 
 a mettere b affedio c Clufio d mandare t fa- 
 miglia d? Fabj f contra g dtritto h nazione \ mar- 
 dare k camfxi 1 Clufini m Galli n irritart 
 o lafciare p Clufio q fconfitto r me/o s fuga 
 t primo \\attacco v prefo w abbrucciato xC'am- 
 pidoglio y dovt i fare a gioventit b ritirarfi 
 c a/ediata d Capitolino e prefo f barbaro g nottt 
 tempo h ftitgliato i il gracchiare k oca \ alt-ra 
 rn dcpo n fpingere o Galli p fecondo q 'venirt 
 r precipizia s neW ifleffo tempo t Camilla u allora 
 v t/ilio w ric/iiamato x jatto , y dettatore z It~ 
 vare a artaata b 'venire c fcac c tare d incirta 
 e otto f mile g diflanza h affatto i rovinart 
 k tut lo 1 or mat a. 
 
 CHAP.
 
 no ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 city being a deftroyed by the Gauls, the 
 * Romans had b thoughts of c leaving it, and 
 d removing to c Veii ; but were f difTuaded from 
 that s defign by h CamiJlus ; whilft k Marcus Man- 
 lius, (who l got the m furname of n Capitolinus for 
 his noble f defence of the 1 Capitol) r endeavoured 
 by s ambition and 'popular u favour v to pofTefs 
 himfelf of the w fupreme * power, he was 1 thrown 
 from the z Tarpeian rock, which he had a defended 
 in the year 370. 
 
 In the year 377, there was a b mighty 'conteft 
 * betwixt the e nobility and the f commons. * C. 
 Licinius Stolo and h L. Sextius, 'tribunes of the 
 k common people, 1 propofed a m law for n chufing 
 "one of the confuls out of the P commons. They 
 q carried their point at laft, in the year 387, and 
 in the r following year s L. Sextius was chofen 
 conful. 
 
 f After this, the Romans had war with the 
 w Tiburtes, the Tarquinienfe?, and x Falifci ; and 
 again with the ? Gauls, wrvo being 2 drawn up 
 'm order of b battle, one of them c fent a d chal- 
 
 a diflruggere b idea C albanfanare d rlmo- 
 
 vere e Vej f diffuafo g difegno h Camilla 
 
 \ mentre k Marco Manila 1 ebbs rn cognome n Ca- 
 pilolino x o nobile p difefa q campidoglio r cer- 
 care s ambizione tfofa.'are \\javore v impa- 
 dronirfi w fufirema x pote re y precipitato z rocca 
 Tarpeja a difendtre b grange cvatefa d fret 
 e nobilta f commune g C. Lie! mo Stolo h L. Se/ito 
 \tribuno k popolacdo 1 proporre m legge n Jceg- 
 liere o eonfale p commune q riufcire r feguente 
 $ L.Seflio fit fcelto con file. \. dopo \\guerra \ Ti- 
 frurti w Tarquinienji x Falifci y Galli z mettere 
 a cr//w b battalia c mandare d disfida 
 
 lenge
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. in 
 
 lenge to the Romans, and was a flain byone b M. 
 Valerius, a c tribune of the d foldiers, by the e af- 
 fiftance of a f crow, who * from thence had the 
 h furname of l Corvinus. 
 
 k But of all their ' wars, none was more m trou- 
 blefrrne, and n lading than that againft the P Sam- 
 nites ; which the Romans 1 undertook the year of 
 the city 41 1, at the r requeft of the * Campani. It 
 c lafted u feventy years ; v though they were w feveral 
 times * beaten, as in the year 413, in which the 
 y Latins z rofe up in arms a againft the Romans, 
 but were the year after b conquered by the c confuls 
 Torquatus and Decius ; the A former of whom 
 beheaded his own f fun for 8 fighting h without 
 his * order ; the k other 'devoted himfelf to m de- 
 itruclion for the n army ; after which the "enemies 
 P fubmitted, but 1 foon after r rebelling again, they 
 were ' at laft r entirely l> reduced in the year 416. 
 
 v About this time the w Gauls * made a ? peace 
 with the Romans, which they z kept a thirty years. 
 But in 450, the b Cifalpine, c together with the 
 d Tranfalpine 'Gauls, and the f Tufcans, % laid 
 wafte the h Pioman * territories. The Cifalpine 
 k returning * home m loaden with n fpoils, fell 
 
 a uccidere b JVf. Valeria c iribuno d foldato e affif- 
 tetiza { cor<uo g da do h cognomine i Corvintt 
 k ma \ guerra m gra-vofa n dureitole o centra 
 p Sanniii q ir.traprendere r richiefla s Campani 
 t durare u fettanta v benche w fpe/e 'volte 
 
 x battuto y Latino z prendere I'armi a centra 
 
 b conquiflato c confoli Torquato e Decio d primo 
 
 e decapitare f fighuolo g batterji h fenza i fir- 
 dine k altfo 1 ccnfacrarfi m dijlruzione n <zr- 
 mata wnemico p fottcmetterfi q poc o dopa r ri- 
 bellare s alia fine t affatto u ridotto v incirca 
 w Ga//r x yizr* y />f # z confervare a trenta 
 b Cifalpino c ttjjieme con d Traafalpino e GW/*' 
 
 f To/cam g t<:j!ruj>gere h Romano i territorio k r/- 
 ternare 1 <-<?y m earicato n fpoglia o conlefare. 
 
 toge-
 
 
 H2 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 together by the ears about it. a Four years after 
 that, having b joined the c Samn'tes and d Tufcans, 
 they fell e upon the Roman f army s commanded by 
 h L. Scipio, the l propraetor, in which k battle ' P. 
 Decius m the coniul "devoted himfelf. 
 
 Ten years after this, the f Galli Senones being 
 9 invited by the r Lucani, s Brutii, Samnites, and 
 Tufcans, ' befieged u Aretium, and having y van- 
 quiflied w L. Cjecilius the x piaetor, y killed 13000 
 of the Romans; which z overthrow the conful Do- 
 lobelia a revenged upon them b foon after, and hav- 
 ing c routed the d Gauls, and e taken their city 
 .Sena, f fent a * colony tnither. The h Boii being 
 * rroved at the k hard l fate of the m Senones, n en- 
 tered into an * alliance with the P Tufcans, and 
 q engaged the Romans at the r lake of * Vadimon ; 
 in which 'fight u almoft v all the Tufcans, were 
 w fiain, and very x few of the Boii f efcaped. That 
 * happened in the year of the city 471 ; hut in the 
 8 following year the Boii were b entirely e reduced, 
 which was d about three years e before f Pyrrhus 
 8 came into h Italy. 
 
 The * Paliepo'itani k likewife, l where m now 
 ^Naples is, venturing to make war upon the Ro- 
 
 a quattra b unirfc c Sanniti d Tofcani e lan- 
 tiarfi f armata gcomandare h L. Scipione i pro- 
 prttore k battaglia \ P. Decio ni ccnfole n coa- 
 jecrarji o died p Galli Senonefi q iavitato r Lu- 
 caai s Bruzi t ajfedtare u Arezio v wine ere 
 w L. Cecilio x prttore y ammazzare z fconfitta 
 
 z.vendicare b poco d(.po cftoafiggtre d Galli e prefo 
 f mandare g calonia h Bij i commofo k cru* 
 title \ forte m Sencneji n tntrare o alteanza. 
 p Tofcani q iitnire a giornata con r logo, s ITadi- 
 mone t battaglia u quafi y tutta W uceifo 
 
 y. poco y Jcampare zfuccedere afegueate b af- 
 fatta c ridotla d incirca e primache f Pirro 
 
 g -vfttlrt. h Italia i Palepolitani k parimentt 1 doitt 
 m <j^ D Napoli. o uvuemurare. 
 
 mans.
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 113 
 
 mans, were a fubdued the third year b after, c that is 
 to fay, in the year of the city 428, by d Publius 
 the proconful. 
 
 The e twelve f nations of the Tufcans, * rifing 
 for the h utter ruin ' of the Roman name in the 
 year of the city 44?, were k routed in a great ' bat- 
 tie by Fabius the m conful, in the " year 444, in 
 which were flain, or f taken of the "J enemy, to 
 the r number of 60,000. 
 
 In the year 472, the 'Tarentines 'brought the 
 ' J Romans about their ears v by plundering their 
 w fleet, and x beating- their * ambaffadors, who 
 z came to a complain of the b injury. They, c to- 
 gether with the d Samnites, and e Salentines, were 
 f defeated by L.s JEmilius Barbula. h Terrified at 
 this 'ill fortune, they k fent for ! Phyrrus to their 
 m affiftance ; who, in the year of the city 474, hav- 
 ing "brought over an army into f Italy, * made 
 r war with the Romans, which 'lafted fix years. 
 In the 'firft "encounter the Romans, * headed by 
 w Laevinus, being x conquered, not fo much by the 
 y ftrength of the z enemy, as by the a Arrange b fhape 
 of the c elephants, d yielded up the e day, Phyrrus 
 f difmifTed all the * prifoners h without * ranfom. 
 
 a foggiogato b dopo c doe a dire d Pubblio il pro- 
 confole e duodici f nazione g follevarji h /- 
 tiero \ rovina k fconfiggerc 1 battaglia m con- 
 fole n anno o uccifo p prefo q nemico r nu- 
 tnero s Tarentini t tirarf: addoffo u Romano v fac- 
 fheggiart wfotta x batter e y ambafciadare z. ve- 
 nire a lamentarfi b ingiuria c infitme d San- 
 niti e Salenrini f jconfitto g Emilia Barbula h fpa- 
 ventato i /Ventura. k mandar a cercare 1 Pirre 
 
 in ajuto n trafportare o amiata p Italia q fare 
 r guerra s durare t primo u zuffa v coman- 
 dalo w Levitio x conquiflato y jorza z nemico 
 a flrano b forma. c elefante d cedere e battag- 
 lia f mandar via g prigioniero \\fenxa \rifcatto. 
 
 Soon
 
 U4 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 * Soon after, having b , made Come c fruitlefs d over- 
 tures of ' peace by his f ambaflador & Cynea?, ( h for 
 1 Appius Claudius k obftru&ed it) he 'engaged the 
 Romans m twice, the n victory both times being 
 f dubious. He was r then s invited by the r Syra- 
 cufans into u Sicily againft the v Carthaginians ; 
 "where y matters z not fucceeding "according to 
 his b defires, he c returned into d Itaiy in the) ear 
 479; and being 'defeated, f forced out of his 
 e camp, and b beaten from i Tarentum, he returned 
 into k Epire. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 1 A FTER this a m war broke out betwixt the 
 
 ^*' Romans and the P Carthaginians, in the year 
 
 of the city 490, * occafioned by the r ambition and 
 
 * formidable l power of each of them. Hiero, king 
 of "Syracufe, and T ally of the Carthaginians, 
 
 * made war upon the r Mamertini, who had z feized 
 upon Meflana. They a applied to the Romans for 
 
 * help, who c carrying over an * army into e Sicily, 
 f fell upon Hiero, and the Carthaginians. The 
 8 fortune of the war was for a h Jong time very 
 1 doubtful j the Carthaginians being k fuccefsful by 
 
 a poco dopo b fatto c Inutile d propofizione 
 
 e pace t aw.bafciadore g Cinea h perche i Appio 
 Claudia k impedire \ attaccare m due volte n vit- 
 toria o due p dubbiofo r altora s in'vitato 
 
 t Siracufei u Sieilia v Cartaginefe x dove y cofa. 
 Z riufcire a fecondo b richiejla c ritoruare d Italia 
 e Jconfitto f fcacdata g campo h battuto \ Ta- 
 renlo k Epiro \ dopo m guerra n accenderfi 
 o Ira p Carlaginefe q caufare r ambizione s jor- 
 tr.idabile t pot ere u Siracufa v alleato x fr- 
 reggtare y Mamertini z ufurfaio a indinzzarft 
 b <ya/o c trafportare d armata e Sieilia f altac- 
 care g forte h lungo tempo i incerto k fortunate, 
 
 fea,
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 115 
 
 J fca, and the Romans by b land. The mod c me- 
 morable d perfon in all this war was e Attilius Re- 
 gulus, who having f brought the Carthaginians 
 very low by s two h victories * obtained over them 
 at fea and land ; and k refufing to l grant them 
 " peace but upon n hard terms, he was vanquifhtd 
 by PXiiicippus, the 1 Lacedaemonian r general, and 
 ! taken l prifoner with 15,000 "men, 30,000 being 
 T flain, in the year 498. Being w afterwards * fent to 
 y Rome by the z Car'thaginians, to a treat with the 
 b fenate upon an c exchange of d prifonersj he e in- 
 terpofed to f prevent i"r, and s returning to h Car- 
 thage, was l put to k death in the moft ' cruel 
 m manner "imaginable, as many P authors i tell 
 us. The r firft among the Romans that s obtained 
 a 1 victory by fea, was C. "Duilius, in the firft 
 year of this x war. C. ? Lutatius z gained a another 
 in the 23d and b Jaft year ; in which he e made an 
 end of the war with the Carthaginians, d near the 
 c ifland of the f Agates. A % peace was h concluded 
 upon thefe * terms, that they fhould k quit all the 
 iflands which 1 lie betwixt Italy and Africa, and 
 Ihould m pay n yea ly 2200 'ta!ents for P twenty 
 
 a mare b terra c tnemorabile d perfona e Ate* 
 tilio Regaia f al>b,>:nitc g w/<? h ijittoria i ri- 
 portato k rifi.>. cuter e m pace n patti 
 
 rigor ofi o <vinr D Xantipfo q Lacedanone T: generate 
 s fat to \ /"/,,,. e*6 u uomo v uccifo w indi 
 x tr.andalo y i\ 7. Cartagineft a trattare b fe- 
 
 nato c cam'-w d prjgiomsro e interporre f im- 
 pedire g ta-na'-e h Cartagine i mejfo k morte 
 1 crudtle in maniera n immaginabile O molto 
 
 p autore q ,-upportare r priwo s riportare t i;//- 
 /or/a u Ditilio x guerra y Lutazio z guadag- 
 nare a e//ro b ultimo C terminare d -vicing 
 
 e ?/o/a f ^a/# g /><3ftf h condufo i condiziont 
 k abbandonare \ fituato m pagare n annualmente 
 o talent t p tv/;/;. 
 
 years
 
 n6 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 years a together^ This b happened in the year of 
 
 the city 513, and 241 before c Chrift 
 
 In the year 519, the d temple of c Janus was 
 f fhut, which very 8 rarely happened in Rome; but 
 upon the b breaking out of new war?, was * \ re- 
 fently k open again. Th? ' Ligures, the Sard;, and 
 Corfi were m fubdueJ ; after which the Rnma.is 
 "had war with the "Illyrians, and their P queen 
 Teuta, which was 1 difpatched in r t^ree \ears 
 time. There ' happened l about this " time a y dread- 
 ful w irruption of the x Gauls. The >' Infubres and 
 1 Boii, having a firrt b fent for forne ' tranfalpine 
 Gauls, d fell upon the Romans, e upon the account 
 of the r land in Picene, which had been & taken 
 from the Galli h Senones; and 'difpofed of by 
 k Flaminius, l tribune of the m commons, by the 
 n Agrarian law, which was made in the year of 
 the city 522. They were P feveral times * worfted, 
 and the Infubres r entirely * fubdued, and king 
 1 Virdumarus u flain by C. v Marcellus, the v con- 
 ful, who was the only perfon after * Romulus that 
 * confecrated z Opima Spolia to * Jupiter Feretrius. 
 In this war Hiero, king of Sicily, b fent the Ro- 
 mans a c vaft quantity of d corn, the e price of 
 which he f received after the war was Bended. 
 
 a di ffguito b fuccedere c Cr'tflo d tempio e Giant 
 f chiufo g raramentt h principio i prefto k aperto 
 \ Liguri m vinto n guerreggiare o llliri p re* 
 gina q fffdito r tre s a-weaire t incirca 
 
 M tempo v terribile w incurfione x Galli y la 
 fubri z Boj a primieramente h mandare c tranj- 
 alpino d attaccare e a cagiotte del f terra g It- 
 vato h Senonefi \ difpvrre k Flaminii 1 tribuno 
 in communi n legge Agrana o fatto p pareahit 
 
 voile q fof>rajatto r affatio s vinto t Virdu- 
 maro u uccij'o v Mar alia w conjole x Romolo 
 y confacrare 7. Opima /polio, a Glove Feretno b man- 
 dare c quantita imrneufa d gruno e prez,x.o f rice* 
 vert g lerminato. 
 
 After
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 117 
 
 After this a followed a b fecond war with the 
 
 Carth.iginians, four and twenty years after the 
 
 * end 01 the d furmer ; which e indeed did not f laft 
 
 * fo long, but was h lo much more * terrible for the 
 k dreadful l {hughier that was made in it, ( m fays 
 Florus) that if " any one compared the P lolles on 
 each q fide, (he r people that s proved l victorious 
 u fcemed more v likely to be w conquered. The 
 firft caufe of this war was the "fame with that of 
 the former, t ambition, and the * impatience of the 
 Carthaginians a under their b fervitude. The firfl 
 caufe of this c combuftion was d Annibal, the fon 
 of " Hamilcur, who Wris f general of the % Cartha- 
 ginians in the h former ' war, and had k accepted the 
 'conditions of peace with a m heavy heart. For 
 after " affairs were fettled in Afiica, being P fent 
 into i Spain in the year of the city 517, he r car- 
 ried Annibal, who s was then nine years old, along 
 with him, having c firft u brought him to the v al- 
 tar, and w made him x fwear that he would f never 
 be z fiiends with the Romans. Hamilcar being 
 * flain about nine years after, Afdrubal his fon-in- 
 law was b put into his c place. He d fent fur An- 
 nibal, and being flain eight years after, was e fuc- 
 ceeded by him, being in the 27th year of his f age. 
 
 a ffguire b fecondo c fne d precedent! e alia 
 verita f dm are g cotanto h tanto i piu k ter- 
 ribile 1 orrendo n macelh n a quel che dice Flora 
 o f>aragoxare p peraita q parte r genie s ef- 
 ftre t viltoriofo .u parere v probabilmente w con- 
 quijlato x Jleffo y ambizione z impazienza a folio 
 b fer-Tjiiu c imendio d Anmbale e Amilcare (ge- 
 nerate g Cartasineji h antecedents i guerra. k ac- 
 ceitato 1 condiztone m malvolentieri n affare 
 
 o Jlabililo p mandato q Spagna r portare s avert 
 allora nave antii t primieramente u prefentato v ai- 
 tare w fatto x giurare y tnai z amico a ucci/o 
 b me/o c pcjlo d tnyndar a ctrcars c fufce/o 
 f eta. 
 
 As
 
 n8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 a As foon as he was b made general, he c fubdued 
 all Spain within the river d lberus. After that he 
 e fell upon the f town of sSaguntum with all his 
 h forces, and ; took it, after a k iiege of feven 
 1 months. Ai! the m S.^guntins having n in vain 
 "waited for P affiftance from the Roman?, were 
 ! deftrcyed, r partly by the * enemy's ' fword, and 
 partly by their own v brands. This war v/ broke 
 out in the year of the city 536, and * lafted fevcn- 
 teen year?. 
 
 Upon the firft ? coming of Annibal into Italy, 
 both the z confu!s were a defeated, P. b Cornelius 
 at c Ticinus, and d Sempronius atTrebia. They 
 e received a grester f overthrow the g following 
 year near the b Thrafytnene Make. k In the mean 
 time, Q. l Fabius Maximus being made m dilator 
 by the "people, recovered in fome P meafure the 
 Roman <i affairs. But the 'bloodied s ftroke was 
 that of Cannae, in the year of the city 538, c oc- 
 cafioned by the "rafhnefs of one of the v c<;nfuls, 
 ^Terentius Varro. x Foity thoufand Rom;.; s were 
 y killed in that z battle : a however, their b courage 
 was not c caft down by this rf overthrow ; for they 
 would not c redeem thofe that had been f taken 
 s prifoners, in the battle of Cannae. In the year 
 
 a fubito cfte b fatto c/oggiogare d fiume Ibero 
 t attaccare f citta g Sagunto hforza i pren- 
 dere k affed'w \ mefe m Saguntini n inJanio 
 
 afpettato p ajfijlenza q dijlrotto \ r in parte s nf 
 mlco t fpada u in parte v mano w accenderji 
 x durare y 'venuta z confole a fconjitto b Cor- 
 nelia c Ticino d Sempronto e rice-vert f rotia 
 g feguentt h Trafimene i logo k nelC ifieffo tempo 
 
 1 Fa'-io Majfimo m dettatore n popok o ripa>-are 
 p moda q affare r fanguinofo s colpo t cagio- 
 nato u temerita v confole vv Tersnzw Varrone 
 x quaranta mlla y uccifo 7. battsgUa a con tutto 
 fib b coraggio c fgomentato d ro// e rijcai- 
 tare f />r^/&, g prigioniero, 
 
 54<>
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 119 
 
 540, the a conful b Marcellus c befieged d Syracufe, 
 which had 'declared for the Carthaginians ; it was 
 f wonderfully s defended a long time by the h con- 
 trivance of * Archimedes, who was an k excellent 
 1 aftronomer, but more m famous for the "invention 
 of military P engines. It was 1 taken r at lad 
 with s much l difficulty, after a " fiege of three years. 
 We are v told that Archimedes being very w intent 
 upon his x itudy at that time, and not ^ minding 
 the z hurry, and a noife of the army, when they 
 c broke into the a town, was c killed by a f foldier ; 
 thatMarcellus was much s concerned for his h death, 
 having i given k ftricl: 1 charge to his m foldiers to 
 "/pare his life. 
 
 P In the mean time, i Lasvinusthe r praetor s ftopt 
 'Philip king of "Macedon, who having made an 
 v alliance with Annibal, was x ready to y come 
 into Italy, and z forced him to a burn his b fleer, 
 and c retreat into Macedonia, in the year of the 
 city 54.2. But in Spain, the two c brothers P. and 
 C. d Scipio, who had c hitherto f prevented Afdru- 
 bal's 8 paiTage into Italy to his brother Anniba!^ 
 and had h performed a great many gallant i adtions^ 
 were both flain, and their k armies ' deftroyed. 
 
 a confole b Marcello c ajfediare d Siracufa 
 
 e dichiarato f maravigliofamente bene g difefo h in- 
 gegxo i Archlmede k. eccellente \ ajlronomo m fa- 
 mofo n invenzione o militare p macchina q prefa 
 r alia fine s molta t dfficolta u ajfedio v dire 
 w fi/o x JJuJia y badare z conjufione zfire- 
 pito b armata c mwtatar/i d citta e uccifo 
 f foldato g affliUv h morte i data k precij'o 
 
 1 or dine m joU. n fcl-vare o *vita p nell* 
 
 tfleffi tempo q Li Ano r fretcre s fertnare t Fi- 
 lippo u Macedonia v ailtanza. x pronto y ve- 
 nire z forzare a abhiut.cia.re b flotta c r//z- 
 rar/j c fratello d Scip:one e /' allora f im~ 
 pedito g pa/aggio h _/* i yi//o k armata. 
 1 dijlrotto. 
 
 6 L. Mar-
 
 120 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 L. Marcus, a Roman knight, being * chofen gene- 
 ral, by the b votes of the c folcliers, d upheld their 
 ' tottering f caufe; by whofe % conducl in one h day, 
 and a * night, two k camps of the ' enemy were 
 m taken by n afHult, and about ihirty-ftven thou- 
 fand P men ifhin. The r fame year * Tarentum, 
 1 except the "citadel, was taken by Annibal; and 
 Capua v befi<ged by the Romans; and Annibal 
 
 * marched to Rome to /draw them from it. But 
 a * fudden a tempeft b arifing, c forced him from the 
 
 * walls, and the e fight of it. Capua was after that 
 f furrendered to the Romans, the & grandees of 
 which h poifoned themfelves; the Senators were 
 k beheaded, and the city ] deprived of its m liberty. 
 
 There was a n fun of that P. Scipio, who, we 
 have told you was killed in P Spain, * named 
 ' likewife P. Scipio, who after the * death of his 
 'father and "uncle, was r fent into Spain, * being 
 but twenty-four years old. There having > per- 
 formed very great z things, and a vanquifhed Af- 
 drubal, the fon of b Gifcon and c Mago, d drove 
 the Carthaginians out of Spain, in five years after 
 he e came there; from thence f paffing over into 
 Africa, he Smade an h alliance with l Syphax, king 
 of the k Mafylians, and after that with Mafanifla, 
 
 a eletto b <voto c foldato d fifenere e ^va~ 
 cillante f caufa g condotta h giorno \ natte 
 k cam[>o 1 nemico in prefo n offal to o / rent a 
 fette mila p uomo q uccijo r fleffo s Tarento 
 t eccettuzto u cittadella v affediato x tnarctan 
 
 y trarre z repcntino a tempefla b folleiiarfi cfor- 
 xare d muro e vlfla i refo g grande h av- 
 velenarfi i fenatore k decapitato 1 private m li- 
 ter t a n figito o ammaztzato p Spagna q no- 
 minato r parimente s morte t padre u xio 
 v mandato x non avendo che ^4. anni y fatto z cofa 
 a I'into b Gtftone c Magone d fcacciare e ve- 
 nire f paffare g fart h alleanza, i Stf'act 
 k yiajiliani, 
 
 king
 
 -ITALIAN EXERCISES. 121 
 
 king of the a Mafafulians Thefe things wfre b done 
 in the year 548, and the c third from the d death of 
 e Marcellus 5 who having been f fuccefsfal in % fe- 
 veral h bittles with Anniba), was * at lafl k trepan- 
 ned by all l ambufcade, and flain. In the in follow- 
 ing year, Afdrubal was "cut off, with his army 
 P before he could ijoin his r brother, by ths 
 t'.vo s confuls, l Claudius Nero and u Livius S.ilina- 
 tor. - Annibal was v then In Apulia, w oppofed by 
 Nero the conful. x Livy v/as Y -encamped in z Ci- 
 fa'pine Gaul a againft Afdtubal, Nero b marched 
 c through Italy d privately, in fix c days time, f rame 
 to the s camp of his h colleague with a ' part of his 
 k army, and having l conquered the n enemy, "re- 
 turned to his camp before Annibal perceived that 
 be was P gone. There are 1 faid to have been 
 56,000 of the r enemy s flain in the l battle, and 
 5400 " taken * prifoners. The head w of Afd. u! a' 
 was x thrown before the r advanced guards of the 
 Carthaginians by Nero. 
 
 P. Scipio z r'efolved to a carry the b war into Afri- 
 ca, that he might c draw Annibal out of Italv : 
 but d at firft that being looked upon as a f ra/h 
 defign, he had neither h money nor ^nen from the 
 
 a Mafafuliani b fallo c fer<zo d morte e Mar- 
 cello r' furtunalo g molto h battalia \ alia fine 
 k tirato 1 imbofcata m feguente n tagliato a pe,zi 
 o artnata p prlma che q accozzare r j'rateila 
 
 s confole t Claudia Nerone u Livio Salinatore v al- 
 lera w oppqjlo x Livio y aciampato z Gallia 
 Cifalpina a c aniro b marciare c attraverfo d fe~ 
 gretamente e giorno f venire g campo h /- 
 itga \ parts k armata 1 conquijlato m nemiro 
 n tornare o accorgerfi p andato q <#/* r ?/- 
 w/Vo s ff//o t kflttaglm u /v/b v prigion'xra 
 \v /<f/7a x gettata y la guardia. avanzata z r/'/i/- 
 z/^r^ a portare b guerra c trarre d allafrimi 
 e confuifrato f tonerario g dife^na \\ danaro 
 
 \ uomo, 
 
 G govern-
 
 122 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 * government. b Wherefore having c railed none 
 but d volunteers and e borrowed money, he firft 
 f went to 5 Sicily, and h from thence to Africa, in 
 the year 550 ; ' when the k innate of the l Idsean 
 mother was m brought from n Peflinnus in "Phrygia, 
 to Rome, P according to the 1 advice of the r ora- 
 cle. 
 
 The general * employed ' againft him by the " Car- 
 thaginians was Afdruba), the fon of Gifcon, who 
 had v contracted his daughter w Sophcnifba to Ma. 
 faniffa. But the Carthaginians had * given her to 
 f Syphax, (who being z in love with the a young 
 lady, Maid wafte their 'country in the d abfente 
 of her * father and { fpoufe) to & take him off from 
 the Roman h alliance : at which ' ufage Mafanifla 
 being k incenfed, he J gave himfelf up m entirely to 
 the Roman n intereft, and was very ferviceable to 
 them in P reducing the Carthaginians. 
 
 9 After a great many r overthrows, the Cartha- 
 ginians * found themfelves f obliged to " recal An- 
 nibal out of Italy, to the v defence of their coun- 
 try, where after a w fruitlefs * overture of x peace, 
 he was z vanqui/hed by Scipio, and an * end put to 
 the b war, after it had c laited feven years. 
 
 The fecond d Punic war was e followed by the 
 'Macedonian, sagainft king Philip. What put the 
 
 a governs b percia c le-vato d volontario e /'/- 
 pre/lato f andart g Sicifia b di la \ quando 
 k fimulacro 1 madre Idea ni portato n Peffinno 
 
 o Fngia p fecondo q configlio r oracch s im- 
 p iegato t contra u Cartaginefi v protnejfo w So- 
 fonijba x data y Siface z innamorato a giovane 
 b dijl rugger e c paefe d ajfonxa e padre icon* 
 forte g dijlrarre h alleanza i tratto k irritata 
 \darfi m affatto \\intereffe o fervizievofe p de- 
 bellare q do o r fconfitta s trovarji t obbligato 
 u nchiamare v dijefa w inutile x prcpofiziyne 
 
 y pace z vinto a terminato b guerra c Jitrato 
 d puaico eftguifo f Mactdone g contra, 
 
 Ro-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 123 
 
 Romans upon it was the * former injuries b Philip 
 had done them, c as likewife the late* d vexation hs 
 had given their e allies, f efpecially the Athenians, 
 who being g harrafled by the king, h fled to the 
 Romans. * At length k Titus Quindius Flaminius 
 1 put an end to the war, four years after it m began, 
 by the n conqueft of Philip at Cynofcephalas, in, 
 f Thefialy. 
 
 After th : s * followed the war with r Antiochus, 
 king of Afia, who having s recovered Syria, and 
 1 conquered Scopas, the general of u Ptolemaeus 
 Epiphanes, r began now to be formidable to the 
 Romans, x againft whom Annibal did not a little 
 y inflame him ; who, for z fear of the fame * enemy, 
 had b fled to the king. The c ambafladors of the 
 d /Etolians too, who were now e averfc to the Ro- 
 man f alliance, s contributed not a h little towards 
 it. Antiochus 'therefore having k clapped up a 
 peace with J Ptolemy, to whom he m gave his daugh- 
 ter Cleopatra in n marriage, and granted P Coslo 
 Syria, and 1 Judea by way of r portion, s made war 
 upon the Romans, which being begun in the year 
 of the city 562, l lafled in all three years. For in 
 the year 565, L. u Cornelius Scipiu the y conful, 
 w going over into Afia, with his brother P. Sc'pio 
 x African.us, as his ^ lieutenant, did, by the z afiift- 
 
 a precedence b ingiuria c con? anche d fajlidia 
 c confederate f fpecialmente gjlraccare h fufgire 
 i alia fine k 77/8 S^uinczio Flaminio 1 termixare m prin- 
 cipiare n conquifla o Cinofcefale p TcJJ'uHa. q fe- 
 guire r Antioco^ s ricuperato t ccnquiJJato u Pio- 
 lemeo Epifane v prinapiare w formidabiie x can- 
 tro y infiammare z paura a ntrnica bfuggilo 
 c ambajaadore d Etoliani e centrario f alleanza. 
 g contribuire h poco \ pere'io k fatto una pace finta 
 \Ptolemeo m dare n matrimvnio oconcedere p Celo 
 Siria q Giudea r dole s fare guerra t durare 
 u Cornelia Scipione v confole. w p^JJare x I'AfricanQ 
 y luogotenente i ajuto. 
 
 G 2 a nee
 
 J24 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 ante a chiefly of his b coun'el, c conquer Antiochus. 
 Livy d tells ijs, there were 50,000' foot f flain in 
 one s battle, and 4000 h horfe. A peace was 
 1 granted Antiochus k upon this condition l amongft 
 others, that he fhould m recede from all the "coun- 
 tries on this fide P mount Taurus. 
 
 After Antiochus was 1 conquered, the /Etolian? 
 were r reduced by Fulvius the conful ; and the lame 
 year the Gallo-Greci were s fubducd by the other 
 ' conful, Cneius Manlius. 
 
 In the i4Qth u Olympiad ^died three w famous 
 generals, P. Scipio, Annibal, and x Philopaemen. 
 Scipio was y impeached for z taking a money of An- 
 tiochus for the peace he b granted him ; after which 
 he c retired to d Liturnum in Campania, and e died 
 there in the year of the city 570. Ann.bal a year 
 c<r two after (for f hiftorians are not agreed upon 
 the h matter) being 'demanded of Drufias, king 
 of Bithynia, by the Roman k ambafTadors, ] in order 
 to be m put to n death, poifoned himfelf. P About 
 the i fame time Philoprerrien, general of the r Achse- 
 ans, was s taken by the l MelTenians, and B flain, 
 a*ter he had " forced the Lacedaemonians to a w fuh- 
 mifiion, who had x thrown off the Achaean y aJii- 
 ance. 
 
 In the mean time Philip, being z checked a rather 
 
 a fopra tulto b canfiglio c conqvijlare d dire e in- 
 far.teria f uccifo g battaglia h ca<valltria \ con- 
 cejjo a k con queJJo -patio \ fro. m pariire n re.- 
 g:one o di qua dal p tnonte Tauro q <viuio r de- 
 iellato sfoggicgato t c onfole Cnejo Manlio u lim- 
 fiaJe v mcn're w famofo x Filopemeno y inqui- 
 Jif) z prendere a danaro b accordare c ritirarfe 
 d Liturno e morire f iflorico g d'accorJo h cofa 
 i rickitflo k ambafciadore \ aceio m me/o n xiorte 
 o avi'elenar/i p incirca q ftejjo tempo r Acheani 
 sttffn tMtffeniani u uccifo v coflr'eita \vfom~ 
 mffione -X-Jbrigato y alleanza z repre/o. zpiuttoftQ. 
 
 than
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 125 
 
 than a conquered in the b former war, was c very 
 bufy in d making c prepara'io'iS for f another; but 
 before % matters were Jl ripe * enough k for that pur- 
 pole, he died, and wr.s ' fucceeded by his fon m Per- 
 feus, who n went on with the preparations of war 
 p ;2H'n!l ths Romans ; which was ifinifhed in four 
 years after its r beginning, with the 3 ruin of him 
 and the c kingdom of Macedonia " together, in the 
 year of the city 586. The general v employed by 
 the Romans in that war, was x PJU'US jSS/nitiii?, 
 who in one f battle, z wherein were llain 20,000 
 a men, and 1 1 .000 b caken c pnfoners, d put a e final 
 f period to the Macedonian = empire inthe h lith 
 year of king Perfeus. About the fame time, ' Gen- 
 tius, king of the k lliyrians, bein^ l trepanned into 
 an ra alliance by Perfeus, was n conquered by Ami- 
 cius the P praetor. 
 
 After the 1 conqueft of Antiochu-s, the Macedo- 
 nians r rebelled again, but were 3 fubdued, and 
 Macedonia r reduced into the "form of a v province.- 
 
 Some time after a war x broke out with the 
 y Achaean?, who having z pulled down the ? walls 
 of b Lacedaemon, and c taken away their d indent 
 * Jaws, had f obliged them to unite -ith them; 
 which the Lacedaemonians . h comp!:vied of to the 
 
 n-z-'/z/o ^precedents c ajjaccenJato d fare e prg- 
 parailvo f altro g cofa h ixaturo i abbaftanza 
 k a qufJJo cffetto I fuccejj'a rn P, ]'<. o n contlnuare 
 
 preparati-vo p contra (\terminalo f principio 
 s rowna t regao u infieme v iKpif^ato x Paolo 
 Emilia ^y oattMgliq z nella quale \\uotno b prgfa 
 c prigioniero <\ ttiettere e ultimo f periodo g im- 
 perio h undetimo i G>IZ,W k ////;_;' 1 adcjcato 
 jn alleanza n i-into o Amicio p p^eiore q can- 
 q't'fla. r rlbellarfi sfcggiogato t ridctto \\jorma. 
 v pwvincia. x accordarjl y Achcani 7. Jemolita 
 a mu'-a b LaceJemonia c It-vare d attlico e legge 
 
 1 obbligare g uritrji h lament arfi. 
 
 G 3 Romans,
 
 126 ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 Rc'. ; ans, who a fent b againfl the Achseans Metellus 
 the prsetor, by whom i :ey were c defeated in two 
 d engagements at e Thermopylae, and in { Phocis j 
 atfd s prefemly after b entirely reduced by the con- 
 ful 'L. Nummius, and k Coriuth, the 1 metropolis 
 of their m nation, n burnt. 
 
 The fame year Carthage was "taken and P de- 
 flroyed. ' The i occafion of this war was a r differ- 
 ence 3 between Mafanifla and the Carthaginians 
 1 about their a territories; which r con trove rfy be- 
 ing w referred to the Romans, they obliged the Car- 
 thaginians to * give up the y country in z difpute, 
 and a money too, to Mafanifla. But the Romans 
 had b before- hand c refolved d utterly to e raze Car- 
 thage, f right or wrong, & chiefly at the h inftiga- 
 tion of * Marcos Cato the cenfor, who, whenever 
 he k gave his J opinion upon any ra debate in the 
 n fenaie, ufed f finally to ^add, Carthage r muft 
 be s deftroyed. l Wherefore in the year of the city 
 605, Carthage was u befieged by the confuls v Ma- 
 ni.ius and w Cenforinus. They foon after * fur- 
 rendered to the Romans ; but being y ordered to 
 z demoii(h their city, and * feat themfelves at ten 
 "* miles c diftance from the d fea, they were fo e in- 
 flamed with 'fury and sdefpair, thatthey h held out 
 
 a mandare b eontro c fconfitto d battaglia e Ter- 
 mopilg f Foci g pcco dof,o h affatto i L. Num- 
 mio k Cor into 1 metrcpoli m nazione n bruciato 
 
 prifo p dijlrotta q cagione r lite s tra t rif- 
 petto a u territorie v contro<verjia w riferito x ab- 
 bandonart y paefe z difputa a danaro b anti- 
 fipatamente c rifelvere d intieramente e diftrug- 
 gtre f bene o male g fopra tutto h infli%azione 
 
 1 Marco Caione il cenfore k dare 1 opinione m con- 
 tefa nftnato o fdere pfiualment* q aggiungere 
 i hifegva s diflroito t percio u a/ediato v Ma- 
 xilio vr Cenforino x arrenderfi y comandato z de- 
 tnolire zjiabilirfi b mila c diftanza A mart 
 e iafammato f furia gdifperazione h mantenerfi. 
 
 even
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 127 
 even a beyond their b flren^th, c till in the fourth 
 year, the d fame in which c Corinth was destroyed, 
 it was f taken by g P. Cornelius Scipio, the h pro- 
 conful, who was * Paulus JEmiiui's fon, and lud 
 been k adopted by tne fon of Scipio Afticanus. At 
 the 'beginning; of the war Mafaniffa, king of the 
 Numidians " died, in the 971)1 year of his age, 
 having f left behind him forty- four funs, and 1 con- 
 tinued an r ally of the Romans near 60 years. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 * A BOUT the fame time the f Lufitanians in 
 *\ "Spain y beat the Romans molt x fh-amefuliy 
 y under the z condu<5l of a Viriathus ; who of a 
 b huntfman, c became a d highwayman, and of a 
 highwayman, a general, and e defeated the Roman 
 f armies feveral s times. But that: h overthrow was 
 moft Memorable of all k others, in which, in the 
 year 608, having l routed the m forces of n Vctilius 
 the praetor, P he took him prifoner, and 1 put him 
 r to death, as * Appian lays. Nor was he the ' only 
 one that was " conquered by Viriathus, but feveral 
 Others Y underwent the fame * fate. The firft that 
 was y fuccefsful z againft him was a C. Laslius the 
 praetor, in the year 609. After tnat the proconful 
 
 a dire b forza c infino d Jleffo e Corinio 
 f prcffj g P. Cornelia Scipione 1) /-/ ocaiifole i Paulo 
 Emiiio k aJottato \princifio m Numidi \\mo- 
 rire o eta p lafciato q eontinuato r a'leaia 
 
 s incirca t Lufitanj u Spagna v buttere x i%/:o- 
 minicfamente y [otto z, ccndotta a ViricAo b tac- 
 cialo> e c do'veniare d ladro itiflfada e fconf.^ere 
 f armala g\vdta li fcmfi'ta i memoralile k aft>-o 
 1 rot to m Jviza n Ve'.ilio ofrtlore pfretidere 
 q m. ttere r tntrte s Appian 1 ) t fcla u vfnto 
 
 Vfojrire x fato y fortunate z cantro a C. Lelio 
 
 G 4 Quin-
 
 i?.8 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 a Quintus \Jaxinuis b defeated him. In the 
 
 year 614, c Q_ Serviiius Caepio d bafely e procured 
 him to be rr.e cf his own " officers, 
 
 Vv honi he had h bribed j for that purpofe, to the 
 grrat k dishonour of the Roman l people. 
 
 After this a much more ra dangerous war n broke 
 cut in Celtiberia. The Numantini having re- 
 ceived the P Segidenfes their 1 allies, that had r ef- 
 caped the s hands cf the Romans, being ' com- 
 manded by Metellus the proconful, u to c'eliver up 
 the v refugees, and x lay down their ^arms, z re- 
 f'ufed both : and a though they were fo much b in- 
 ferior to the Romans, in c number and d ftrength, 
 they c made -a f gallant & refiftance for fome h years. 
 The * army of k M. Popilius the proconful, was 
 1 cut off by them, and the year m following, n thirty 
 thoufand Romans, under the conful Mancinus, 
 were P routed by four thoufand of the Numantini; 
 which <i difgrace was r followed by a moft s fliameful 
 'peue; but the fenate u refufed to v ratify it; 
 * wherefore Mancinus was ? delivered up into their 
 hands, but the Numantini would not z receive him. 
 a At laft they were b vanquiftied in the c field by 
 ocipio, who had d deftroyed Carthage ; and being 
 Ihut up within their own f walls, were s reduced 
 
 a Shinto Fablo Mfffimo b fconfiggere c >. Ser<uilio 
 Crpicne d I'ilnienls e fare f ajfaffiaare g uffi- 
 x ..ale h corrotlo \ n gue/io effetto k difonore 1 f>o- 
 fo:o m fencolofa n accenderft o ricevulo p fegi- 
 tienfi q alkalo r fcappato s mam t commandato 
 n canfegnare v rifuggiato x ctdere y anna z ri- 
 Jiutare a ber.che b inferior e c nutnero Ajorz.a 
 e fare f gagliarJo g rejiftenza h anno \ armata 
 k M. Pcpilio \ fconf.tto in feguente n trenta o mila 
 51 ne/b in rotta <\ dijgrazia r Jeguito s <vergognofo 
 t />3^i? u ricufare v ratificare X percio y 'e- 
 jegrato z ricevere a alia fine b O'/'w/a c A^/- 
 tag/ia campals d dt/irotto e rinchiufo f muro g ridt/tto. 
 
 to
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 129 
 
 to that a defperate condition that they all b laid vio- 
 lent hands upon themfelves ; and Numantia was 
 c levelled with the ground, in the ninth year after 
 their d revoli, . from the Romans, and from the 
 e building of the city 611. 
 
 f Whi'il the Romans were dill at war with the 
 h Achceans and Carthaginians, Macedonia was 
 Conquered a third time; which k Andrifcus, a 
 1 fellow of m mean birth, who "pretended to he 
 
 Philip the Ton of P Per AMIS, had 1 poffrfled himfelf 
 cf. He was conqui red by r Q_ Csecilius Metellus, 
 with the s (laughter of 25,000 of his 'men. Me- 
 tell-is had u from thence v the firname or' x Mace- 
 donictis. 
 
 At the time that the Romans were ''engaged in 
 the z Numantine wa r , there was a a rifing of the 
 b iiaves in Sicily. A c Syrian, d by n -.me Eunus, 
 e pretending a f divine g infpiration, h called the 
 {lavas to * arms and k liberty, 'as it were by the 
 ro order cf the n gods ; and having raifed a ? vaft 
 larmy, r coniiiting of no lefs than 70,000 men, 
 and * vanquifJhed four Roman prjetors, he wa? 1 ac 
 laft u routed by P. Kupilius the conful, in the year 
 of the city 622. 
 
 Attains Ton of y Eumenes, king of x Phrygia, 
 when the uncle y Attalus was 2 dead, (who after 
 
 a eftrerr.a difperazione b ucciJerfi c fyiatialo A fol- 
 ]e*vazwue e edificazione f menlre g ancora li Acheant 
 
 1 con(]uiftato k slndrifco \ uoma m baffa nafcita. 
 n prettndere o I'ilippo p Perfeo q impudronitn 
 r ^ Cecilia Metelio s Ma.cell 1 ) t uomo u da quejlo 
 v cogntme x Macedonia y impegnalo z Numantina 
 a ribelliofie b fchia-vo c Striano <\ chefi crnamava 
 EUKO e pretenders $ di<vino g ifpiraziotie h chia- 
 mare i arma k llberta 1 cpme fe foffe m or dine 
 n nurxe o levato p pondsrojo q armala r com- 
 pofto s -vinto t alia fine u fco/ifitto v Eumene 
 x Frigisi y zlo z 
 
 G 5 Eurnene's
 
 1 30 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Eumene's death had a managed the b kingdom a? 
 his c guardian) d reigned five years, and dying about 
 the year of the city 621, made the Roman people 
 his c heir ; which f Ariftonicus, a fon of JEumenes 
 by one of his % miftrefles, h taking amifs, he * feizes 
 upon Afia, and k cuts off the army of Craffus the 
 praetor. Afterwards he was l vanquished by the 
 conful Peperna, and an m end was put to the war 
 the year n following, 625, by M. Aquilius the con 
 fu!. This was a melancholy year for the P death 
 of Scipio Africanus, who was i found dead in his 
 * bed, not without the s fufpicion of being poi- 
 fbned by his u wife. 
 
 The year in which Attalus "made the Roman 
 people his *heir, there was a ? terrible a fedition at 
 Rome. For T. Gracchus, * tribune of the b com- 
 mons, having made the c Agrarian law, that d no- 
 body fhould c po fiefs above 500 f acres of s land, 
 and h propofing to have the money of king Atta- 
 Jus k divided amongft the people, and l likewife 
 ** fuing for the a tribunefhip againft the year follow- 
 ing, the fenators being very much c difturbed at 
 the F matter, he was, by the q procurement of P. 
 Corn. Nafica, r flain in the 8 Capitol, l whither he 
 \ad " fled lor refuge. 
 
 Afcei the death of Tiberius, his * brother Caius 
 
 a gBvernato b regno c turatcre d regnare e erede 
 f /Irifloriico g innaiaorata li avendolo per male i im- 
 fadroni'Ji k taglrare a fezzi I innto m terminato 
 n feguenle o malmconico p marte q trovato 
 
 j h:ta sfofpetto t afweknato u moglii v fare 
 eredt y terribile i fedizione a tribuno b com~ 
 m:tai e legge A^rarla d ni/uno e pojfedere fju~ 
 gero g terra h prvporre i Janeiro k fpartita 
 \ parhnettlt m foUecilart n I'ujfUio del tribunato o in- 
 quietato p cofa q intraprefa r uccifo s Campi- 
 t/efflia l dwt faggita v falvexxa, x fra- 
 teiio*
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 131 
 
 * purfuing the fame b defign, was c taktn off by 
 Opimius the conful, and d together with him, Ful- 
 vius Flaccus, who had been conful. 
 
 ]n the year of the city 629, the Romans firft 
 made war upon the e Gauls f beyond the Alps. 
 They 8 began with the Salii, and h Allobroges, 
 whom Fulvius Flaccus J fubdued. In the year 633, 
 Fabius the conful, made an end of the war with 
 the Allobroges. He k conquered Bitui'.us king of 
 the Arverni, in l battle. The king himfelf" 1 com- 
 ing to Rome to "fatisfy the fenate, was "confined 
 at Alba. Then Galiia Narbonenlis was made a 
 f province, and a s colony r fent to Narbon in the 
 year 636. 
 
 The Romans were after this * almoft ' perpetu- 
 ally at war with the Gauls, by whom they w-re 
 "oftentimes y foundly beat j but above all others 
 the Cimbri and Teutones were * terrible to them ; 
 who y marching for Italy, and not z being able to 
 a prevail with the fenate for b room to c fettle in, 
 they d routed M. Silanus the conful; and the year 
 following Scaurus was e defeated by the Cimbri, 
 and L. Caffius by the Helvetii Tigurini the year 
 after that. But the f overthrow of Q^Csepio was 
 more * memorable than all the h reft. He had 
 
 * plundered * Tholoufe in the l country of the Tec- 
 tofagae, and had ra carried orT an hundred thoofandj' 
 n pounds of gord, and fifteen hundred thoufand 
 
 a proftguire b difegno c uccifo d infieme e Galli 
 { di la dair Alpi g principiare h Allobro^i i fag'^io- 
 gart k tonquijiare 1 battaglia in venire n fad- 
 disfare o rilfgato p prwincia q coionia r mandalo 
 s quafi t per[>etuamente u fpejfa v matmenato 
 
 a ttrribile , y marciare z potsre a ottenere h Jits 
 c Jiabilirji d mettere ift rotta e fconfitto f rutta 
 g memorablle h altro i facclieggiare k Toloitfo 
 
 i faefe m portare via n libra o oro* 
 
 G 6 pounds
 
 I 3 2 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 pounds of a filver. This was done in the year of 
 the city 648. But the following, he, with C.Ma- 
 nilius, b paid for this c facrilege, with the d utter 
 e deftrution of the Roman army. It is certain 
 there were f (lain in this % battle of the Romans 
 and their h allies, * fourfcore thoufand, and of k fer- 
 vants that * followed the m camp " threefcore thou- 
 fand. 
 
 At length the Teutones and the c Ambrones 
 were almoft all P deftroyed, two hundred thoufand 
 being {lain, and feventy thoufand 1 taken r prifon- 
 crs, by C. Maiius the confu!, in the year 652, and 
 the following year, the fame Marius, * in conjunc- 
 tion with Catulus, defeated the Cimbri, that were 
 1 making their way through " Noricum v flew an 
 hundred and twenty thoufand, and took fixty thou- 
 lar.d prifoners. 
 
 With fo many x victories did Marius ? confu m- 
 inate the z g'ory he had a got in the war with Ju- 
 gurtha. For in the year of the city 643, a war was 
 b un^ertbken againft Jugurtha, king of Numidia, 
 becauf; he had c deprived his d coufins Hiempfal 
 and Adhefbal,. the fnns of Micipfa, and e grand - 
 fons of Mafanifla, of their f lives and s kingdom. 
 rie h prevailed againft the Romans for fome years, 
 more by his gold than by his arms ; but was at 
 Jail i brought low by Mete-llus the conful, and 
 k finally ] entirely m fubdued by Marius, and de- 
 
 a argento b pagare c facrilegio d tctale e dif- 
 ni f uceifo g battagiia h al/eato \ottanta 
 k ferviiore 1 f'eguire m campo n feffanta o Am* 
 ~t-rcni p diflr'jtto q fat to r prigioniero s vnita- 
 jxc-Kte t J'nctndofi Jlrada Ira u Norico v uccidere 
 y. 'i-'tti y terminate z gloria a acquijlare 
 
 b intfflpprtfb c prii/atQ d cugino e nipolino f vita 
 j; regno h prpvalere i abbaffaio kfaaltnetttf 1 af- 
 jatta ro fcggngGto n tradito 
 
 iivered
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 133 
 
 li/ered up by Bocchus, king of Mauritania, to 
 whom he had a fled for refuge; after \vhich he was 
 b carried to Rome, to c grace the d triumph of Ma- 
 rius, and e put to death in f prifon. 
 
 This g happy h progrefs of the * empire k abroad, 
 was interrupted by m frequent and n fhameful dif- 
 orders at P home, which were 1 occafioned by the 
 tribunes. Saturninus having r got the Agrarian 
 law s parted, to l divide among the people the land 
 which Marius had got, by u driving the Cimbri out 
 of Gaul, v baniftied Metellus Numidicus who, x op- 
 pofed him; but at laft was y (lain himfelf by Ma- 
 rius, then confu! the fixth time, in the year 654 ; 
 and the year following Metellus was z recalled from 
 a banifhment. 
 
 After Saturninus, Livius Drufus, tribune of the 
 commons, but b favouring the fenate, being c de- 
 firous to d reftore them to their e ancient f fplendor, 
 and to % put the h execution of their laws into their 
 1 hands, which C. Gracchus had k divided ' betwixt 
 them and the m knights, he patted the fame Agra- 
 rian laws, and put the n allies in hopes of the 
 P freedom of the city ; which 1 being not able to 
 r bring about, he 'fell under an univerfal l odium, 
 and was u ftabb'd, no body v knew how, in the 
 year 663. 
 
 After this, the Romans were x engaged in two 
 
 z.fuggito per fal*vezza b.coridotto c adornare d tri- 
 onfo e me/o f prisons g felice h progre/o \ im- 
 peria kfuori 1 interrotto mfrequente n 'vergog- 
 no/o Q di for dine p ne I paefe <\cagwnato rfalto 
 s pa/are t fpartit e u fcacciare v efiliare x op-- 
 for re y uccifo z richiamato a e/ilio bfavoreg- 
 giare c defiderofo d reftituire e antico f fplen- 
 dor e g metier e h efecuzione i mano k /partita 
 1 fra m cavalier e n alleato ofperanza p liber to, 
 q non pot ere r effettuare s incorrere t odie u pug- 
 ?tala(a v /apere x impfgnato, 
 
 moft
 
 i 3 4 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 moft a difficult and terrible wars, almoft at the fame 
 time ; one in Italy, and the other without. That 
 was b called the c Social, or d Marfic war, becaufe 
 the Marfi had been the firft e beginners of it ; for 
 all the f Latins, and moft of the people of Italy, 
 being sdifgufted, that they who were h fharers in 
 all the * hardfhips and k dangers of war, (hould be 
 1 excluded from the m honours and n dignities of the 
 ftate ; and being P balked in their hopes of ^ob- 
 taining the r freedom of the city by Drufus, s en- 
 deavoured to l compafs that by " force of arms which 
 they could not get v by fair means. Triey fiift 
 x attempted in the Latin y Feriae to z aflaffinate both 
 the confuls, Philip and Caefar ; but the a matter 
 being b difcovered, they c openly d revolted, e maf- 
 facred CX Servilius ihe proconful, f Fonteius and 
 all the Romans at s Afculum. After this the war 
 was h carried on with l various k fuccefs. Cn. l Pom- 
 pey Strabo, father of Pornpey the m Great, "diftin- 
 guifhed himfelf upon this occafion. He f forced 
 the Veftini arid Pc-ligni to q fubmiffion, andMri- 
 umplied upon that s account. l Likewife L. Sylia 
 Casfar, the conful's "lieutenant, did, by his great 
 fuccefies againft the enemy, v obtain the x conful- 
 ihip, in which he y made an end of the war. 
 Soon after z broke out a war betwixt the Romany 
 
 a faticofe b chiamato c SociaU d Mar/it 
 
 e autore f Latino g difgvjlato h partedpantg 
 
 if ai tea k pericoio \efclufo m enure n digniia o Jfato 
 Tpfruftrato q ottenere r liber t a $ procurare t /fun- 
 tare uforza v colle buone x tentare y ferie 
 z affajflinare a cofa b fcoperto c apertamente 
 
 d rivoltarfi e ucddere i Fontejo g Afculo h (on- 
 tinuato \ dii/erfo k fucce/o 1 Pompejo Strabone 
 
 m tnagtio n diftingutrji o otcafwne p forzare 
 
 q cbbedienza r trionfare s cagione t parimente 
 
 u luogotenente v ottenere x confotato y terminate 
 z atttnderfi.
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 135 
 
 and * Mithridates, who having b taken off Ariara- 
 thes, Icing of Cappadocia, his c fitter's d hufband, 
 together with his fon of the fame e name, had 
 
 O * 
 
 f feized upon the kingdom; but being forced to 
 forego what he had h unjuftly got, Ariobarzanes 
 was * nominated king of Cappadocia by the fenate, 
 but forced out of his k dominions by Mithridates, 
 and ' reftored by Sylla. After this he was once 
 more 1 " driven out of Cappadocia, by Mithridates, 
 as was n likewife Nicomedes out of Bithynia. Buc 
 both recovered their dominions again by a P decree 
 of the fenate; which Mithridates being 1 offended 
 at, he r invades Cappadocia and Bithynia, * routs 
 the Roman armies, and ' maflacred all the Italians 
 "throughout Afia in one day; v reduced Macedo- 
 nia, * Thrace, y Greece, and "Athens. Th'e con- 
 ful Sylla a marching againft him, ** takes Athens, 
 and having c defeated his generals, forces him to a 
 peace upon the d conditions of his e quitting Alia, 
 Bithynia, and Cappadocia. 
 
 C rf A P. VII. 
 
 A/TAnus, f though now * broken with age and 
 "* * ye^rs, yet being very h ambitious of getting 
 1 employed againft Mithridates, could not k bear 
 with patience the * beftowing that m province upon 
 SylJa. n Wherefore he 9 prevailed, by the v means 
 
 a Mitridate b uccifo c forella d marito e nome 
 
 f impoj/f/ato g abbandonare h ingiuflamente i no- 
 
 minato k dominio \ riftabilito m fcacciato n pa- 
 
 rimente o ricuperare p decreto q offefo r in- 
 
 *uadere s fconjlggere t uccnlere u per tutta v ef- 
 
 pugnare x Tracia y G-ecia z Atene a mar" 
 
 dare b piglic.re c fconfiggere d patto e ab- 
 
 bandonare f bencfie g ratio h -vecchiaja i am* 
 
 biztone k impitgato 1 tollerare m concedere n pro* 
 viacia o percio p otltnere q mezzo.
 
 136 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 of C. Sulpicius, the tribune of the common?, to 
 have it a taken from Sylla, and beftowed upon him- 
 felf. At which Sylla being b enraged, c fi-ifed up- 
 on the city, and having d flaln SUlpiciii's, e obliges 
 Marius to f fly. In his 8 abicnce, China the ccn- 
 ful, making a h diflurbance, \vas i beaten out of 
 the city, and being k jointd by Marius, Carbo, 
 and Sertorius, l afiaults Rome ; and having m taktn 
 it, n puts a great many of the Romans to the 
 fword. Marius P died a natural death the year fol- 
 lowing. 
 
 Sylla having made peace with Mithridates, 1 re- 
 turned into Italy, and r made an end of the civil 
 war in two years time, by the s defeat of Carba, 
 Norbanus, young Mariu?, and others; and being 
 '"declared "dictator, took off a great many of Ma- 
 rius's v party I y a x profcription. Q. Sertorius y re- 
 tired into Farther Spain, where he z htld out for 
 feme years v^ery a bravely. 
 
 Sylla having in the year 675 b laid down the 
 c dictatorship, died the year following of the d loufy 
 e difeafe, in the fixtieth year of his f age : after 
 whofe death, Lepidus the conful . g endeavouring to 
 h make void the. 1 acts: of Sylla, was k forced out of 
 the city 4?y his ! coileagiie Cacuius. And the year 
 following. m advancing up to the city with an "army, 
 he was defeated by the lam; Catulus and Cn. Pom- 
 pey, and fkd into P Sardinia, where he 1 fell ill 
 
 a le-vaxe b fdegnata c impojjeffdrfi d uccifo e for- 
 Kare f fuggire \ g ajfsnza h difturbo ifcacciato 
 k unito \ affair are m p'-gfo n tKsttere o a fil di 
 fpada - p morire q tornare r conclitdere s rotta 
 t dichiarato u deltalore v p x profcrizioae 
 
 y ritirarfi z mantfn.rfi a corsggitftfaente b con- 
 jegnato c dettatura d pidvcckiofo e malattia f eta 
 g procurare \\annullare \atto kfcacciato \cel- 
 in accojlarfi u artnata, ofuggirg p Sar~ 
 q qmmalarjit
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 137 
 
 ami died*. The fame Pompey being a Tent into 
 Sp.iin againft Sertorius, b performed no great mat- 
 ter ; but this being c treacheroufly d flair, by his 
 own men, he e ealily f recovered that province ia 
 the year 68 r. 
 
 In the mean time the war with Mithrida^s 
 broke out again, while Sylla was yet living ; and 
 after Sylla's death, Michndates having h entered 
 into an 'alliance with Sertorius, and k feifed by 
 force of arms upon Bithynia, which Nicomedes at 
 his death in 679, had ' left to the Roman people. 
 L. Lucullus confi.il, in 680, m went againft h;m, 
 and being very n fucrefsful both by fea and Pland, 
 he ' obliged him to fly, fuft into r Pontus, and foon 
 after to s Tigranes in Armenia. Lucullus r con- 
 quers Pontus, and defeats both the kings who u en- 
 gaged him with an army pf two hundred thoufand 
 v foot, and fixty thoufanxi x horfe, in the year of 
 the city 685. After this, Tigranocerta, the capi- 
 tal of Armenia, and y Nifibis, two very great cities, 
 were z taken. But this excellent general being 
 * forfaken by his own men, was b obliged to c quit 
 the d fruit of his e toil and f victories toCn. Pompey, 
 in the year 688 ; who having % forced Tigranes to 
 h furrender himfelf obliged him to be * fatisfied with 
 Armenia ; and whilft he k purfues after Muhridates, 
 1 adds the m Iberians and n Albanians to the Roman 
 empire, in the year 689. Finally, Michridates- 
 
 a mandato b efeguire c pcrfidamente d uccifa 
 e jaaitneiite f ricnf-erare g accenderjl h entrato 
 \ alleanza k impadranlto \ lafciato m andare n for- 
 tutiato o mare p terra q fofzare r Panto 
 
 s Tigrane t cwqu-JJare u atiaccare v infanieria 
 x ca<va!Ieria y Ni/ibi z prefo a abbandanato b ob- 
 b!i$ato c lafciare d frutto e fatica f vitloria 
 g fjrzato h arrsnderft i fodJlsfalta k incalzare 
 m Iberj n Albaneji. o finalmente. 
 
 ia
 
 138 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 in the year 691, being a every where . b beaten, 
 c thought of d flying into e France, but being f dif- 
 couraged by the s revolt of his Ton b Pharnaces and 
 the army, he i flew himfelf. 
 
 Whilfl the war with Mithridates was k warmly 
 'carried on, there m broke out another with the 
 " flaves, in the year of the city 68 r. One Spar- 
 tacus .^Enomanus, andPCrixus, i gladiators, hav- 
 ing r broken a s fchool of gladiators at Capua, * be- 
 longing to Lentulus, and" gotten together an army 
 of v defperadoes, x routed the Roman armies feveral 
 times, but at laft were y vanquifhed by CrafTus the 
 praetor, and Pompey, in the year 685. 
 
 Pompey z likewife a fubdued the b pirate?, who, 
 at the c inftigation of Mithridate?, d infefted the 
 feas, having an e extraordinary f commiflion & for 
 that purpofe by the h Gabinian Jaw. Whilft Pom- 
 pey is * enlarging the Roman empire k abroad, the 
 1 head of the empire was in no fmall m danger 
 from a n confpiracy which Catiline, f Lentulus the 
 praetor, and 1 Cethegus, and other fenators had 
 'entered into, to * murder the conful l Cicero, and 
 to "burn and Y plunder the city. But their * de- 
 figns were ^ prevented by the z vigilance of the 
 conful. Cataline being * forced out of the city, 
 
 a dappertutto b battuio c pen/are d fuggire 
 
 e Francia f/coraggilo g rivolta h Farnace i am- 
 mazzarjl k iiigorofatnenfe 1 continuato m accen- 
 aer/t n/c/iiavo o Sparlaco Enomano p Cri/o q gla- 
 diatore r rot to sfcuola t appartenere \\ radu- 
 nato v difperato x fconfiggere y itixto z part- 
 mente afo^giogare b ccrfaro c injligazione d in* 
 feftare ejlraordinarlo t commifllont g a quejla [ef- 
 fetto h Gabiano i aggrandire k fuori i capo 
 
 m pericola n cofpirazione o Catil'ma p Lcntu 'a q Ce- 
 tego r fare succidert t Cicerone u ab'trucclarf 
 v faccheggiare f. dtfegnt y ivtfcdito z vigiianza 
 * /caccialo, 
 
 repaired
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 139 
 
 * repaired to the army, which fome of his b accom- 
 plices had c drawn together. Lentulus, and the 
 reft of the d ringleaders of the e plot were put to 
 death. This f happened in the year 691, and the 
 following year Catiline was defeated by h Petreius, 
 1 Antony the proconful's k lieutenant, and ' flain iu 
 th<? m fight. 
 
 The whole n world being now almoft fubdued, 
 the Roman empire was p arrived to that q grandeur, 
 that it could r hardly extend itfelf farther. No 
 1 outward u force was v fufficient to x ruin it, it ? fell 
 by its own z power, which was a occafioned by the 
 b ambition of the c leading men, and the civil d jars 
 that e arofe from thence. 
 
 C. Caefar, after the time of his f praetorfhip in" the 
 city was z expired, h obtained the province of Lu- 
 fitania ; and by the great things he * performed 
 there, k deferved well the honour of a l triumph ; 
 but m poftponed the n hopes of that to the confu- 
 ]ar P dignity ; for which, 1 while he made all r pof- 
 fible s intereft, Pompey * unites with Caefar and 
 CrafTus, Lucullus, and fome others of the "gran- 
 dees, v oppofing his x als, which he v defired might 
 be z ratified by the fenate. Thus Caefar a carried 
 the confulfhip in the year 695, in which he c efta- 
 blifiied the ads of Pompey by the fenate, and 
 
 a trasferir/i b complice c radunato d capo e con- 
 gitira. f fuccedere gfconfitto h Petrejo \ Antonio 
 k luogotenente 1 uccifo ra battaglia n mondo o fag- 
 giogato p arri<vato q grandezza r append s ej}tn~ 
 derfi t efterno uforza v baft ante x ro-vinare 
 
 y cadere z potere a cagionato b ambizwne c prin~ 
 cipale d contefa e Jeri<vare f grado di pre'are g ef~ 
 pirato h ottenere i efeguire k meritare 1 tri- 
 oafo m pofporre nfperanxa o conjolare p dig- 
 nita q mentre r fojfibile s inter effe t unirji 
 
 u grande v opporjl x atto y defulerare z rati- 
 faata a ottenere b confolato cjlabilire. 
 
 divided
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 'divided the b public c land in Campania amongd 
 the d citizens. He e married his daughter Julia to 
 Pompey, and f took a s w if e for himielf Calphur- 
 nia, the daughter of h Pifo. Having by thefe ' srtt , 
 and a k boundlefs l generofity, m gained the n favour 
 of all ranks and P degrees of men, he ^ procured 
 the province of Gaul, which he 'governed for 
 nine years; during that time he s reduced all Gaul, 
 which is l comprehended within the u Pyrenasan 
 mountains, the T Alps, the Rhone, and the * Rhine, 
 into the y form of a province, and z impofed a 
 "yearly b tribute upon it. He was th& firlr of all 
 the Romans that c attacked the d Germans e beyond 
 the Rhine. He likewife f vifited the s Britons, 
 where h none before him had ever * come. In this 
 k interval, in the year 698, he ! entered into an 
 m affbciation with Pcmpey and CrafTus ; by n virtue 
 of which he was to have France continued to 
 him. Pcmpey was to have P Spain, and Craflus 
 Syria, in order to a war sgainft the 1 Parihians ; 
 to which he r accordingly s went in the year 699, 
 and the third year after, l periflied moft u miferahly, 
 with the greater v part of his army ; after which 
 the Parthians made an x irruption into Syria, but 
 were ^ bravely z repulfed by Caffius. 
 
 After the death of Craflus, Pompey being not 
 
 a dividers b pubblico c terra d citlddino e n:ari- 
 iare f prendere g moglie h P'tfone \ arte k im- 
 tnenfo \ generojlta m guadagnare n favore o ranga 
 p grado q procurers r go<uernare s debe'Jare 
 
 t comprtfo u Pirenei v Alpi x Re>:o y forma 
 
 7 impcrre a annual b tribula - c atiarcare d Te- 
 defchi e di Id f vifitate g Brituxao 1) triune 
 
 i venuto k tnttrwallo 1 enlrare in toafederasuasf 
 n virtu o continuare p Sfagna q Parti r IK 
 confequenza s andare t ffnre u miftrabtivuntt 
 
 x iacurj'tcne y coraggiofamente z ripMfalo 
 
 able
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 141 
 
 able to a endure an b equal, nor Casfar a c fuperior, 
 the civil war broke our. Pompey's d paity e en- 
 deavouring to f take away from Ctefar both his 
 army and province, as foon as the time of his s ^o- 
 vernment Ihould h expire; whilil Csefar's on the 
 ether ' hand were (or k I'crving Pompey { in like 
 manner. At laft in the year 705, in the m cbnful- 
 fhip of C. Claudius Marcellus, and L. Cornelius 
 Lemulus, the ienate, by a n vote, obliged Crefar to 
 difband his army by a certain day. Antonius and 
 Caflius, tribunes of the commons, P interpofing 
 their i authority in vain, r leave the town, and 
 5 repair to Caefar, who l advancing his army to- 
 wards the city, u flruck fuch a v confirmation into 
 Pompey and the red, that * leaving .the city ? with- 
 out more ado, and z ihortly after Italy, they* palled 
 over into b Greece. Csefar went for Spain, where 
 he c vanquiflied Petreius and Afranius, and ''forced 
 their armies to c furrender f p!ifoners of war. In 
 his s return he h took 'Marfeiiles, and after that 
 was made dictator, to which k office he was 'chofen 
 four times, and at laft had it m given him for n life. 
 In the year 706, Pompey being defeated by 
 Casfar in the P fields of 1 Pnarfalia, went to r Egypt, 
 where he was flam by the 5 order of f Ptolemy, in 
 the 59th year of his u age. Hither Cxfar v like- 
 wife x came the following year, and after a very 
 
 a toller are b eguale c fuperior e d partita e eer* 
 care t lev are g governo hfpirare \canto 
 
 k trattare \ nell' ijleffo tnodo ni cbnfdato n i/oto 
 
 o hcenziare p interporre q aulonta r lafciare 
 
 s trasferir/i t accoflare u mettere V coflernazione 
 x abbandonare y fenz" altro T. poco dopo a faffare 
 b Grecia c sincere d Jorzare e arrenderfi f prl- 
 giomero g ritorno h prendere \ Marjtgtia k tfficio 
 Ifcelto ni data n <vita o fconfitto p campo q Far- 
 jalia r Eg itto s cennt t Ftolemeo u eta v />. 
 nmente x venire, 
 
 danger-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 * dangerous b rencounter, which he c happily d ac- 
 compiifbed, "delivered the f kingdom of Egypt to, 
 Cleopatra and her brother. In the year following 
 he vanquifhed Scipio and Cato, with king Juba, in 
 Africa. Cato s laid violent hands upon himfelf at 
 Utica. The year that h followed was ' l remarkable 
 for the k correction of the ' calendar and the year. 
 The fame year likewife he m conquered Pompey's 
 fons ; and the year after was n ftabbed in the fe- 
 nate-houfe, by a p confpiracy of Brutus and Caffius, 
 and fome others, in ihe 56th year of his age. 
 
 Befides thefe 1 convuliions, with which, the whole 
 r world was * (battered, there were force lefs l dif- 
 turbances u happened a little before. v Clodius 
 Pulcher being * made tribune of the commons, * ba- 
 nifhed Cicero, for having z condemned the a affo- 
 ciates of Cataline to death without a b trial j which 
 c calamity he d bore too e meanly, and f by no means 
 5 agreeably to the h dignity of his life paft. But 
 he was 'recalled the year after by the k procure- 
 ment of Pompey, and Lentulus the conful, and 
 1 received with the Created m honour. The fame 
 Clodius n declared Cyprus to P belong to the Ro- 
 man people, and Cato being 1 fent to r take pofief- 
 fion of it, Ptolemy, king of the s ifland, having 
 firft l thrown all his u money into the fea, v prevent- 
 ed his "difgraceby a / voluntary death. Thefe- 
 
 a pericolofo b fcaramuccla c fartunatamente d f em- 
 pire e confegnare f regno g ucdderji h fe^uire 
 ifegnalato k correzione \ calendar 10 m conquijiare 
 n pugnalato o fenato p cofpiraztone q con-vul/ione 
 r monda sfconquaffato t diflurbo \\fuccedere v Clodio 
 Pulcro x fat to y efiliare z condennato a collega 
 b procejfo c calamita d foffrire e n>ihnente f in 
 nijfun (onto g jecondo h dignita i richiamato k ir.- 
 traprefa 1 hceijere m onore n dichtarare o Cjpro 
 p appartenere q mandato r impoj/ej/arji s ifala 
 
 t gettato u dinar o v awiare x difgrazia y vclontaria. 
 
 6 nate
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 143 
 
 nate a beftowed the b prsetorfhip upon Cato at his 
 c return, by a d vote of the rioufe, without any 
 e ele&ion ; which honour he f refufed, being sde- 
 firous to h obtain it rather by the l free k votes of 
 the people. But he was ' balked of his m hopes, 
 and Vatinius was n preferred before him. 
 
 "Bribery P ruling in 1 all r elections, and the 
 5 candidates making a moft 'difmal u confufion, 
 after a long v interregnum, Pompey was made 
 conful, without a x colleague, a thing / wholly 
 new, and never heard of before ; in which office 
 he made a z fevere a enquiry into all other b mifde- 
 meanours, as likewife into the death of Clodius, 
 whom Mi lo c killed the fame year, for which he 
 was d banilhed. 
 
 After the death of Csefar, Antony the conful fo 
 "inflamed the people by a f feditious s harangue, 
 that they h burnt his * body k publickly, and ' threat- 
 ened to fire and m pull down the houfes of the n af- 
 faflins Octavius Caefar, the fon of Accia c Julius's 
 iifter, was his P adopted fon by t will. He being 
 r flighted by M. Antony, s raifed an army of l ve- 
 teran foldiers, and u oppofed his v tyrannical x pro- 
 ceedings. Antonius f extorted from the people by 
 force the province of Gaul, but his z paflage thi- 
 
 a accordare b dignita di pretore c ritorno d njoto 
 e elexione f rifiutare g defiderofo h ottenert \ //- 
 hero k voto \frujlrato m Jperanza n preferito 
 o corruzione p dominate q tutto r elfzione s can- 
 didate t terribile u confujione v interregna x col- 
 iega y affatto zfevero a perquifizione b delitto 
 c ucddere d banJito e accendere f fedixiofo g ar- 
 ringa h incendiare i ccrpo k publicamente 1 mi- 
 nacciare m demolire n affajjino o Giulio p adot- 
 tato q teflamento r fprezzato s levare t <vete- 
 rano u oppvrre v lirannito x portamento y flrap- 
 farg z pa/aggto. 
 
 ther
 
 H4 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 ther was oppofed by D. Brutus at Modena, where 
 
 he was a befieged by Antony. 
 
 In the b confulfliip of c Hirtius and Panfa, in the 
 year of the city 71 r, by the d inftigation of Cicero, 
 Antony was c declared f enemy, and a war under- 
 taken againft him, and OcUvius h joined in ' com- 
 miffion wi'.h the confuls, with the k power of pro- 
 conful, being then about the 20th year of his age. 
 T here was a l dreadful and m bloody n battle fought 
 near Modena, in which all Casfar's P life-su^rds 
 were {bin ; but Antony was routed, and the 1 fiege 
 'raifed, yet both the confuls were killed. 
 
 In Macedonia, Brutus s took off C. Antoniu% 
 M. Antony's brother, who was ' intriguing againft 
 him, and u got together a v formidable army. Up- 
 on which the fenate x refolved by f degrees to z take 
 down Odtaviu;;, a for fear of his b growing too 
 c powerful ; which he being d appreherifive of, - c Ca- 
 ters into an f aflbciarion with Antony and Lepidwf 
 and they were all three % confequently made h . com- 
 miffioners 'for fettling the k commonwealth ; who 
 having ' divided the whole m empire into three parts, 
 n profcribed a great many of the Roman?, and 
 amongft the reft M. Tully Cicero, who, whiift 
 he was P endeavouring to - make his el'cape into 
 Greece, was killed by Pompilius, a r captain, whofe 
 5 caufe he had l pleaded in a capital u aticn. There 
 
 a ajediato b confolato c Irz'to d 
 
 e dichiarato T initnico g intraprefo h ;>// i 
 mijjione k potere 1 fpavente'vole mfanguitiofo n bal- 
 taglia o data p foIJdto di guardia q affedlo j- le- 
 vato s uctidere t cofpirare u radunare v for- 
 
 midable x rifolvere y a poco a poco z abhaJJ'are a di 
 paura the b doTjeniara c potente d timorofo e en- 
 trare f lega g configuenttmrtite h commiJfionariQ 
 \ flabilire k. repubiica i dwifo m imftrio n pro- 
 fcri-vere o Tullio Cicerone p procurarg <\fcampare 
 j: eafitano s caufa t litigare 'u prccefi. 
 
 was
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 145 
 
 was a a dreadful b havoc made in this c profcriptiqti. 
 The d Epitome of Livy fpcaks of no lefs trun an 
 hundred and thirty fenators; the fame year c gave 
 f beginning to one of the fined cities of France, 
 s Lyons. 
 
 The year following, O<ftavius and Antony " fought 
 a battle with M. Brutus and the ' principal >,( the 
 '* confpirator?, near the city Philippi. The ' right 
 rn wings were n victorious on both fides, and on 
 boih fides the P camps were 1 plundered. But Caf- 
 fm, who was in the wing that was r routed, 3 giv- 
 ing up all for gone * fle^v himfelf. Brutus being 
 "defeated in another ^ engagement, likewife put 
 an end to his own life, being then thirty-feven 
 years of age, and none of Ccefar's ^aiiailins '' lived 
 above three yrais af.er, being all z taken off by a 
 a violent death, as b Suetonius fays; fome too 
 c killed themfclves with the fame d dagger with 
 which they had (lain Qaifar. 
 
 After the e vidtory, Anfony f went for Afia, ard 
 "O&avius for Italy ; where he was 8 engaged in war 
 with L. Antony, the brother of the h triumvir, and 
 Irs ' wife Fulvia, a k woman of a 1 manly m fpirit. 
 He forced Lucius from the town ; after which, be- 
 ing n declared 211 enemy, he b.iie^ed him in Pe- 
 rufia, and obliged him to ? furrender. In the mean 
 time 1 , the Panhians being s invited by Labienus, 
 one of Pompey's patty, made an r iiruption info 
 
 a errendo bjfrag; c profcri-zlcne A fommarh 
 
 K dare f principio g Liane \\dare i principle 
 k fonr-inrato , I ala m dritto n <vittoriofo o canto 
 p fatafo (\facclifggiato rfconjitto s crtdtrt t tic- 
 ciderji u iotfj v conflit'o x affajfini) y i/i-vtre 
 z morire a <vioLnie b Suetonio c ucciderfi d fll- 
 leilo e vittona f fartire g venire a'.le annl h lri~ 
 uwviro \ moglie k donnx \ nolnle ' ni fpirita 
 n dichiaralo o ajfediare p arrerukrji q invitato 
 v fccrreria, 
 
 H Syria,
 
 146 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 Syria, whom Ventidius, after a very a i'una! b over- 
 throw, in which the k:ng was Piuin, c drove out 
 again, and d recovered Syria. 
 
 S. Pompey, Cneius's ion, having a e fleet at his 
 f command, Einfefted the Teas, with whom Creiar 
 made a peace, which was h quickly * broken. k An 
 engagement ' followed, wherein Pompey was 
 a worfied, and " forced to fly. He was focn afur 
 P put to death, by the i order of M. Antony, under 
 vvhofe r protection he had put himfeif. About thjs 
 lime Antony made an s attempt upon the Parthian?, 
 by whom he was moft ' fhamefully " beaten. At 
 laft, Antony being v entirely x devoted to his Cleo- 
 patra, i divorced Octavia, Caefar's filler, and z de- 
 clared war againft him, in which lie was at taft de- 
 feated by fea near a Aftium, a b promontory of 
 c pire. Caefar had upwards of 400 d (hips, and 
 Antony about 200, but fo e prodi^ioufly i large, 
 that they s looked like h caftles and cities ' march- 
 ing through the fea. The k fright of Cleopatra 
 1 turned the m fate of a n dubious engagement to 
 the P ruin of Antony; he followed her into Egypt, 
 and being q befieged in Alexandria, flew himfelf, 
 whom Cleopatra quickly followed. 
 
 a fegnalato b fcofiftta c fcacciare d ricuperare 
 e fotta f commando g infefare h preflo i rot to 
 k ccmbattimento 1 feguire m foprafatto n forzato 
 ojuggire p meffo q cenno r protezione & intra- 
 prefa t igneminiofamente n battuto v affatlo x de- 
 dlcato y ripudiare z dichu^are a Azio b pro- 
 montorio c Epiro d i>ajce/Io e prcdi^iofamsnte 
 
 fgrande g rajftnilgllare h cafello ^ i maraare k ff.-a- 
 tnto \canniae m forte n dubbiifo o^Tttag/ia 
 
 roviua t q ajjediato* 
 
 CHAP.
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 147 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 AFTER the death of Antony and Cleopatra, 
 a Egypt was b reduced into the c form of a d pro- 
 vince. Csefar, in the year 725, e triumphed three 
 times, for the f conqueft of s Dalman'a, the victory 
 at Actium, and the h reducing of Egypt. After 
 which he * advifed with A^iippa ana Mecznas, 
 either k ferioufly, or ' pretendedly, about the m laying 
 down of his "authority; Agrippa was for it, Me- 
 crenas againft it, whole advice hi PreO'ved to 
 follow; but i brought a T b\\\ s neve/th-j els in'o 
 the fenate to E diveft himfelf of his power, and by 
 that u ftratageai got it v fee u red 'to him by both fe- 
 nate and people, in the ye.-.r 726. 
 
 x Cornelius Gallus, a y Ronvdp z knight, a go- 
 vernor of Egypt, being b banijhed for his c in fa- 
 ience, flew himielf. Augulrus d carried on a wir 
 againft the Cantabri and Auftura for fome years, by 
 his e lieutenants ; that is to fay, ftorn the year 729 
 to 735, in which they were ent rely f reduced by 
 Agrippa ; who, upon his s return h refufed a ! tri- 
 umph which was k offered iiim. ' Piuaa;es, king 
 of the Parthians, about this timr, ni rtftored the Ro- 
 man n ftandards that had been taken from Craflus. 
 
 Two of his P friends, Mccaenas an j M. Vipfanius 
 Agrippa, he had a P particular ^ eltee'm for above 
 
 a Egitto b ridotto c forma d provincia e tri- 
 onfare f conquifla g Dalniaz'ia h ridncimento i eon- 
 figliarji k fenofaattntt \fintajnenle m Jcfcrft n au- 
 lorita o conftglio p rifal'vere q prefeutare r fap- 
 plica s nonoflante t fpogliarfi u ftratagtmma v ^7- 
 curarfi x Cornelia Gallo y. Romano z cavaliere 
 a go--vernatore b e/iliato c infoknza A fare e /as- 
 gctenente f riJotto g ritcrno h r'uufure i />/- 
 cw/o k eftbito 1 Fraate mrejlituire ftjlcn.larda 
 o /ir^/o p a/w/V^ q pariicolare rf.ima t 
 
 H 2 all
 
 i 4 3 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 all others-, the a former was a great b (..a iron of 
 c learning and d learned men: Au^ullus made 
 Agripp.< his e fon-in-iaw, by f marking his daugh- 
 ter Julia to him, whcm he had by ScriBonia. She 
 had.cKiidren, C. and L. Crefars, Agnppa Pofthumus, 
 Agrippina married to Germanicus, Drufus's fon, 
 Livia's % grandfcn, and Julia, whom ./Emilius 
 married, fie took Livia when (he was h big with 
 child from her former 'hufband Tiberius Nero, by 
 tvhom he had no k iiTue, though fne had by Nero, 
 Tiberius, who was emperor afterwards, and Dru- 
 fus who J died in Germany. 
 
 Tiberius having gotten the ffl tribunitial n power 
 for five years, was fent to f fettle the 1 affairs of 
 Armenia. Soon after he 'returned to Khode,, 
 where, for fear of * falling under the f difpleafure if 
 his "ftep-fons, he v continued feven years. But 
 the *occafion of his * retirement was his z aveifion 
 for his wife Julia, who* fpent her time in all b man- 
 ner of c debauchery ; whom Auguftu?, upon a 
 ''difcovery of her e pranks, f baniChed. 
 
 The g age of th s errperor h produced feveral 
 great ' geniufes j amongft the k Grec ks ' Dionylrus 
 iialicarnafic nfis and m Nicholas Damafcenus were 
 ''famous for their "talents in the writing oi Phiftory; 
 and amongft the q Latins r Cornelius Nepos, Atti- 
 cus'b * fon in-law, and Sallulr, who died four years 
 lefo:e the ' fighc at A&ium. In this age lived 
 
 a pritno b prcieticre c faenza Afapienie e ge* 
 niro f dart Jertnoglit g xifole h gravida \ ma- 
 'rito k firagexie 1 morire m tribunizio n pot ere 
 o mandato p regolare q aflare r ritirarfi s caf- 
 tare t dij'piace-e ufigliaflro v continuare x ca- 
 gione y ritira:tzza z a-cerfinne a paffare b fcrta 
 c dij[ulutezK,a. djcoferta e Jlravaganza f bandirt 
 p /ecolo h produrre i genio k G-~fco \ Dionifio 
 Aiicarnajjenfi in Nifola Damajfeao n celebre o taiento 
 \tifloria, <\Laiino i Cornells Nepal e sgetxro \.battaglia. 
 
 like-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 149 
 li'xewife hofe a celebrated b t >o j :s, 'Virgil, d il,>- 
 race, e Ovid, f Tibullus, and s Proper. i 
 
 Auguftus died at Nola in Ca.npjma, in the r4th 
 year of h Chrift, and the yS'h year of his age^ 
 having i held the empire by hi'iifeK, from the death 
 of M. Antony, three and for:y years; he was an 
 k excellent ' pi nee, and nerefl'ary for thofe ti 
 
 He was "fucreeded by Tiberius, a prince or a 
 fava^e P di'^ofuion, and i given up to all niim?r 
 of debauchciy ; he was ihe fon of Livia by Mero. 
 He r diiTembJed his * vices at the < beginn: 
 rtign with " wonderful y art, out of fe.ir of G-r- 
 manicus his brother's fon, whom he lud x adopted, 
 at the y command of his z father-in-law, wh > had 
 "gained a great b reputation by his c virtues and 
 A exploits in war, and was therefore 'looked upon 
 with a f jealous eye, as 8 fitter for the empire than 
 himfelf. He h removed him from Germany, where 
 he had * wonderful k fuccefs ag-iinft the enemy, into 
 the'Eaft, to "' fight agajnft the Parthians, in the 
 year 769, having fent at the fame time Cn. Pifo 
 into Syria, betwixt whom and Germanicui vvas a 
 n mortal grudge. Wherefore G-ertnanicus d ed, 
 not without the "fufpicion of being P poifone ^ by 
 him, for v^hich being q profecuted at Rom'- >.^ 
 Agrippina, Germanicus's lady, he r prevented i is 
 s lenttnce by a ' voluntary death. 
 
 a celebre b poet a c firgilio d Orazio e O-vi- 
 dio f Tibullo g Pref/erzio h Crijlo i tenufo 
 
 k eccellenle \ priticife m neceffano n fucceJ'i'o 
 
 o faliiatico p insole q abbandonalo r nafcunJere 
 s vizio t principio u mera-v/gliofo v arte x adot- 
 tato y comKanJo z fuoce r o a acquiftare b ri- 
 puta-z.ione c virtu d Jatto farms e rifguardata 
 f gtlofo g proprio h rimovere i ineraveliofp k/wc- 
 ce/o \ Li-jante mbatterji n rancore mcrtaie o jcf- 
 petto p awelftiato (\profeguita r prevenire s fen- 
 enzia t <v;Iontario. 
 
 H 3 After
 
 i 5 o ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 After that a JElius Stilus, a Roman b knight, was 
 c raifed by Tiberius, who after ;i great many ' J wick- 
 ed e pranks, 'aiming now. at no kfs than the em- 
 pire iifelf, was by one g letter of 1 ibtrius to the 
 ienate, h thrown from the ' top of all his k gran- 
 deur, and died by the 'hand of an m executioner, 
 with all his n family, in the i8th year of Tiberi-us. 
 
 About the i3th year of his reign, he P retired 
 to Caprea, an q illand on the r coaft of Campania, 
 with a s defign never to come more at the town, 
 wheie he 'privately "wallowed in all manner of 
 v debauchery, and died in the 23d year cf his reign, 
 to the great *joy of every body, being then in the 
 781!) year of nis age. 
 
 y Jejus Cbnfl) the Son of God, was z born of the 
 * Virgin JYlarv, in the reign of Auguftus, and 
 b crucified in that of Tiberius, being then four and 
 thirty years of age. 
 
 Caius Caefar Caligula, fo c called from a d fhoe 
 e worn by the f foldiery, which, when a boy, he 
 6 uled in the camp h , fucceeded Tiberius, being the 
 Ton of Germanicus and Agrippina, the daughter of 
 M. A^rippaand Julia. Fie wzi then Entered into 
 tr.e Hve ar.J twentieth year of his age. Great was 
 ;he joy of the people upon his firlt k acceflion to 
 the ' throne, and no lefs were their ra hopes that he 
 would be "like Germanicus his father, who is faid 
 to have been po defied of all the good P qualities 
 
 a Elio Sfgiano b cavalitre c innalzato d eattivo 
 e tiro f ajpirare g leltera h precipitato \ celmo 
 k granJezza 1 many in carr.ef.te nfamigiia o rtgno 
 p rilirarji q ifola r ccffa s intetixiene t fecre- 
 tamente u iioltolare v dtffolu\e%za x attegrezza 
 
 y Gieftt Criflo z nato a Verglne Maria b cruciji/b 
 c chlamato d fcarpa e partata f foUatefca g par- 
 tare h fuccedere i entrato k awe--uimento 1 trono 
 in fferanzti n ra/im;%liare o dotato p qualila 
 
 of
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 151 
 
 of a body ;vid b mind. And indeed as the word of 
 p.jnces oftentimes c begin well, he aave not a few 
 .is of his "moderation and 'regard to the 
 good of the public. But foon a f ter, as if he had 
 put off all h humanity, he ! outftripped the moft 
 c k creatures in 'cruelty; and having made 
 havoc amona.it all n ranks and degrees of 
 men. he P killed likewife Macro, 1 commander of 
 the r prae:orian hands, by whofe l means he had 
 been made emperor. He "committed v inceft too 
 with his fillers. Having * exhaufted >' immenfe 
 * treafures that had been a left by Tiberius, in a 
 year's time, he b fell to c profcribing and d plunder- 
 ing. Among other tokens of his cruelty, he was 
 e heard to fay, I f wifh the Roman people had hut 
 one i neck. In all his h buildings, or public * works, 
 he k effected what was ' looked upon to be impof- 
 fible. He m ordered himfelf to be n worshipped as 
 a god throughout the world, and p temples to be 
 43 erected to him. At laft, he was flain by Chserea 
 Caffius, r colonel of a s regiment of his 'guards, 
 and fome others, that had "entered into a v plot 
 againft him, after he had * reigned three years, ten 
 months, and eight days, and x lived twenty- nine 
 years. 
 
 Claudius Nero, Caligula's uncle, Drufus's fen, 
 z reigned after him, a naturally no ill man, but a 
 
 a corpo b taente c principiare d fegno e tiyi~ 
 derdzione f rifguardo g fpogliato h vmanita, 
 
 \fuperarg k animate 1 crude*! a mjlrage n r-zigo 
 o grado p vccidtre q capitano r pretorio s banda. 
 t mezzo u commettere v iuctjh x tiijfipato y im- 
 menfo z teforo a lafciato b cominciarn c p>-o- 
 
 Jcniifre d faccheggiare e fe>:tito f vorre i g collo 
 h edtfizio \lavoro k ejfettuare 1 ftimato m far ft 
 n adorare o mondo p tem/>io q edificare r colo- 
 nello s reg^imento \. guard'. a \\Jatto v cofpi- 
 
 razione x reg/.ata y I'ijfuto z regaarg a naturaln;tn\e. 
 
 H 4 ienfe-
 
 j 5 2 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 a fenfelefs foolifh fellow. Wherefore he was nnt 
 of himfeif b cruel, nut only as he was c put upon 
 it bv other people, d efpecially his e freed me n and 
 his f wives, into whofe hands he s gave himfclf up 
 and his >! affairs. His firft lady was Meflalma, 
 whofe Mewdnefs and x k debaucheries every body 'knew 
 but himfeif; till at laft m venturing to n marry one 
 Si'ius, a. knight, fhe was by her "hufband's order 
 {lain, :oge(her with her P paramour, at the 1 infti- 
 gation of r NarcifTus, who with 5 Pallas, another 
 of his l frecdmen, " ruled him entirely. 
 
 Another v argument of his * folly is this, that 
 after Mefialtna was y put to death, by whom he had 
 his fan 2 Britannicus, and Oclavina, he married 
 Agrippina, Germanicus his brother's daughter, the 
 mother of Nero by a Domitius, in the ninth year 
 of his reign, by the b advice of Pallas; at whofe 
 and Agrjppina's c requeft, he d adopted Nero, and 
 e pafling by Britannicus, r defigned him for his % fuc- 
 cefTor. He h baniflied the ' Jews from Rome, and 
 the k mathematicians out of Italy : and ' undertaking 
 an m expedition into "Britain, he fubdued it all 
 in fix-.een days time, as Dio fays, in the third year 
 nf his reijjn. He died in the year of Chrift 54, 
 by P poifon 9 put in a r mufliroom by Agrippina. 
 He reigned thirteen years, eight months and twenty 
 days, and lived fixty-four years. 
 
 a infenfaio b crudele c infligato 
 
 e hherto f mcgiie g abbandonarji h affare \ sjre- 
 natezza k dijj"olutezz,a 1 fapere m ar rife hi are 
 
 n Jjittfare o tuariio p drudo q infligazione r Nar- 
 ftj/b s Pal'.ade t liber to u go<ver>iare v argo- 
 ?Kf!ito x fazzia y tneffit z Britannico a Domizio 
 b conjiglio c richifjta d adottare e dlmenticare 
 
 i deftinare gfutcejjore h bandire i gludeo k ma- 
 temalico \ intraprendere m efpedizione n Breitagna 
 JgS :u & are P veleuo q aifj/a r/ungo. 
 
 Domi-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 153 
 
 Domitius Nero a mounted the throne after the 
 death of his b (rep-father, being then fevenre?ti 
 years of age. He at firft c behaved himfW in fuch 
 a manner, that he might be u reckoned among the 
 beft of "princes; that is, as long as hq f lifteHed 
 to the s precepts of his h mafter Seneca. After- 
 wards, being ' corrupted with k licentioufnefs and 
 'flattery, he m became more like a n monfre/ than a 
 man. He (topped the progrefs of the Parthians, 
 who had P over-run Armenia, by Corbulo a 1 gal- 
 lant 'commander, and a perfon of great ' virt-jo 
 and ' authority, who "recovered Armenia, in rhe 
 ninth year of Nero, and 'obliged x Tiridates Vol - 
 gefis, the king of the Parthians brother, to f come 
 to Rome, and to z beg his a crown of Nero, in 
 the thirteenth year of Nero'? reign ; in which year 
 h.e b recalled Corbulo, and put nun to death. He 
 c took off Britannicus by d poifon, in the very e be- 
 ginning of his reign. He lik"wife f ordered his 
 mother Agrippina to be put to death, afier having 
 firft s difgraced and h banilhed her from the * court. 
 Which k parricide, that nothing might be'w.int- 
 ing to "complete the n unhappinefs of the times, 
 the fenate approved of. Afterwards having mar- 
 ried Poppsea, whom he P took from Otho, he <? ba- 
 niftied Oclavia, and at laft put her to death. Lfpon 
 the r difcovery of a * plot, which Pifo, and lome 
 
 a afcendere h padrigno c cotnportarft d ann/i- 
 verata e prineipe f afcoltare g prccetto h maejlro 
 i corrotto k sjrenatexza 1 adulaz.ione m do'veu- 
 tare n inojlro o arreftare p tra/'c-irfere q <ua- 
 lorofo r capitano s ruin it t auionta u ricupe- 
 ra>e v obbhgare x Tiridale Vchgefe y venire z Js~ 
 tnandwe a corona b ricliiamare c far fn-j.-'-re t\ <ve~ 
 Una e prinapio f ordinare g dtfgraziata h ban- 
 dito \ corte k parricida 1 tnaiicare m cam fire 
 n miferia o approvare p lev are q efiliare r fca- 
 ferla s tiama. 
 
 H 5 others
 
 154 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 otr-crs ha i a laid againft him ; he put to death the 
 b poet Luran, and Seneca the c philofopher, with 
 fev-.-ral others, in the year of Chrift 65, and the 
 fame year he d kicked his wife Poppaea, when e b ; g 
 with child, to death He had the f impudence to 
 8 appear upon the h ftage, and 1 a<Sl among the 
 k players ond l narpers, ^nu m ride n chariot-races 
 at the Circer.fian games; and to P reprefent for 
 his i diverfion the 'appearance s o? Troy in flames, 
 he u icr fire to the city, and 'laid it upon the 
 * Chriitians. He ? lecarne fo odious and z con- 
 temptible by his a villanies, that he was b for fa ken 
 by etery body, and being c fought for in order to 
 be d punifhed, he e executed the f hangman's 8 of- 
 fice upon himfelf, in the 14th year of his h reign, 
 and 68ih of ou 1 Lord. 
 
 A h:.tle before Nero's death, i C.Julius Vindex, 
 who was k propiee:or of Gaul, 'openly m rebelled, 
 and n ptnu<ided Sergius Galba, governor of Spain, 
 to P let up for emperor, which he accordingly did, 
 and "5 put Vindex to death prefently after. He 
 jeig-ed about ieven month?, being very r old. He 
 was flain together with Pifo, whom he had s adopt- 
 ed, after M Silvius Otho was l proclaimed empe- 
 ror ; he reigned but about three months. 
 
 a maccaiaaft b psefa Lacaao c filofofo d dare 
 ii caki e gravida. f sfacciataggine g camparire 
 h tea'.rs i recitare k commedianle \ fuonatare ifarpa 
 m fare n c oje di carro o giuochi circenfi p rap- 
 'frefentare q f[' a ff* r af/parenza s Troja t fiam- 
 ma u ittcendiare v flhp&tart x Crijiiano y do- 
 'ventare z fprezzabile a fcelleratezza b abbandonato 
 C ctrcato d cajiigato e efeguire f carnefice 
 
 'g uffic'w h regno i C. Giulio Vindice k propretore 
 
 1 npertamer.tt m ribellarft n perfuadere o gover- 
 natore o farfi qfxeltere f vetchio s adettato 
 
 t preclamato. 
 
 In-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 155 
 
 In the mean ti:7ie, Viteliius a tiufting to the b le- 
 gions of Gciuiany, which he c i'o.v.manded in ''qua- 
 lity of a e cu ,-. Ojlar f heutuunt-general, s took up- 
 on him the h nan.e of emperor, and 'defeated 
 Otho's army io a '- . _. coii'm r near l Ijebnacum, 
 who hcmg ln w:a:y of a civil war, kil'ed himll-lf. 
 
 V lyjs -^ncu Ci^ht m-ir.hs after Otho, and 
 .vXVLucd hy WfpaJia.n, who had Veen 9 fent 
 by Nero to P qurll thu i Jews. He reigned ten 
 years with the greatetl r juftice and 5 clemency. He 
 was a great ' encourager of u learning and " learned 
 men. The only thing that was x blamed in him, 
 was his * cov.rtoufneiy, which he ufed to z ex- 
 cufe, by a alledging the b emptinefs of the c Ex- 
 chequer. 
 
 The war in d Judea was e fini/hed in his time, to 
 which he was fent by Nero, as we have f already 
 8 laid. It was fc begun by fome J feJitious k people 
 that were 1 headed by Eleazar, the fon of Ananias, 
 the m high-pi ieft, who "took up arms againft the 
 Romans, under the pretence of ? religion. Cef- 
 tius Gallus, 'J lieutenant of Syria, Maid fiege to 
 * Jerufalem, but was r beaten off with great " flaugh- 
 ter in the i2th year of Nero. The v victorious 
 Jews upon their x return to Jerufalem, amongCt 
 other generals, f made choice of z Jofephus, thi 
 
 a confiJarjl I> legione c commanda r e d quallta 
 e ccnfolare f luogotenente g premiere h name 
 
 \Jconfiggere k combattimento \ Bebriaco mjianco 
 n fuccetiirto o mandato p refrimere q Giudeo r giuj- 
 tizia s clemenza t promotore ' u fcienza v /a- 
 piente x b t afimato y cupidigia 7, ffUfare a a/- 
 legare h i/s.vzza c erario d Giutiea e /?>- 
 
 minato i gid g *&//a h principiato i fe-.iiziofo 
 k ^5;;.'^ 1 czmandato m ^r />r^/^ n prendere 
 
 o pretejlo p religions q luogotenente r ajfediare 
 
 s Gitrufalemme t riff into \\ftrage v viacitore 
 
 x ritorna y fcegiiere z Giufeppe. 
 
 H 6 fon
 
 156 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 fon of a Matthias for one. Jn the year of Chrift 
 67, Vefp..fian b carrying his arms through Galilee 
 and Judea, c took, bt-iides moft of their towns, 
 Jofephus their d commander, who e foretold his 
 f rife. At lad, he s fell upon Jerufalem, the h me- 
 Xropolis of the i nation, which was taken by his 
 fon Titus, in the feconH year cf his reign. 
 
 This k proved the l ruin of the nation, and very 
 name of the Jews. The m calamity was indeed fo 
 " violent, and the miferies they P fuffered To 1 va- 
 rious, that it was r vifible they were s puniflied for 
 the l horrid u murder of the x only begotten fon of 
 God; for a ? dreadful 2 famine "forced the b be- 
 fieged to c live on man's d flefh, and mothers to e eat 
 up their own children ; and eleven hundred thou- 
 fand f people (a thing hardly ever % heard of before) 
 h perifhed in that * liege. T he city was k finally 
 1 razL-d to the ground. Vefpafian, in the third year 
 cf his reign m triumphed with his fon Titus, over 
 the Jews ; upon which he n fhut up the temple of 
 P Janus He 1 died in his-ninth r confulfliip, whilft 
 he was s g'ving 'audience to fome u ambafladors, 
 having lived fixty nine years, one month, and feven 
 days, and reigned tight years. 
 
 Titus, who v fucceeded his father, is * defervedly 
 7 ranked amongft the beft z emperors, although, 
 
 a M0ltia b pcrtare c pigUare d commandante 
 e av^urare f eltitazioris g cafcare h metropoli 
 
 i nazione k cagionare 1 rovina in calamita n via- 
 lento -o m'iferia p [of rite q dtffercnte r <vi/ibi/e 
 s pt-nito t orrendo u cmicidio x unigenito y ter- 
 Hii.'e z j'air.e a forzare b aJJ'ediato c <ui<vere 
 cl came e manglare f perfona g fentito h pe- 
 rire i affedio kjiaalmente 1 /fianafo mtrlonfare 
 n ckiudtrt o tetnpio p Giano q morire r ccnfo- 
 lato s dare t audienza u ambafciadore v fuc- 
 x meritamentt y anno-vtrato z imperatore. 
 
 before
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 157 
 before he a came to the b empire, he was c thought 
 to be of a eruel d temper, e covetous and f luftfuK 
 But upon his s advancement, he was fo much h al- 
 tered for the better, that he J deferved the k tide of 
 the ' delight of m mankind. He was n remarkable 
 for his great mildnefs, and P eafy temper, and ne- 
 ver ^ fent any body away r difiatisfied ; and s remem- 
 bering once at l fupper that he had "done nobody 
 any v kindnefs that day, he told all thofe who were 
 about him that he had x loft a day. In his reign, 
 in the year of Chrifi 80, there was a v dreadful 
 z irruption of "flames and b afhesoutof c mount 
 Vefuvius, which d flew as far as Africa, Syria, and 
 Egypt ; and the two towns of Pompeii and e Her- 
 culaneum were f utterly % ruined by it. This good 
 emperor died in the year of Chrifi 81, two years 
 and three months after he had h fucceeded his fa- 
 ther, and in the one and fortieth year of his 'age, 
 not without the k fufpicion of being l poifoned by 
 his m brother Domitian. 
 
 Titus was very much n lamented both by the fe- 
 nate and people ; and their concern for his death 
 was very much P encreafed by his brother and *J fuc- 
 ceffbr Domitian, the worft prince of ail that'came 
 before, or s followed after him. At firft he made 
 fome l fliew of "clemency and v juftice, but foon 
 x discovered his / temper, and z imitated Nero in 
 
 a arr'i'vare b imperio c creduio d tiatura e a<va.ro 
 f fenjitale g avanzarnento h cambiato \ meritare 
 
 k titola 1 delizia m genere umano n nofabile o be- 
 nignita p piacevolezza q licenziare r malconiento 
 s ricordarfi t cena u fatto v benefcio x per- 
 dulo y ffiaventevele z fcarrimento a fiamma b ce- 
 nere c Monte Vefwio d fcorrcre e Ercalano f af- 
 fatto g dijlrotto h fucceduto i eta k fofpeito 
 
 I a-welenato m fratello n lamentato o afflizione 
 p accrefciuto q fucce/are r venire s feguire t mof- 
 .tra u demenza v giu/iizia x fcopnre y na~ 
 tura z imitarft 
 
 cruelty,
 
 i 5 8 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 "cruelty, b rapine, and c luxury. He d ordered him- 
 fclf robe e gaj|eJ goJ, and was at laii f taken off 
 by a s plot, in the year of Chrift 96, after he had 
 reigned fifteen years. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 h /^Occeius Nerva fucceeded Domitian in the em- 
 ^ pire. He reigned but a year, four months, 
 and eleven days; an i excellent prince, but k c'ef- 
 pifed for his age. He ] mai'e void all the m a6tj of 
 Domitian, and n refiored what had been taken 
 from the people by P violence and "J injuftice ; but 
 he r wanted s authority to l keep the foloiers with- 
 in " due bounds : wherefore thofe who were y con- 
 cerned in the death of Dcmiuan, from whom he 
 had x received the empire, were y killed by the 
 z guards, a in fpite of all he could do to b prevent 
 it. He made Trajan, 'lieutenant of Germany, 
 his d adopted fon, with whom he lived three 
 months. 
 
 Trajan e took upon him the f government of the 
 empire at g Cologn, being then in the 42d year of 
 his age ; and a man b excellently i fkilled in the k mi- 
 litary art. He was iikrwife a perfon of great pru- 
 dence, ' moderation, and m meeknefs of n temper ; 
 fo that he was thought by all to deferve the P ftr- 
 
 a crudtlta b rapina c lujjurla d farji e cliia- 
 tnare f" uccifo g cofpirazione h C'occejo Nerva 
 
 i eccellente k ffrezzato 1 annullare m alto n re- 
 fituire o prejo p violeuxa q ingiujiizia r man- 
 tare s autorita i-tenere u do-vere \ a<uer parte 
 x rtcevuto y uccifo 2. %uardia a ad onta dl b tm- 
 fettire c litogoteiierie d aJottato e pigitare \ go- 
 -</:'-3 g Ccltgna \\oltimamente \ verfato k arte 
 tuilitare 1 moderaz,ione Ki doktzza n nalura 
 
 c merit are p (ogncme\ 
 
 rame
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 159 
 firname of a Optimus. He b adde,^ Dacia to the 
 empire, and c marching into tne J bait, e lubdued 
 the f Armenians, the s lberia:is, the h Colchians, 
 the * Sarmatians, the k Ofrhoenians, the ' Arabians, 
 and the m Bofphoranians. He lilcewife n fell upon 
 the Parthians, and took the cities, Seieucia, P Cte- 
 llphon, and 1 Babylon, with feveral others. But 
 upon his r taking a voyage in the 3 Red Sea, almofl: 
 all thofe nations r rofe in rebellion ; but he v quickly 
 "reduced them, either in perfon, or by his x lieu- 
 tenants. There was in his time a great Y earth- 
 quake, which z ruined the city of * Antioch : it 
 b happened in the year of Chrilt 115, in the c con- 
 fulihip of Meflala, and Pedo, the latter of whom 
 was d buried in the e ruins of the f place, and Tra- 
 jan was g drawn through a h window, and h'ad 
 * much ado to k efcape. The Jews of ' Syrene 
 m took up arms, and n exercifed all manner of cru- 
 elty upon the Romans and Greeks throughout all 
 P Egypt and <i Cyprus, whom Trajan r fupprefled 
 with infinite '{laughter, by his lieutenant Martius 
 Turbo. Whilft he was u preparing to march 
 againft the Parthiane, who were in arms, having 
 v forced from amongft them the king that had been 
 x given them by the Roman emperor ; this excellent 
 prince * fell ill, and z died at a Selinus in Cilicia. 
 
 a Ottimo b aggiungere c maraare d Le<vante 
 e foggiogary f Armenians g Iberj h Colchi \ Sar- 
 mati k Ofroeni 1 Arabi m Bofforani n attac- 
 care o prendere p Cte/ifone q Babilonia r fare 
 un njiaggio per il mare roffb s nbellarfi t freflo u r i- 
 durre x luogotenente y terremoto z rovinare a An- 
 tioco b fuccedere c conj'olato d feppeilita e re- 
 <vina f piazza g tirato h fineftra i molta diffi- 
 colta k fcappare \ Sirene m prender I'armi n ef~ 
 ercitare o cruJella p Egitto q Cipro r fo[>pri~ 
 mere s flrage t mentre \\prepararft v forzato 
 x dato y ammalarft z morire a Selino t 
 
 He
 
 j6o ITALIAN EXAMPLES. 
 
 He reigned nineteen years, fix months, and fifteen 
 days.. 
 
 4 /Elius Adrianus, Traj in'a b ccufin and c coun- 
 tryman, d obtained the empire after him, by the 
 e favour of Plotinn, Tr.ijaii's lady, a man of a 
 great deal of f v.^iiety in his s temper and h genius, 
 1 equally k cut out for vntue and ' vice. He n went 
 through all tr>e "p-ov^nces jf the empire, fo that 
 no bo:!y ever traveled over fo much of the P world 
 as he did. After the r'ea h of Trajan, he 1 q litted 
 Armenia, Syria, and Mesopotamia, to the Parthi- 
 ans, and r intended likewile to s leave Dacia, had 
 he not been * afraid of u ruining the many thou- 
 fands of Romans tha? were there. 
 
 He v rebuilt Jerufale-n, which he * called JElia 
 Capitolina, and ? fettled a colony there ; and in the 
 fame place where the z u-mple had a flood, b built 
 another in c honour of d Jupiter ; which thing fo 
 e provoked the Jews, that f taking up arms, they 
 carried on the war with more h fury than ever, 
 under the l conduct of Barcochebas ; againft whom, 
 amongft others k fkih'ul generals that he ' employed, 
 Adrian m fent foi' Julius Severus out of n f3ritain, 
 by whom the Jews were by degrees P fuppreiled 
 and utterly. <J dcftrojed ; there being no lefs than 
 50,000 flain in that war, hefides an r innumerable 
 * multitude that were l confumed by u famine, v pef- 
 
 a Elio AJriano b cugino c compatriotta d otte- 
 
 ntre e favor e f <varieta g natura h genio 
 
 \ uqualmente k nato 1 vizie ni an.iare n fro- 
 
 virjcia o iiiaggiare p miudo cj ci\iere r di- 
 
 fegnare s la/cia'-e t temuto u rovinare v % re- 
 
 dificare x cti:amare y ftabllire z tttnpio a ft- 
 
 tualo b edifiiare c oaore d Gtove e irritare 
 
 f pigliar far mi g fare r fur la \ condotta k fpe- 
 rimintato \ impieare m Jar venire n B eitagna 
 
 o gradualmente p fopprefft q difrotto r int.ume- 
 
 vabile s moltitudine t confumato u fame v pej- 
 
 tilence,
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 161 
 
 ti'cnce, and a fire ; fo that b Palefline was almoft 
 made a c wildernefs. After that time, the Jews 
 were d forbid, e under pain of death, to come to 
 Jerufalem, unlefs one day in a year to f lament their 
 5 mifery. 
 
 At iaft Adiian h growing o!J and ' infirm, hav. 
 ing no k children of his own, 'adopted ""Arrius 
 Antoninus, who was afterwards " furnanied Pius, 
 p upon condition that he fhould adopt Annius Ve- 
 rus, fon o-f ^Elius Verus, and 1 M. Aurelius An- 
 toninus. After which he died at Baire, in the year 
 of Chrift 138, having lived fixty-two years, and 
 reigned twenty-one and eleven months. 
 
 Antoninus Pius, adopted by Adrian, r governed 
 the Roman empire with fo much virtue and * good- 
 iiefs, that he 'outdid all "example; for he x ma- 
 naged the y commonwealth rather with the z af- 
 fedlion of a father, than that of a prince, and 
 * kept the world in b peace during his whole reign, 
 for which e reaibn he was d compared to Numa. 
 e Foreign and f remote princes and * nations h feared 
 him to that degree, that they deferred the k deci- 
 fion of their ' controverfies to him. He m forbad 
 any n fcrutiny to be made after thofe, who had en- 
 tered into a P plot againft his 9 life. He died in the 
 feventieth year of his ^ge, and twenty- fourth of 
 his reign. 
 
 ttienza a fuoco b Paleflina c deferto d prollila 
 e fat to pena di morte f compiangere g miferia h di- 
 i-tnire <vecchio i infermo k figlluola - 1 adot- 
 
 tare ni Arrio Antaaino i) cognominato o Pio p con 
 patto q M. Aurtlio Antonino r goiierna^e s benig* 
 nita t jorpaJJ'are u efempio x mancv.g\a r e y re- 
 pubblica z affezione a tenert b face c ragione 
 d comparato e ftraniero f remain g naziont h /- 
 mere i rimettert k decifione \ controverfia m proi- 
 bire n fcrutinio o eat rare p ccffirazieae q vita. 
 
 After
 
 162 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 After him reigned M. Antoninus Verus, Pius's 
 *fon-in-!aw; for he hnd married Irs dm^hter Va- 
 leria Fauftina. He had fr m hi:> b youth been c edu- 
 cated as well in the d knowledge of other e arts as 
 the f ftudies of s wifdom ; which he made. h appear 
 no lefs in his life and * conduit, than in h;s k w,rds 
 and ' profeflion. In the m beginning of his reign, 
 he made L. /Elius Verus his n partner of the em- 
 pire, to whom he married his daughter Lucilla. 
 They reigned together eleven years, being of very 
 
 different P inclinations ; for Vet us was of a 1 lift- 
 lefs, r luxurious, and s morofe temper, but was 
 
 1 kept within fome u bounds by the v refpel he had 
 for his brother; by whom he was x lent agamft 
 the Parthians, and y carried on the war z fuccefs- 
 fully for four years, by his lieutenants; wherefore 
 they both a triumphed over the Parthians. After- 
 wards they b undertook an c expedition agalnft the 
 Marcomanni, but upon their d march Verus was 
 ' feifed with an f apoplexy, between Concordia and 
 8 Altinum, and died. M. Aurelius carried on the 
 war for three years againft the Marcomanni, to 
 whom the Quadi, b Vandals, * Sarmatians, and 
 Suevi k joined themfelves. His army in ' want m of 
 water, was "relieved by a legion of p Chriftians 
 that was in it, who, by their <J prayers r procured 
 * rain from l heaven, as u Eufebius v tel.o us. The 
 
 a genera b gioventu c educate d consffer.za 
 
 e arte fJfuJio g/a/iienza b eompanre i con- 
 dotta k farola 1 frcfejjl'.>:e ID principio n com" 
 fagno o diferente p inclinaz : cne q pigro r luf- 
 furiofo s fafiidiofo t ttnuto u modtraz.':me v rif- 
 fetio x mandati y fare i. fortiir.tuatnenle a tri- 
 onfare b i/'.traprenaere c efpediz-iint d marcia 
 
 e ajjalito f af>o(lfjjia Altino \\ Vandali i Sar- 
 mati k unirfi 1 necijji'.a m acqua n ajjiftila 
 
 o Lgione p Crlfliano q pregklt- a r procurare 
 
 s fioggta t dfh u Eujebio v racconlare, 
 
 exche-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 163 
 
 exchequer being quite b exhorted by the great 
 c expenre of the war, that he might not d harden 
 the people with e taxe?, he f produced ail the im- 
 perial s furniture and h ibld it ; and after the viftory 
 1 reftored the k price to thufe l chapmen that m were 
 willing to "part with what they had bought. 
 Avidius Caflius, upon P falfe advice that he was 
 i dead, r feifed the ' government, and WPS three 
 months after flain. M. Aurelius died at Vienna, 
 after a reign or" nineteen years and eleven months. 
 
 He was c fucceeded by his u wicked fon Aureiius 
 Commodus Antoninus, who * refembled Nero for 
 * cruelty, y luft, z avarice, and fuch arts as are 
 a fcandalous in an emperor. Having b fettled his 
 affairs with the c Germans, he triumphed at Rome. 
 He put to death his filte/ Lucilla, who, with d fe- 
 veral others, had e confpired againft his life. He 
 f ufed to s fight among the h gladiators in the J pub- 
 lic games. He was at laft, after an k infamous life, 
 1 taken off by the m contrivance of a n miflrefs, and 
 the captain general of his life-guards, whom he 
 had P determined to q put to death. He reigned 
 twelve years, nine months,^and fourteen days. 
 
 After Commodus was r taken off in the year of 
 Chrift 193, P. s Helvius Pcrtinax, was 'declared 
 emperor, by the fame that had " difpatched Com- 
 
 a era.no b wtato c fpefa d caricare e ta/a 
 f produrre g formimento h <uendere \ reftituire 
 
 k prezKO ' 1 compratore m 'volere n disfarfi o com- 
 prato p falfo ai/vifo q tnorto r ufurpare s 0- 
 
 werno t fucceduto u mal'vagio v raffomigliare x cru- 
 delta y fenfualila z a*varizia a fcandahfo b re- 
 gold'to c Germani d parecchi e cofpirato ffo- 
 inre g batterjl h gladidtore . \ giuochi pubUci k ;- 
 fame \ uccifi m arts n amorofa o guardie del 
 (orpo p rifoluto q mettere r anunazKato s Elvio 
 Fertinace t dichlarato u fpactiato. 
 
 modus,
 
 164 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 modus, who a endeavouring to b reduce the c com- 
 monwealth in:o better d oidrr, and to e curb the 
 f licemioufnefs of the s foldiery, was, within eighty 
 days after his coming to the empire h murdered by 
 bis own guards. The empire after this, was by 
 the folJiers ! txpofed to k Ciie, and Didius Julianus, 
 J coming up to their m terms, was n accepted of, and 
 e proclaimed emperor accordingly. But P being 
 not able to 1 make up the r promifcd donative, he 
 was * forfaken by them, and (lain by the l order of 
 Septimius Severus, after he had reigned two months 
 and five days. 
 
 This Severus, a n native of Africa, was at that 
 time lieutenant of Pannonia, and took upon him 
 the government, under the P pretence of q reveng- 
 ing Pertinax's death. He firft of all r difbanded 
 the guards for tha>t * abominable b murder. Then 
 he c fell upon Pefcennius Niger, lieutenant of 
 "Syria, and Ciodius Albinus of d Britain, his e com. 
 petitors for the empire. Nigrr was f conquered, 
 and Antioch, into which he threw himfeif, was 
 taken; after which, h flying rojvards the * river 
 Euphrates, he was k taken and flan. After the 
 1 taking off of Niger, fc?verus m took n Byzantium, 
 which had declared for him, a f ter a P fiege of 
 three years. 
 
 i Matters being 'brought to a 8 peaceable l fettle- 
 
 a procarare b ridurre c repubbtica d ordine 
 e repnmere f licenza g foUatefca h a/a/inato 
 
 i efporre k <vfndita 1 'venire m patio n acctt- 
 talo o proclamato p potere q Ja r e r iionatfJi 
 frcmeflo s abbandanalo t ordine u nativo v pren- 
 dtre x pretejlo y vendicare z liciaztare a abba- 
 mine-vole b a/affinamtnta c attaccare A Bretiagna 
 e comfftitore f -vtnto g Cellar ft hfug^ire \ fiume 
 Eufrate k prefo 1 a/affinementO m prendfe n Bi- 
 Janzio o dich'-ara'o p ajjfdio cj le cofe f condct'.o 
 6 pacifies t tcfoijtimdammn, 
 
 ment
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 165 
 tlcmcnt in the a Eaft, h'. b turned his arms c weft- 
 ward againft Clodius Alhinus, and d engaged him 
 at e Lyons in f France ; where manv being flain on 
 both s fides, and aTiongft others, Albinus, he was 
 h left f>lc * ptifieflur of the empire. The city was 
 k plundered ami 'burnt, Albinus's m head n fent to 
 Rome, and dreadful P havoc made among thofe 
 who had been h-s 1 favourers and r friends. 
 
 After this, he 3 marched c eaitward again, and 
 "conquered the Par-hians, the 7 Adiahenians, and 
 Arabians, whilft Plotianus, in the maan time, ''go- 
 verned all at Rome, whofe daughter Piotilla was 
 v contracted to Antoninus, Severus's fon, and the 
 z nuptials a celebrated in the tenth year of Severus's 
 reign. But nof lono; after, Plotianus being b en- 
 gased in a c plot againft the emperor, was flain by 
 his d fon-in law, and a great many that had been 
 in his e intereft, killed after him. 
 
 Sevens f undertook ai: 5 expedition into Britain, 
 wt : h his tA ) funs, HN ;hc i5th year of his reign, 
 where he h continued th'ee years, being very * fuc- 
 cefsful, and k drew a ' wall ni acrofs the n ifland for 
 its Q fecunty. He died at Yoik, after he had reign- 
 ed fevcntecn years, eight months, and three 
 days. 
 
 P Antoninus Caracalla and Geta, the two fans of 
 Severus, were after him q advanced to the empire, 
 
 a Levante b <vcltare c vfrfo rccc'ulente d at- 
 taccare e Lione f F>-ancia g canto h lafciato 
 i pojj~ejj'are k facche^iato \ abbruccialv in tefia 
 
 n man into o ornbi'.e p flra^e q fa<vortggi*tift 
 r arnica s marciare t <verfo il levante u canquif- 
 
 tare v Adiabtniani x governare yfidanzato z nozze 
 a celebrato b impc^nato c cofpirazwue d genera 
 e iKtei-ffle f intraprendere g efyeJnzione h conti- 
 nuare j fortunato k tirarg \ KIWO m attrai/crfo 
 n 7/5/j o/icurezza p Antoniao Caracalla q alzato. 
 
 in
 
 ,66 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 in the year of Chrift 211. But the * difference of 
 their b humour and c manners were fuch, that chey 
 were d perpetually c at variance. Geta was of a 
 f mild and civil s temper, the other h cruel and 
 1 boifterous, who, in the fecond year of r.ia . 
 k fi^w his brotner :n his 'mother's m bofo:ri. 
 ter him, a great many of his friends and n favour- 
 ers were put to death, amcngft whom i'<t- ? t'.-muus 
 i lawyer ' Papinjan, b?caufe he would not *juf- 
 tify his l parricide. After this, he u marched in- 
 to the x Eaft. At Alexandria he male a yfho, Ic- 
 ing z mafiarre of the 'inhabitants, for having fome 
 time before made fome b jefts upon him. He c in- 
 vaded after that d Artabanus, king of the Pai tru- 
 ant, and e laid wafte his f dominion?. He was 
 z taken off by the h confrivance of Op lius Macri- 
 nus after he had reigned fix years and two months. 
 Macrinu 1 - ' enjoyed the empire hut a (hort time ; 
 for he and his km were flain by the k foldiers within 
 a year and two months after he came to it ; and 
 was l fucceeded by m Antoninus Heltogabalus, n fup- 
 pofed, but falfely, to be the fon of Caracalla. 
 He was the P vii.ft * wretch that ever lived, * given 
 up to all manner of * debauchery. Wherefore, after 
 a reign of three years and nine months, he was 
 flain by the l foldiery, with his mother Julia, or 
 Semiamira. 
 
 a diferenzo. b urnore c coftume d perpetuamente 
 e in lite f benigno g difpofizione h crudtle \ im- 
 petuofo k uccidert 1 madre in feno n favoreg- 
 gialore o mfffo p celebre q awocato r Pafiniana 
 s giuftifcare t parricidio u marciare x levante 
 
 y orrible z fir age a abitantt b bur la c inva- 
 dere d Artabano e declare f dominio g ucc ijb 
 h arte i goJtre k fcl.ialo \fucceduto m Anto- 
 mno Eliogabalo n fuppoflo ofaf/'ameate p 'vilt 
 q ftellerato i abbandonato s sfrenattzza tfoldatefca. 
 
 6 After
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. ,6 7 
 
 After this, a M. Aure'ius Alexander b mounted 
 the throne, having been c created 'Jasfar ths; year 
 bef:>re, an d extraordinary princTj and well e in- 
 ftru&ed in all the f arts of s peace and war. He 
 h carried a ftrift rund over the 'judges, and was 
 very k fev-rre upon all thofe that by 1 favour or ra bri- 
 bery n tronfgrefl'ed the "bounds of p ju(t ce. He 
 i bamfhed from h s r perfon all * flatterer?, ' Buf- 
 foon?, and luch as > : re a " fca--;dal to the v . curt. 
 He x foi' id'ths >' i'\K: o' vhat 
 
 wa? a bought would Le b <'-ld .\\ n. II' c allowed 
 
 O 
 
 the d deputies of th.' prcivtnces all their 'furniture 
 out ot i.'ie s exchequer, that they might not be 
 h burdenfome to the people. He was 1 fuccefsful 
 a^a:i:ft tht: Pe:funs, but at ia(l flain in a k fedition 
 Of his army. 
 
 In the rifth year of his reign, l Artaxerxes, m the 
 Perfian, having " defeated the Parchians in three 
 batrles, and (lain their king, Artahanus, P railed 
 anew the empire of the Perfians in the Eaft. He 
 inade an 1 exci.\;ion too into the Roman r territo- 
 ries, but was defeated by Alexander. After which 
 he s undertook an l expedition againft the Germans, 
 in which he was fljin by Maximinus, together with 
 his mother, after a reign of thirteen years. 
 
 Mjximinus was made emperor after the u murder 
 of Alexander, and y put a happy end to the German 
 
 a M. Aurelio Ale/andro b afceadere c ereato dj?ra- 
 crdinano e ijiruito f arte g pace h tomfortar/i 
 rtgorofamente i giudice k fevero I favore m car- 
 ruzione n it/fire o termine p giufizia q ban- 
 dire r perfoaa s adulator e t buff "one \\ftandalo 
 v tot le x proibire y i>endita z ujfizio a com- 
 
 frato \srtveirdiito c conctdere d deputalo e pro- 
 'vincia f mobiii g erarto h incomodo i fortunato 
 k j'edixione \Artafarfe -m it Per/iano n ftonfitto 
 o battaglia. p rialzare q fcorreria r territorio s in- 
 tra t rendere t tffediKtone \iafajjiaio v ler minor e 
 
 ^ war,
 
 1 68 ITALIAN EXERCISES, 
 war. In th- mean time he made a a dreadful b ha- 
 voc at Rome, by his governor there, and killed a 
 great many of the c nobility. During this, the 
 two '' Gordians, father and fon, while at e Carthage, 
 f laid c'aim to the empire. The Romans, b 
 & headed by the fenate, h declmd againft Maximi- 
 nus ; and l perfons were k difpatched away to l fe- 
 cure the provinces for the fenate. At home twenty 
 m commiffi r >n! rs are n nominated for the manage- 
 ment of public p affairs. The Gordians being 
 i taken off' in Africa, after a year and a few days, 
 by r Capelian, Maximinus's general, * Balbinus and 
 1 Maximus Pupieiv.is, two of the "twenty V COT>- 
 miflioners, were * advanced to the empire bv ths 
 fenate in the year of Chrifr. 237; in which Maxi- 
 minus, as he was * befieging Aquileia, was (lain by 
 the z foldirs with his fon thit was but a a boy, af- 
 ter a reign of two years and ten months. 
 
 Balbinus and Pupienus, with Gordian, a boy, 
 whom we have b already c toid you, d perifhed in 
 Africa, reigned together for a year. But afterwards 
 being e deiirous to f get rid of G.>rdian, who was 
 more in % favour than themfelvcs, they were flam bv 
 the foldiers in the year of Chrit 238 ; from which 
 time Gordian h enjoyed the empire by himfelf, a 
 1 youth of an k extraordinary l genms, and m turned 
 to all manner :;f virtue ; which was n improved by 
 the prudence of Mihtheus, a very P learned and 
 
 ftticemente a fpavinte^v ole bjlrage c nobilta d Ger- 
 diani e Cartaglne i aver p^eienftone g foma.vdata 
 h Jichiararfi \ perfona k/peditv 1 afficurarfi m torn' 
 miffario n nominate o condotta p afare q J.T- 
 cijo r Cafe.'iaao MaJ/imino s Balbint, i Mvjfimi Pu~ 
 pieno uve-.t! \cummijfario x alxatt y ajJeJiare 
 z foldato a raqazzo b gia c tie: to d per ire 
 
 e defiderofo f disjarfi g grazia h godere i gio- 
 1-iae k Jl> airdmario . 1 genio m incimato n colti- 
 vato o [>rudenz,a p fapiente. 
 
 eloquent
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 169 
 
 a eloquent man, whofe daughter he b married ; 
 with whom he c marched at the d head of a great 
 army againft the Perfians, and e recovered from 
 them f Carr$e, Nifibis, and other towns, and 
 6 forced them back into their own ' country. The 
 year k following, Mifitheus being l taken off by 
 the m contrivance of n Philip the Arabian, Gordian 
 himfelf was loon after flain in a tumult, which 
 the fame Philip P raifed by the 'help of fome fol- 
 diers he had r corrupted, after he had reigned fix 
 years, in whofe ' place the 'parricide u fucceeded. 
 
 In the fourth year of this Philip's reign, the 
 T fecular games were w celebrated at Rome, in the 
 * thoufandth year of the city. He was * at laft 
 a (lain at Verona, by the foldiers, in the fixth year 
 of his a reign. 
 
 Decius, b born in c Lower Pannonia, a man of 
 great d courage and e experience in war, f fucceed- 
 ed him. He s periflied in a h morafs in a battle 
 againft the ' Barbarians. This k defeat was ! occa- 
 fioned by the m treachery of Gallus, who n fecretly 
 caballed with the enemy after he had reigned 
 thirty months. This Gallus being made emperor 
 by the P choice of the 1 foldiery, and having r taken 
 his fon as^a s partner in the l government, wasflain 
 together with him by the foldiers, two years and 
 four months after, at Interamna, as he was u march- 
 
 a eloquente \> fpofare c mar dare d tejla e ri- 
 cuperart f Carrea g Nifibi h riftignere i paefe k fe- 
 guente 1 ufdfo in in-~venzione n Filippo /' sJruby 
 
 tumulto pfu/citare q ajfylenza r carrclta* s luoga 
 t parrtcida Mfuecedere \giuochifecolari w celebrala 
 x. millefimo yfnalmenle z ammazzato a re^na 
 b nato c baffb d coraggio e fferienssa f J'uc- 
 Cfdtri g ptrire h palude i bar bar o k fconfata 
 
 1 tagionato m ptrfdia n nafcojlamenle o congiu- 
 rare p fctlta q foldatejca r prefo s compagno 
 t gwtrnt u mar dare. 
 
 I ing
 
 i 7 o ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 ing againft ./Emiliart, who was a raifing a b rebel- 
 lion in Moefia. 
 
 ^Emilian did not reign long, being fhin three 
 months after his c advancement, and was d fucceed- 
 cd by Valerian, with his fon Gallienus, who reign- 
 ed fix years together ; during which time the Ro- 
 man empire was e miferably f rent by the Barba- 
 rians. Thirty tyrants h ftarted up in feveral 
 1 places, as k Trebellius Pollio tells us. Where- 
 fore Valerian J marching againft the m Scythians, 
 who had n taken Chalcedon, f burnt Nice, and 
 the i temple of the r Ephefian Diana, and from 
 thence * advancing againft Sapores, that was very 
 1 troublefcme to the u Eaftern y borders, he * took 
 him * prifoner, and z treated him like a vile a flave ; 
 for when he b mounted his c hoi fe, he d let his e foot 
 upon his f neck, who 8 bowed himfelf k for that 
 purpofe. At laft he ' ordered him to be k flead and 
 1 failed. This m victory over the Romans " happened 
 in the year of Chrift 260. After which Oo'enatus, 
 a fenator of the Palmyremans, whom Zenobia 
 had P married, * bravely ' repulfed the Peifians, 
 that ftill harafled the * borders. 
 
 11 In the mean time Gallienus, T given up to nothing 
 but "luxury and ' debauchery, z fufferedrthe em- 
 pire to be * torn to pieces by the Barbarians and 
 
 a fufcitare b rileUicne c avanxamento d fuc- 
 etduto e miftrabiliaente f lacerato g tiraano h fol- 
 Irvarji i luego k Trtbellio Pollione 1 marciart 
 
 rn fciti n prefo o Calcedonia p abtiructiato q temfio 
 r Eftfiano s avanzart tfaftidiofo u orientals vfron. 
 tierf xfare y frigieniero z tr attar e zfchia<vt 
 b montare c (avails d f>crre e piede f idlo 
 g abbajfarfi h a qutfto effitto i fare k ffortirare I fa- 
 lure mvittora nfuccedere o Palmireniani pff>o- 
 Jato q coraggiofamente r rifpignert s rovinare t confine 
 u Keif ifleffo tempo v abbandonato x lu/uria y dif- 
 folutexza i lajciart a laccrert in ptzzi. 
 
 tyrants.
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 171 
 
 * tyrants. Odenatus, after the b taking of Niftbis 
 and Carrae, and c recovery of Mefopotamia, d upon 
 routing of the king of the Perfians, having 'fe^t 
 the great f lords of thePerfians to him in 5 chains, he 
 was h not afhamed to l triumph, as if he had k con- 
 quered them himfelf. Odenatus was 'murdered by his 
 ra coufin, together with his fon Herod, whofe "wife 
 Zenobia, being a woman of a P manly fpirit, * un- 
 dertook the government. Gallienus was flain with 
 his brother Valerian at r Milan, as he was march- 
 ing againft Aureolus the tyrant. He reigned al- 
 moft feven years with his father, and eight alone. 
 
 Claudius * fucceeded him, a l frugal and u mode- 
 rate prince, and very r ferviceable to the public, 
 who having * taken off the tyrant Aureolus, was 
 very r fuccefsful againft the z Goths, of whom he 
 * flew 320,000, and b funk 200 of their c fliips. 
 The reft of the Barbarians were d confumed at e Hx- 
 mimontiurn by f famine and Speftjlence; and foon 
 after Claudius h dipd of the fame 'plague, after a 
 reign of one year and nine months. 
 
 His brother Qjintilius k ufurping the empire, 
 was flain by the foldiers ten days after, who had 
 now * made choice of Aurelian, a pexfon of m mean 
 birth y but n reckoned amongft the moft glorious 
 princes, only a little too P cruel. He * fubdued the 
 Alemanni and Marcomanni, from whom the Ro- 
 
 a tiranno b prefa c ricaveramento d dopo In 
 fconfitta e mandato f/gnore g catena h ver- 
 Stgna \ trionfare k cbacui/tato J a/affinato ra cu- 
 gino n moglie o fanna p animo co'rag^iofo q in- 
 traprendere r Milano s fuccedere t frugale u ma- 
 derato v ferviziivnle x uccifo y fortunato ?. Gttti 
 a uccidere b affondare c nave d diflrotto e He- 
 mimonzio f Ja?ne g peftilenza h mar ire i ftjft 
 k ujurfiare \fjrefulta in ba/a na/'fita n annove- 
 ral c glorio/o p crudelt q ftggiogart. 
 
 I 2 mans
 
 i 7 2 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 mans had before "received a b final c overthrow. 
 After their victory he d came to Rome, and e put 
 feveral of the f fenators to death, and 8 enlarged 
 the h walls of the city. Then marching J eaftward, 
 he conquered Zenobia, whom with the tyrant k Te- 
 trichus, he l led in m triumph. n Aurelius Victor 
 tells us, he was the firft of the Roman emperors 
 that wore a * diadem on his i head, or r ufed 
 jewels and 'cloth of u gold. He was v taken by 
 x Mneftheus, a r notary to the z fecretaries at * Cx- 
 nophrurium, k betwixt c Byzantium and Heraclea. 
 After his d death there was an e interregnum of 
 about feven months, f occafioned by a sdifpute be- 
 tween the fenate and the army, about the h choice 
 of an emperor ; at length Tacitus was * chofen by 
 the fenate, a perfon of k excellent l moral?, and 
 very m fit for the n government, who was "defend- 
 ed from Tacitus the P hiftorian ; but he 1 died of 
 a r fever fix months after at Tarfus. His brother 
 Florianus 5 fuccceded him : but Probus being ' fet 
 up by a n majority of the army, Florianus T bled 
 himfelf to death, two months after his brother died, 
 in the year of Chrift 276. 
 
 This Probus was * born in Pannonia Sirmienfis, 
 a very fine man, and an excellent r foldier of z un- 
 fpotted morals. * As foon as he was b made em- 
 
 a rifpvufo b Jegnalato c fconfitta d venire e mettert 
 f fenatore g allargare h murt i 'verfo I' ori- 
 
 ent e k Tttrico 1 condurre m trionfo n Aurelia 
 Vittorg o portare p diadtma (\capo r /ervir/i 
 s gioja t panno u oro v prefo x Mnefleo y no- 
 taro z/ecretario a Cenofrurio b tra c Bijanzio 
 d morte c interregna f cagicnato g difpttta \\fcelta 
 i fcelta k eceellente \ cujlume m capact n go- 
 vtrno o difcefo p iftorico q morirt. r ftbbrt 
 s fuccedert t ianalzato u pluralita v fare Jangue 
 x nato y fildalo z intatla prebita * fublto cht 
 
 per or,
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 173 
 
 peror, he * puniflied all thofe that b had a hand in 
 the death of Aurelian. After that he c marched 
 for d France, and e recovered feveral towns out of 
 the f hands of the s Barbarians, and h flew almoft 
 70,000 of them. After the deducing of k Gaul, 
 he recovered ' Illyricum, and m fubdued the people 
 '" called the Getz ; then going into the P Eaft, he 
 * fell upon the r Perfians ; and having s defeated 
 them, and l taken feveral towns, he was "fl-iin in 
 his v return to Italy by the foldiers at w Sirmium, 
 who x hated him for his great f feverity. 1 his 
 z happened in the feventh year of his a reign, and 
 the 28zd of Chrift. 
 
 Probus was b fucceeded by M. Aurelius Carus, 
 e born at A Narbon in France, who e immediately 
 f made his fons Carinus, and Numerianus, & Csfars ; 
 and having h fent Carinus to l take care of France, 
 he k marched into the l aft againft the Perfi.ns 
 with Numerianus j where after he had ra reduced 
 Mefopotamia, and marched as far as "Ctefiphon, 
 he was ftruck dead with P thunder, having 1 reign- 
 ed about a year. Numerianus being much r con- 
 cerned for his father's death, 'contrafled a l weak- 
 nefs in his "eyes with v weepijig, and was w flaru 
 by the * contrivance of Aper his * father-in-law. 
 
 Carinus was nothing 2 like hfs father and brother, 
 
 a punire b e/ere complice c mardart d Fran- 
 da e ricuperare f potere g barbaro h arpmax- 
 zare i riduzione k Gallia \ Illirico m foggio- 
 gart n thiamato o Geti p Le<vante q altaccarf 
 r Perfiano sfeonjitto t prefo u uccifo v ritorno 
 w Sirmio x odiare y fever ita zfuccedere a regno 
 
 b fucffffb c nata d Narbone e fubito f fart 
 g Cefare h mandato i aver cura k mar dare 1 Le- 
 i>an(e m ridotta n Ctefifone o ammazzato p ful- 
 mine q regnata r ajflitto s acquiflare t debo- 
 lezza u occhio v piangere w uccifo x initen- 
 Kiont y fuocero z rajjamigliare. 
 
 I 3 being
 
 i 7 4 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 being * guilty of 2!! b manner of c wickednefs '> 
 d wherefore he was e odious to all f ranks of s peo- 
 ple. He was k betrayed by his own army at ' Mar- 
 gum in Mocfia, and * killed by the foldiers of Dio- 
 clefbn, who, as foon as Numerian was ' dead, m ac- 
 cepted of the "fcarlet "offered him by the army, 
 being born of Pmean parents in 1 Dalmatia, (for 
 
 he is faid to have been the 'flave of ' Anulinus 
 the fenator) but a u gallant foldier. He v took his 
 *oath in an y afiembly of the foldiers, that he z had 
 no hand in the death of Numerian, and upon that 
 
 flew Aper with his own b hand ; and fo c fulfilled 
 the d prophecy of him, that he (hould be emperor, 
 Ifrhen he had killed a e boar with his own hand ; 
 for which reafon f as often as he & met with a boar, 
 he fc ufed to kill hjm. After he had killed Aper, 
 he faid he had 'found the fatal boar. He v fupprefled 
 the ' boors that made an m infurre&ion in Gaul, and 
 B called themfelves Bacaudse, by Maximianus, 
 Herculius, whom he P fent thither 1 for that purpofe 
 in the year 285, in which this Herculius was firft 
 made Caefar, and the year r following he was made 
 Auguftus. About the fame time Caraufius having 
 
 feifed upon 'Britain, and Achilleus in "Egypt, 
 T pretended to the empire; and in the* Eaft, Narfcs, 
 king of Perfia being * ready to z fall upon the Ro- 
 
 ?. colpevolt b for/a c fcelleraiezza d per do e 
 f grado g geate \\tradito \Marga k ammaz~ 
 xato 1 morio m aeiettare n fcarlatto o offerto 
 p baffi par^nti q Dalmazia rjidiceche s fchiavo 
 t Anuhno u bra-vn v pigiiare x giuramento y ^JJem- 
 blea z ejfers complice a uccidere b pugno c adem- 
 pire d profezia e cignale f ogni volta cht g rin- 
 contrare h fclere i tro<vato kjbpprimere 1 VH- 
 lano m ri-volta n chiamarji o Maffimiano Erculio 
 ptnanJare q a queflo effetto r fegueate $ impadronito 
 t Bre:tagna u Egitto v pretendere x Le-vante 
 y pronto z atlatcare. 
 
 mans
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 175 
 mans, and Africa being a wafted by the b Quinque- 
 gentians; the better to c deal with all thefe wars at 
 once, he d created Conftantius Chlorus, and Gale- 
 rius Maximian, Caefars. This latter was e born in 
 Dacia, not far from Sardica, and was Tirnamed 
 Armenrarius becaufe he had been a h herdfman. 
 Dioclefian ' gave his daughter Valeria to Armen- 
 tarius, and Maximianus Herculius k difpofed of his 
 .ftep-daughter Theodora to C mftantius. After this 
 Dioclefian l went to Egypt, Herculius into Africa, 
 Armentarius into the Eaft, and Conftmtius into 
 Britain. Alexandria was m taken by Dioclefiar, 
 after a n fiege of eight months, in the twelfth year 
 of his reign. Ceraufius was killed by his frien 1 
 * Alelus, eight years after his * revolt. At the 
 fame time the Quinquegentians ,were r reduced by 
 Maximianus Herculius ; and Galerius Armencarii'S 
 defeateJ by Narfus, being 'haughtily u received 
 by Dioclefian, did the year following 297, v re- 
 venge this "difgrace, by / routing the Perfian army, 
 and z taking the * wives, b fifters, and c children of 
 Narfes, prisoners ; upon which Dioclefian received 
 him d honourably in Mefopotamia. 
 
 At laft, after a e fplendid f triumph, Dioclefian 
 and Herculius e laid down their h authority ; the 
 former did it l out of choice, and k retired to Sa- 
 lonae ; the other was J prevailed upon more by the 
 m authority of his n colleague, than that he had any 
 
 a defolato b !%uinquegenziani c fare d creart e nato 
 f cognominato g Armentario \\ paflore \ dare k dif- 
 porre \ andare m prefo n e/edlo o ammax- 
 zato p Aletto q rivolta r ridotto s fconfitta 
 
 t alteramente u ricevuto v vendicare x difgrazia. 
 y fconfi. g ere if are a moglie b fortlla c/igli- 
 uolo d ono'atameate efylendido ( trionfo g ri~ 
 xunz'iarg h autorita. i fpontaneamente k ritirar/i 
 1 aiJt'oflo m autorita n collega, 
 
 I 4. incli-
 
 176 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 a inclination for it. This b fell out in the 2Oth of 
 Dioclefian, and 304th year of Chrift j upon which 
 ' Conftantius Chlorus, and d Galerius Maximianus 
 Armentarius, were e proclaimed emperors ; Severus, 
 and Galerius Maximianus, the f nephew of Armen- 
 tarius by a fifter, were declared Ciefars. Conftan- 
 tius h divided the Roman empire with Maximiau, 
 1 keeping to himfelf Gaul, Italy, and Africa; but 
 the two k laft he afterwards l quitted to his colleague, 
 who had befides m lllyricum, Aiia, and, the Eaft. 
 Of this he made Maximinus "governor, and P placed 
 Severus in Italy. 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 
 /"^Onftantius Chlorus having * enjoyed his r dig- 
 ^^ nity one year, or two, as moft will have if, 
 1 died at York. He was of a u mild and r civil * dif~ 
 pofition ; he would f fuffer no z enquiiy to be made 
 after the a Chriftians, and b preferred fuch of his 
 ' fervants as he d knew to be of that e profeiTion 
 before the f reft. 
 
 Conftantine, his fon, * began his h reign in the 
 year of Chrift 306, being 32 or 33 years of age, 
 1 born of k Helen of Bithynia, which, moil Au- 
 thors fay, was Conftantius's concubine ; but fame 
 will have her to have been his m lawful n wife, but 
 of mean P birth. 
 
 a indinaxione b fucceJtre c Coflanzio Cloro d Ga~ 
 lerio Muffimiano Armentario e prociamalo f nipote 
 
 g dichiarato \\jpartire \tenerfi k ultima \lafci- 
 are m lllirico n Levant e o governatcre p cd- 
 hcare q goduio r dignita s -vc/ere t morire 
 
 u affabile v civile x difpo/iziotie y foffrire z in- 
 chiefta zCriJliana b prefer 'ire cfervitore d /a- 
 perf e profeffujnt f allro g principiare h regna 
 nato k Elena 1 autsre in concubiva n legit" 
 *imo o msslie p baffo q nafcita, 
 * At
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 177 
 
 At Rome, a Maxentius, b Herculius's fon, was 
 c proclaimed emperor, by the d praetorian * bands } 
 who, at rirft, to f gain the * people, h feemed to 
 1 favour the k Chriftians ; but ' presently after m wal- 
 lowed in all n manner of wickednefs and P cruelty. 
 Galerius Maximianus i fent Severus againft him, 
 who, being r forfaken by his men, * fled to Ra- 
 venna ; Gaierius, upon this, l marching for Rome, 
 with his u army, was y likewife forfaken by his 
 men, and went into w l,lyricum, where he x made 
 Licinius C&far. Upon which Herculius y being 
 now in hopes of z recovering the empire which he 
 had a quitted againft his b will, c returned from Lu- 
 cania to Rome, and d advifed e DiocleCan, f living 
 at Carnus in Pannonia, by his 8 letters to him, *o 
 b do the like, which he * refufed. He k trapanned 
 Severus by J perjury, and m flew him. .Then "lay- 
 ing a plot for his fon, he was forced to f fly from 
 Rome to Conftantine in Gaul, to whom he 1 gave 
 his daughter Fauftina in r marriage. But fome 
 time after, having ' entered into a l wicked a defign 
 againft his v fon-in-law, Conftantine, (which was 
 w difcovered by his daughter) he x fled to? M*rfeilles, 
 and there z fufFered the a punifhment of his b treach- 
 ery. About this time Galerius Maximianus c died 
 
 a Maftnzie b Erculio c froclamato d pretoriana 
 truppa iguadagnare g papula h parert \ fa- 
 voreggiarc k Crtftiano 1 poco dopo m uoltolar/i 
 
 n ferta O dijjalutezza p trudelta q mandate r ab~ 
 bandonato s rifugiarji t mar dare u armata v pa 
 rimente w lllirico x.fare y fperare z ricuperare 
 a laf/ciato b volonta c ritornare d configliart e Dio- 
 clefiano f dimorare g lettera h fre i ricufare 
 k adefcare \fpergiuro m uccidere n far tuna con- 
 giura oforzato vfaggire q dare r matrimonia 
 s entrato t eatti'va u difegno v genera w yiro- 
 ferto x rifugiarji y Marfiglia z foffrirt a cajiigtt 
 b tradimento c morire. 
 
 1-3 of
 
 178 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 of a a filthy b difeafe, whom his fon-in-law Maxcn- 
 tius c enrolled amongft the d gods. 
 
 In the year 312, e Conftantine f marched againft 
 *Maxentius, and was h encouraged to it by the 
 1 prodigy of a k crofs he ' Taw in the *> heavens. 
 Having n pafled the Alps, and P defeated his gene- 
 rals near Verona, he * routed Maxentius himfelf 
 not far from Rome, who r flying over a ' bridge he 
 had l laid upon the Tybcr, which r broke under 
 him, was * drowned. 
 
 y Affairs being * fettled in the city, Conftantine 
 in his *way to Germany, at Milan b married his 
 fitter e Conftantia to Licinius, who had now been 
 *jnade emperor. The fame vear Galerius Maxi- 
 minus, a cruel 'enemy of the f Chriftians, * under- 
 taking a war againft both the emperors, was h beaten 
 by Licinius. in * Illyricum, and k fled into Afia, 
 where he 'died a m horrible death at Tarfus in Ci- 
 Jicia. Nor did the n agreement betwixt the two 
 princes * laft long j their firft ' rencounter was at 
 Cibalis, a town in Pannonia ; after which they had 
 another r battle in the 'plains of Mardia ; in both 
 which the ' Licinians were u entirely defeated. At 
 laft a T peace was * made, and the empire r divided 
 again. 
 
 In the year 324, Licinius * taking up arms 
 againft Conftantine, * upon a pretence that he 
 
 a fporco b malattia c arrolare d nume e Cof- 
 iantina f marciart g Mafenzio h incoraggito \ pro- 
 digit k croct \ vedtre m eielo n traverfato 
 o Alpi pjeoafilto q metier t in rotta rfuggirt s pontt 
 t mejjo u Tevere v romperfi x affogato y of- 
 Jart z regolato a viaggio b marltare c Caftan- 
 xia Afatto e inimico f Crifltano g iairafrea- 
 dere h baltuto i lllirico kfuggirt \ morire m cr 
 ribile n fatto o frtntipt p durare q combatti- 
 meat a r battaglia s pianura t Lidniani u affatto 
 V face x fatto y divifo zprendert z/otto pretefto. 
 
 went
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 179 
 
 " went beyond his b bounds, and had c broken imo 
 his d dominions, received a great "overthrow near 
 Hadrianople. f From thence flying into * Byzan- 
 tium, he was again b defeated by i Tea ; and being 
 k routed in another 'bittle near m Chalcedon, he 
 was n taken prifoner by Conftantine, from whom 
 he "procured his life by the P interpofition of h s 
 fifter, and was 1 banifhed to 'Theflalonica, where 
 
 * endeavouring to make a new * infurreclion, he 
 was u put to death. 
 
 After this, x Crifpus C^e'ar, his fon, by a former 
 
 * wife Minervina, a z youth of an extraordinary 
 a genius, was put to death upon b fufpicion of c at- 
 tempting to d debauch his e ftep-mother ; and the 
 year f following Faufta, being 8 found b guilty of 
 ' l fa! fly k accufing him, was J fiifled to deati in a 
 hot m bath, by n order of her hufband Conftan- 
 tine. 
 
 In this emperor's time Byzantium was Prebuil% 
 and 'enriched with the r fpoils of almoft the whole 
 
 * world j fo that it 'equalled Rome, and "took its 
 x name from the * founder, being z called * Con- 
 ftantinople. 
 
 After this, having b fubdued the c Sarmatians, 
 and d difpofed of them in feveral e places of the 
 
 a pajfare b Kmiti c tforzato d ftato e fron- 
 fitta Adrianopoli f di la fugging g Bijaazio h/rc- 
 jitto i mare k meffo in rotta \ battaglia m Cal- 
 eedone n jatto pri^ioniero o ottenere p interpojixior.t 
 q bandito r Teffaloaica s cercart t follpvaziont 
 
 M me/o x Crifpo Cefare y moglie z g/'oviat a Jira- 
 crdinaria a genio b fofpetto c tentare d ftdurre 
 e matrigna i feguentt g tr ovate h colpevole i fil- 
 famente k accufare 1 foffogato m ba%no n ordim 
 o marito p rifabbricato q arricchito r fpoglia s mondo 
 t ugguagliare u prendere x acme y fonditort z chia- 
 mato a Coflantinopoti b foggiogato c Sartnatt d man- 
 dato e luogs. 
 
 I 6 Roman
 
 i8o ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Roman a empire : he died in the b fuburbs of Nico- 
 media, where, moft of the c ancients fay he was 
 A baptifed a little before his e death. 
 
 He f left by Faufta, Maximianus's daughter, 
 three children, s heirs of the empire, who h divided 
 it amongft them. Conftantine the * eldeft had 
 k Gaul, and all 'beyond the m Alps. "Conftans 
 the youngeft had Rome, Italy, Africa, Sicily, 
 and the reft P of the i iflands, Illyricum, r Thracia, 
 Macedonia, and s Greece. Conftantius, the l mid- 
 dlemoft, Afia, and the "Eaft, with v Egypt. 
 
 But the brothers did not long x agree j four years 
 after their father's y death, Conftantius making war 
 upon his brother Conftans, and z invading his a ter- 
 ritories, was b flain near Aquileia. Conftans him- 
 felf was flain ten years after by e Magnentius's ge- 
 neral Gaifon, nigh the d Pyrensean mountains. 
 Conftantius was e engaged in a ' dangerous war 
 with this Magnentius. In the s battle^ fought at 
 Morfa in Pannonia, Conftantius's army was' worft- 
 ed in the firft k affault, but J came off m victorious 
 at laft. Two years after this, Magnentius flew 
 himfelf at Lyons in n defpair. 
 
 Gallus was declared Caefar, and P governor of 
 the Eaft ; but <? abufing his r authority, he was s fent 
 for by Conftantius, and l put to death in Illyricum. 
 " Julian, his brother was v faved by the x interpo- 
 
 a impeno bfobborgo c antics d battezzatt e morte 
 1 lafciare g erede h dividere i frimogenito k Gallia 
 1 oltre ra Alpi n ConJIantt o giovint p refto 
 q ifola r Tracia s Grecia t fecondogenito u Le- 
 tvante v Egitto x accordarfi y morte z invadere 
 3 territorio b ucc ifa c Magtienzio d Pirenei e im- 
 fiegnato fpericolofo g battaglia \\dato \fopraf- 
 fatto k a/alto 1 e/ere m "vitteriefo n dijpera- 
 Kione o dichiarato p gowrnatore q abufare r au- 
 toritd s mandato a tercare t me/9 U Giulia- 
 
 no vfalvatt x interpofaiene. 
 
 8 fition
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 181 
 fttion of Eufebia, Conftantius's a lady, and fent 
 to Athens, to b ftudy there. Afterwards he was 
 'advanced to the d dignity of Caefar, 'married to 
 the emperor's fifter f Helen, and was % made go- 
 vernor of h Gaul, where he was very * luccefsful 
 againft the k Germans, ' Franks, and m Alemans ; 
 he n fent the king of the Alemans a P prifoner to 
 Rome to Conftamius, who 1 envying his r fuccefs, 
 * endeavoured to 'draw his foldiers from him, and 
 " fend them into the v Eaft againft the Perfians. But 
 they * proclaimed Julian emperor at y Paris, z whilft 
 Conftantius was a preparing for a war againft the 
 Perfians. b As foon as he c underflood this, he 
 d marched againft Julian, but died on the e road 
 near Tarfus. 
 
 Julian, after the death of Conftantius, was fole 
 f mafter of the empire. He s killed, or b baniihed 
 all the * friends of Conftantius, k opened the tem- 
 ples of the m idols, and "abjuring the Chriftiaa 
 P faith, was itonfecrated r high-prieft, 'according 
 to the l rites of the u pagan v religion. He made 
 war againft the Perfians, and was x flain in it. 
 They tell you that, when he y perceived his z wound 
 to be * mortal, he b received the c blood in his d hand, 
 and * threw it up f towards * heaven, with thefe 
 
 a conforte \yjludiare c promoflb d dignita e ma- 
 r'ttato f Elena % fat to h Gallia ifortunato 
 k Tedtfcki 1 Franchi m Alemanni n mandare o Re 
 p prigioniero q invidiare r futce/o s procurart 
 t tirare u mandare v Levante x prodamare y Pa- 
 rigi z menlre a preparar/i b jubito cht c intendere 
 d rqarciare e fir a da f padrone sue ciders hban- 
 dire i arnica k aprire 1 tempio m idolo n ab- 
 jurare o Crifliano \>fede q confacrato r graft 
 prtte s fecondo t rito u pagano v religione 
 X uceifo y accargerfi z ferita a ntortale b ri- 
 cevert c fangut d mono e gettare f <ve rfa g citlo. 
 
 words ^
 
 i8i ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 * words ; "Thou haft b conquered me, O c Gali- 
 laean !" d meaning e Chrift, whofe religion he had 
 f abjured. 
 
 After the death of Julian, * Jovian, a h native 
 of Pannonia, was * proclaimed emperor by the k fol- 
 diers. He J ordered the temples of the idols to be 
 m (hut up, and their n facrifices to be abolifhed. 
 He made an P inglorious peace with Sapores, king 
 of the Perfians, for thirty years, by which he 
 i yielded up Nifibis, and the greateft ' part of Me- 
 fopotamia to him. He died in his s return to Con- 
 ftantinople, in the r confines of Galatea and Bi- 
 thyn^a. 
 
 In the year of Chrift 364, u Valentinian was 
 Y chofen emperor at Nice, and not long after x gave 
 the y title of z Augu!fus to his brother a Valens ; 
 and b leaving him in the Eaft, c came into the d Weft 
 himfelf. He had a great many good e qualities, 
 but was f particularly g famous for his h love of 
 1 juftice. He made war aaainft the Alemanni 
 k Saxons, Quadi, and other 'nations. He m died 
 of an "apoplexy in Pannonia, in the 55th year of 
 his age, and the i2'h of his P reign. 
 
 His brother Valens * fupprefied Procopius, a r re- 
 lation of * Julian's, who hjd l alFumed the u fcarlet 
 at Conftantinople. After which he had a war with 
 the x Goths j but upon the y fuit of their king 
 
 a parola b viate c Galileo d voter dire e Crijlo 
 { Abjurare g Gioviano h nativo i proclamato kfol- 
 Jato \ fare m chiudere n facrijfizio o abbolire 
 p infame q cedere r partt s ritorno t confini 
 u Va'.ntin\ano v eletto x dare y titolo z An- 
 guflo a Valente b lafciare c 'venire d Occidents 
 e qtialitd f particolarmente g illuftre h amore 
 
 \ Giuflizia k Sa/oni \ nazione m mor'tre n a/>o- 
 piejjia o eta p regno q fopprimert r parent e 
 & Gtuliano t arrogate ufcarlatto x. Gotti y follt, 
 
 Atha-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 183 
 
 * Athanaricus, b granted them a c peace in the year 
 369. Ten years after this, Athanaricus, with 
 Fritigernts were d driven out of their e country by 
 the f Huns, and were & kindly h received by Valens, 
 and * fettled with their Goths in k Thrace. They 
 afterwards made an ' infurre&ion againft the Ro- 
 mans, and Valens heing m wounded in a "battle 
 agamft them, near Hadrianople, was P burnt 1 alive 
 by the barbarians, in a r cottage he s fled to. He 
 reigned fourteen years and four months. 
 
 The emperor Vakminian had two fons, l Gra- 
 tian and Valeminian. The former he u declared 
 Auguftus in Gaul, in the year 367 ; and his other 
 fon was v immediately after the death of his father 
 
 * advanced to the fame v dignity by the foldiers, in 
 the year 375, and the loth year of his age. Gra- 
 tian had an z averfion to a public b bufincfs. After 
 the death of Valens, the Goths c over-running 
 Thrace, and other d provinces of the Roman em- 
 pire, e being not able to f bear the % burden alone, 
 he b fent for * Theodofius out of k Spain, and made 
 him his J partner, who was then in the 33d year of 
 his age. 
 
 Theodofius having m conquered the barbarians, 
 n reftored the public peace. At laft the whole 
 P nation of the Goths, with their king, i delivered 
 thcmfelves up to the Romans, to whom the empe- 
 icr r affigned * lands. After thcfe things, Maximus 
 
 citazione a Atanarico b accordare c pace dfcac- 
 fiato e patria f Unni g tortefemente h rice- 
 vuto i fabilirjt k Tracia \ rivolta m ferito 
 n battaglia o Adrianopoli p bruciato q vivo r ea- 
 panna s rifuggiarfi t Graziane u dichiarare vfu- 
 bito x promo/o y dignita z averfone a pubblico 
 b affare c inondare d pro'vincla e non potere ffcf>- 
 portare g pefo h far <venire i Teadofia k Spagna 
 I comf>agno m conquijlato n riftabilire o pact 
 
 P naMone q arrendtrji r a/egnart t terra. 
 
 feifcd
 
 1 84. ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 '* feifed the b government in c Britain, in the year 
 382 ; and having* 1 fixed his imperial e feat at Tryers, 
 ^bafely killed Gratian at Lyons, after he had been 
 s forfaken by his army ; but Theodofius h revenged 
 his death, and * likewife k re-eftablifhed Valentinian 
 the l younger, who had been m obliged to n quit 
 Italy. This happened in the year 388, in which 
 he P overthrew and killed Maximus near Aquileia. 
 Theodofius had all the i accomplifhrnents r becom- 
 ing a Chriftian emperor, * inferior to none of the 
 x foregoing or " following princes, a v confummate 
 general, never x undertook any wars but fuch as 
 were * neceflary ; of z fingular a clemency and b hu- 
 manity, y vt a little c inclined to d paffion. 
 
 In the year 391, Eugenius, ' Supported by the 
 'power of Arbogaftes comes, t fets up for emperor, 
 and in the following year, Valentinian was flam 
 at Vier.ne in Gaul, by the fame Arbcgaftes. Two 
 years after k Eugenius was l routed, k taken prifoner, 
 and put to ' death by Theodofius. Arbogaftes was 
 his own m executioner. The year following^ 395* 
 this excellent emperor died at Milan, after a reign 
 of fixtetn years. 
 
 Theodofius n left two fons, Arcadius and P Ho- 
 norius j to the * former he r gave the 8 Eaft, to the 
 * latter the u Weft. Arcadius, * immediately after 
 his father's death, x married Eudoxia, which 
 
 a ufurfere b governs c Brettagna d fi/ato 
 e ffggio f bqffaauxU g abba?idonato h vendicar/i 
 \ farimtnte k rijlabilire \ gioi'iae m obbligato 
 
 n lafciare o fuccedere pfconfggere q compimenta 
 r con-T.-etui"^e s inferior e t precedent! u fegutnls 
 confumc'.Q x intraprendere y neceffario zjingo~ 
 lore a ckmenza b umanita c inclinato d col- 
 lera t fiffortato f pciten&a g farf' h Eugenia 
 tfcrufitta k fatto 1 morte ra carnefice n lafciara 
 o slrcadio p Onorio q primo r dare s Levant* 
 t ultimo u Occidente v fubita x Jpofars. 
 
 match
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 185 
 
 "match was b brought about by Eutropius, c for 
 fear of his d taking to wife Ruffinus's daughter. 
 This Ruffinus in the Eaft, and Stilicho in the 
 Weft, were at that time, two men of the greattft 
 'eminence and f power in the empire. Stilicho, 
 after the death of Theodofius, slaying claim to 
 the h management of both the Eaftern and Weftern 
 empires, and ' marching k eaft ward, Ruffinus En- 
 deavoured m to hinder him, by n porting his troops 
 in all the P paHages into > Greece, and r fending for 
 Alaricus, king of the Goths, who s over-run 
 Greece, but was l defeated by S ilicho. At laft, 
 Ruffinus was u flain by the ? foldiers, the fame year 
 in which Theodofius died. After his death Eu- 
 tropius * became very great with Arcadius, but was 
 at lafl ^difgraced and .flain, in the very year in 
 which he was z conful. In 403, died Arcadius, a 
 prince of a * peaceable, but b indolent c temper, 
 and too much d governed by his " wife. He left 
 the f guardianfhip of his fon, by s will, to Jezdc- 
 girdes, king of the h Perfians, who l faithfully k exe- 
 cuted that ' truft, and ra committed the n care of his 
 "pupil to Antiochus, a very P learned nun, and 
 * threatened to make war upon any that fliould r of- 
 fer to 'difturb him. 
 
 In the weft, the l frequent u invafions of the bar- 
 barians were almoft v fatal to the Roman x ftate, 
 
 a tnatrimonio b fat to c di paura che d pigliare 
 e eminenza f potere g pretender e h candotta i mar- 
 dare k ve rfo il Icvaiite 1 cercare m impeJire n collo- 
 care truppa p pajfaggio (^ Grecia r fare ve- 
 nire s trafcorrere t fconfitto u uccifo v foUato 
 x doijentare y difgraziato z tonfole a pacific a b in- 
 d&lente c natura d governato e moglie f tutela 
 g lejlamento h Perfiano \ftdelmente k efeguire 
 
 1 depofito ra rimettere n euro. o pupillo p fapiente 
 q mir.acciare r tentare s molejlare t frequents 
 
 u invafione v fat ale xjiato. 
 
 Rada-
 
 186 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 Radagifus king of the Goths, with four, or as 
 
 * others b fay. two hundred thoufand men, c invaded 
 Italy ; which were very d happily e cut off by Scili- 
 cho, the general himfelf being f taken and sfla ; n. 
 After him. Alaricus, a king of the h Goths, having 
 1 wafted * Greece, and 'continued a long time in 
 
 * Epire, at the n inftigation of Siilicho, who was 
 "defirous to P take 1 lliyricum from Arcadius, in 
 order to r annex it to the 'dominions of Honoriu?, 
 afterwards 'penetrated into Italy. To u get riJ of 
 him, Honorius v gave him x Spain, and Gaul to 
 y \\\e in, becaufe he was not in a condition to 
 
 * keep thofe a provinces. As Alaricus was b march- 
 ing thither, Saul, a e pagan general, whom Stilicho 
 bad d placed at the e head of an army, f falling upou 
 the Barbarians, was * defeated by them. This 
 b fuccefs did fo Elevate Alaricus, that k quitting 
 his ' former B1 dehgn, he n over-run Italy, and took 
 Komej but before he did it, Stilicho was P put to 
 death by the i order of Honorius. For after the 
 death of Theodofms, 'defigning to get the empire 
 to himfelf, and to make his fon * Eucherius, who 
 was a ' pagan, and an enemy to the u Chriftians, em- 
 peror; the better to y accomplish his x defign, he 
 
 * refolved to * throw all things into a a confufion. 
 
 * "Wherefore he fent for the Barbarians to c ravage 
 
 a altro b dire c invaders d fortuuatamente 
 e tagliato a pezzi fprtfo g ucci/b h Gatti i defo- 
 lato k Grtcia 1 tontinuato m Epiro n iftiga- 
 xione o defiderofo p prendere q lllinco r aggi- 
 ungere s flato t penetrare u disfarji v dare 
 x Spagna y iflato z mantentre a provincia b mar- 
 eiare C fiagano d me/o C tefla f attaccare 
 
 g fconfitlo h fucce/o i elevare k dtfiflere \ primo 
 m difegno n trafcorrere o prendere p me/o q or- 
 dine r proporfi s Eucherio t pagano u Crt/iiana 
 v compire x difegna y rifilvere z mettert a con- 
 fufiont b per do c faccheggiare. 
 
 the
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 187 
 
 the empire, and a let the Alans, the Vandals, the 
 Suevans, and the Burgundians, loofe upon France 
 and Spain. His b relation to the emperor c encour- 
 aged him in it ; for he had Serena, the daughter 
 of Theodofius's brother in d marriage, and had 
 e Hifpofed of the two daughters he had by her, frfr, 
 f Mary, and after her death, 8 Termantia, in mar- 
 riage to Honorius. But thefe h intrigues being 
 i difcovered by k Olympius, in' the year of Chriit 
 408, he was (lain by the ' hands of m Heraclius. 
 The year following, Eucherius was "put to death, 
 with his mother Serena. After Stilicho was "taken 
 off, Alaricus was Pdefuous to 1 come to an r ac- 
 commodation with Honorius, but was * foolifhly 
 ' rejedled. Wherefore, with a u body of y Goths, 
 and *Huns, in ^ conjunction with his wife's bro- 
 ther z Athaulfus, he * laid fiege to Rome, and 
 b carried it in the year 410. The 'plunder of it 
 he d gave to his foldiers, but gave orders that all 
 fuch as e fled to the 'churches, especially thofe of 
 fc Peter and 1 Paul, fhould have k quarter given 
 them. Then he l went to m Rhegium, in ordf-r to 
 * pafs over into Sicily and Africa, but *died there. 
 He was P fucceeded by Athaulfus, who * plundered 
 Rome again, 'carried orF Placidia the emperor's 
 fitter, and married her. 
 
 During this * Itorm in Italy, the fame u calamity 
 
 a fcatenare b affinila c iacoraggirt d matri- 
 
 monio e Jifpojli t Maria g Termanzia h ma- 
 neggio i fcoptrto k Olimpio 1 matio m Eradlo 
 n mejjo o uccifo p defiderofa q venire r ac- 
 
 (ommodamenio s fcioec amente t rigettato u corps 
 v Gotti x. Unni y congiunzione z Ataulfo a af- 
 fediare b sincere c bottino d dare e rifuggiarfi 
 f thiefa g fpecialmente h Pietro i Paolo k quar- 
 tiere \ anJare m Reggio n paffare o tnorire 
 
 p fuccfffb q faccheggiare r fortare 'via $ fpofart 
 t ttmtefla u catamita. 
 
 fell
 
 i88 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 "fell upon Gaul and Spain. The Alans, Vandals, 
 Suerans, b laid wafte Gsul, pafied the c Pyrenaean 
 niountains, and d made themfelves ' mailers of 
 Spain in the year 409. The Vandals and Suevans 
 f ieifed upon Galaecia; the Alans, Lufitania and the 
 province of h Carthage; the * Silingans, which 
 was another k branch of the Vandal?, Boetica. 
 
 After the 'breaking in of the Goths in 410, 
 w divers n pretenders to the empire fhrted up in 
 f feveral * places. Firft Attalus was r made empe- 
 ror by the * fenate, at the l command pf Alai icus. 
 He u proudly v rejected Honorius, that x offered by 
 his y ambaffadors to deceive him as his * partner in 
 the empire, but was b obliged by Alaricus to c re- 
 turn to a d private e condition, and was afterwards 
 { pit up, and s down again feveral times, At 
 laft, h renewing his * pretenfions in Gaul, but be- 
 ing not k fupported by the l Goths, he was m taken 
 prifoner, and put into the P hands of Honorius, 
 who i fparcd his r life, but s cut off one of his 
 hands. 
 
 1 Marcus Gratianus, and Conftantine in n Britain, 
 r ufurped the * fupreme f power, and were * taken 
 off. Then a jovin and b Sebaftian, two brother?, 
 c pretended to the empire j but were d taken and 
 
 a aitaccart b defolare c Pirenet A renderfi 
 
 e padrone f impo/sjjar/i g provincia h Cartagint 
 i Silingani k ramo 1 incurjione m d'werfo n pre- 
 tendentt o le<varfi p diver fo q luogo r fat to 
 
 s fenato t commando u fuperbamente v rigettare 
 x offerirf y ambafciadore z ricevere a compagno 
 b obbligato c ritornare d privato e flato f efal- 
 tato g defofta h rinnovare i pretenfiont k fop- 
 portato ] Gotti mfatto n pngioniero o mejfo 
 p mono q rifparmiare r <vita s tagliare t Marco 
 Graziatto u Brettagna v vfurpare x fupremo 
 y potere z uccifo a Giovino b Sebaftiano c />rf- 
 tendere d frtfo, 
 
 (Iain
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. ,89 
 
 flain by b Athaulfus, king of the Goths. c Hera- 
 clianus was fet up in Africa, and d venturing over 
 into Italy againft Honorius, was e routed by Mari- 
 nus at f Utr:cuium; and 5 returning into Africa, 
 was flain at h Carthage. 
 
 In the year 415, Athaulfus was flain by a Goth, 
 and * fuccee led by Sigericus, who was taken off 
 feven days after; and fucceeded by Vuallia, who 
 k made peace with the Romans, and l reftored Pia- 
 cidia to Honorius; after which he made war 
 againft the Alans, Vandals, Suevans, and other 
 m nations, who had "fettled in Spain. Honorius 
 
 married Placidia againft her P will to 1 Conftantius 
 Comes, who 'confirmed the peace with Vuallia, 
 fent for him back into Gau!, and r gave him that 
 part of u Aquitain which Mies betwixt Tholoufe 
 and the x fea, to /dwell in. Upon this, Tholoufe 
 
 1 became the a capital of the b Gothi, or c Vifi- 
 gothic d kingdom in Gaul. This 'happened in 
 the year 419. In the year following, Honorius, 
 againft his f will, made Conftantius his s partner 
 in the empire, who died feven months after, as did 
 Honorius himfelf in the year 423. 
 
 He was h fucceeded by Valentinian his fitter's 
 fon. In his reign the Vandals, whom Boniface 
 had hitherto * repulfed from the k (bores of Africa, 
 1 entered it from Spain, under the * command oif 
 Geifericus. For Boniface being n impeached by 
 
 a uccifo b Ataulfo c Eraelieno d awenturare 
 di paj/'are e ftonfitto fUtriculo g ritornare h C'ar- 
 tagine i fu:ceffo ^fi fart pace \nflituire m no* 
 xione nftabiiito o maritare p vototita q Cof- 
 tanxio Comete r confermare sfar ri:arna>e t dare 
 u Aquitana v giace x mare y Jimorare z doven- 
 tare a capitate b Gotico c Vijigciico d rtgiio- 
 
 e fuccedtre f volant a g (omfagao hfucceffb \ ri- 
 pulfato k (ojlu, 1 entrart m commando n at- 
 (ttfato.
 
 190 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 1 ./Etius of b high-treafon, and c Sigifvultus being 
 4 fent againft him, e finding himfelf not a f match 
 for the Romans, * fled to the Vandals for h afiift- 
 ance, with whom he had * contracted an k affinity 
 before. Wherefore in the year 427, Geifericus, 
 with 80,000 Vandals and Alans, l pafled over into 
 Africa, and ra made himfelf matter of it. In the 
 mean time, Boniface being n reconciled to Placidia, 
 and not being able to P perfuade the Barbarians 
 to q go home again, r endeavoured to * oblige them 
 to it, by ' force of arms, and was u routed. He 
 v went to Rome upon it, and died theie foon 
 after. 
 
 ^Etius in Gaul * played his part pretty well for 
 the Romans againft the Franks, Goths, Burgun- 
 ciians, Huns, and other Barbarians. ^Etius had 
 "> fent for the Huns to his afiiftance againft the 
 Goths. In the year 434, Honoria, Valentinian's 
 fifter, being * baniihed the court for b lewdnefs with 
 her c fteward, and fent to Theodofius, emperor of 
 the d Eaft, e engaged Attila, king of the Huns, to 
 make war upon the f Weft. * Litorius, a Roman 
 general, having the h command of them, whilft he 
 k endeavoured to 'outftrip the * glory of ./Etius, 
 and was fo m foolifh as to B legaid the anfwers of 
 P foothfayers and ' daemons, r rafhly s engaged 
 1 Tbeodoiicus, king of the Goths, who by the 
 
 a Ezio b delitto di lexa maefia c Sigifoulto d man- 
 dato e tro'varft f uguale g ricorrere h ajfi/t- 
 enza i coatraitato k affiaita \ pa/are m im- 
 fadronirji n riccnciliato o potere p perfuadere 
 
 q ritornare r proc urart * obbligare tj>jrza ifarmi 
 \ifconfitto * andare X fifttnert y tnanJato a cer- 
 tare z bandit > a forte b dlfonffla. c magglar- 
 domo d Leitunte e impe%nart f Ocadente g Li- 
 forio h commando i frocurare k ecltffare 1 gloria 
 rn Jtelto n badart o rifpojia p indo'uino q demonia 
 r u.'iurariamentt i attaccare t Ttodonco. 
 
 moft
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 191 
 mod a abjeft b fubmiilion c declined the war, and 
 after a great d overthrow was c taken and f flainin 
 the year 439, in which & Carthage was - h furprifed 
 by the Vandals. At laft, in the year 442, V>alen- 
 tinian ' renewed the peace with Geifericus, and 
 Africa was k divided betwixt them. 
 
 In the year 450, Attila ' marched into Gaul, 
 which at that time the m Vifigoths, Franks, Bur- 
 gundians, Alans, and other Barbarians, were in 
 n pofleffion of. Part of the Romans relu&antly 
 P ftaid under the i command of /Etius, who alone 
 at that time r kept the weftern ' empire from u fall- 
 ing to y utter * ruin. Attila y laid fiege to Aurelia, 
 but -/Etius z coming upon him, a obliged him to 
 b raife the c fiege, and d purfued him into Gallia 
 Belgica, and 'overthrew him, in a great f battle 
 that was B fought in the h plains of Catalonia. 
 There were ' flain on both k fides at leaft 170,000, 
 and amongll them Theodoricus king of the Goths. 
 It is 'certain the Huns might have been m utterly 
 " deftroyed, if ./Etius had not been afraid, that in 
 cafe the Huns (hould be P entirely 1 cut off, the 
 Goths would be r infupportable in Gaul. 
 
 Attila having 'unexpectedly 'efcaped, "poured 
 his v troops into Italy, where he laid fiege to Aqui- 
 leia, and x levelled it with the ground. Alter that 
 
 a abbietto b fommeffione c sfuggire d fconfitta 
 frefo f uccifo g Cartagine h forprefo i rin- 
 novare k fpartlto 1 marciart m Vifigotti n pof- 
 ft/o o malvolentieri p rimanere q commando r im- 
 fedire soctidctitale t impcrio Ufa/tare v to- 
 tale x rovina y a/eJiare z 'venire adiio/o a/or- 
 Kare b leiiare c a/edio d incalzare e r ampere 
 f battaglia g dato h pianura i uccifo k banda 
 1 certo m affatto n dijlrotto O faura p inter a- 
 mente r\fconfitto r infopportabilt s impenjatamente 
 tfeapfato u inondart v truppa x J 'planar e. 
 
 he
 
 I 9 2 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 he a laid wafle b Milan, c Ticinum, and othef 
 d towns ; and c marching for Rome, was fo f wrought 
 upon by an ambafly from h Leo, who * met him 
 at the k river Mincius, that he ' went into his 
 own m country ; afterwards " returning into Gaul 
 againft the Alans, who had ported themfelves 
 beyond the Loire, he was again P defeated by 1 Tho- 
 ri-fmundus, as he had been in the r plains of Cata- 
 lonia ; and in the year 454, after a * debauch with 
 1 win , died of " a vomiting of y blood. 
 
 They w fay the city of x Venice * owes its a ori- 
 gin to that a inroad of the Barbarians, moft of the 
 Italians, b efpecially thofe of c Patavium, ''flying 
 from the e fire and 'ruins of their cities to Come 
 Crocks and h defert ' l iflands in the k fea for ' re- 
 fuge. 
 
 Valentinian, upon the death of his mother Pla- 
 cidia, "Met loofe the " reins of licentioufnefs and 
 P abufed his * authority, for the r fatisfadtion of his 
 * Juft and ' cruelty. He u debauched the r wife of 
 Maximus the fenator, w put ^Etius to death, after 
 Maximus had by his x crafty * contrivances ten- 
 dered him * fufpe&ed, in the year 454 ; and the 
 vear following, by the contrivance of the fame 
 jVIaximus > he was b (tabbed by ^Eu'us's 'life-guard 
 
 a defolare b Milant c ficino d citta e mar- 
 ciare f toccata g ambafciata. \\Lecne \ rincon- 
 trart k JJutne Mincio \ritirarfi m patria n ritor- 
 nare o me/v p Jconfitto ^Torifmondo \ pianura 
 fravizxo t -vino u vomito v fangue vr dire 
 X Venezia. y dovere "t origins a incurfione b fre- 
 dalmente c Patavio <\ fuggire e fuoco f rovina 
 g jcoglio h dijabitato i ifola k mare \ rifui^io 
 rn fciogliere n redine o dijfolutexza p abufari 
 
 q autorita r fodjitjazione s fenfualita t crudtlta 
 \\ftdurre v moglie w mettere x afluto y in-jen- 
 xion* z refo zjojptlte bpuga/at c guardia dt corpo 
 
 in
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 19? 
 
 in the a fidJ of b Mar?, bein^ thirty-fix years of 
 aee, and in the 31(1 of his reign. c Eudoxia, Va- 
 lentinian's d lady, to c revtngc the death of her 
 f hufband, s f<nc for Genfericus out of Afric?, into 
 Italy. Maximus, upon his h arriva', * endeavoured 
 to k fave himfeif by l flight, but was m torn in pieces 
 by his own men, and " thrown into the 'fiber, 
 after a P reign of 1 hardly two r months. Genfe- 
 ricus, after he had s taken the city, was fo ' atfedied 
 by an "addrefs of y pope Leo's, that he did not 
 x fet it on fire, or ? put any to the fword ; but 
 z made plunder of all the a wealth of the b place, 
 both c facred and d profane, for fourteen days to- 
 gether, and e carried off Eudoxia, with her two 
 daughters, Eudocia and Placidia, into Africa ; the 
 'former of which he e married to hisfon h Hune- 
 ricus. 
 
 In the mean time, ' Avitus Callus being k pro- 
 claimed emperor by the Gallic l army at Tho- 
 loule, made peace with the Goths ; at whole m per- 
 fuafion, 1 htodoric n entering Spain, conquered 
 the Suevans, and P killed their king 1 Rechiarius in 
 fche year 456. 
 
 After him r Majorianus * took the f government 
 upon him at Ravenna ; a " prince of a v great *foul, 
 who being y defirous to z recover Africa, was going 
 
 a Cttmpo b Marie c Eudoffia d conforte e -ven- 
 Jitare f marita g far venire \\ arrival a \pro~ 
 curare V.fal'varji \juga mfjranato n geitata 
 o ( Te-i}tre p regno q appena r mefe s prefo 
 
 t toccata u fujtfltca v papa Leone x mettere tlfuoco 
 y mettere a filo di fp-ada z predare a. ricchezza b pi- 
 az-za c jacra A prof ana e par tare via f pnmo 
 g niaritare __ - h Uturico i A-vito Gallo k gallico I ar- 
 tnata rn perfuajione n entrare o couquijlare p uc- 
 tidere q Rechiario r Maggivriano s premiere r go- 
 ierno u printipe v vahrofo x anima y bramofo 
 ricuferare. 
 
 K to
 
 j 9 4 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 
 
 to Genericus, under the a title of an b ambaf-. 
 
 fador ; but being c feized by Ricimer at Dertona, 
 
 and d obliged to e refign, was f put to death in 
 
 the year 461, after a reign of four years and four 
 
 months. 
 
 Ricimer s fet up Severus for emperor, b according 
 to an l agreement betwixt them, and k poifoned him 
 in the fourth year of his reign. 
 
 After this, there was an ' interregnum of a year, 
 and fome months, 'till Anthemius was m fent into 
 the Weft by n Leo, emperor of the Eaft, between 
 whom and P Ricimer it had been 1 agreed he fhould 
 be r declared emperor, and his daughter fhould 
 s marry Ricimer. Thus the barbarian being l made 
 Anthemius's u fon-in-law, with his y wonted * perfi- 
 dioufr.efs, firft y raifed a civil war againft him, and 
 then z put him to death at Rome, after he had 
 ^reigned five years and fome months. 
 
 b Olybrius was after this c put up in the d room 
 of Anthemius by Ricimer, who e died forty days 
 after Anthemius's death ; nor was he long f furvived 
 by Olybrius, for he died the fame year, about feven 
 months after his s promotion. 
 
 He was h followed by * Glycerius, who k took 
 the J government upon him at Ravenna, in the year 
 473, and reigned a year and four months. He 
 was fucceeded by n Julius Nepos, who was taken 
 off in about five years after his p advancement. 
 
 a tiulo b ambafciadore c prefo d obbligata e raf- 
 fegnare f mejfo g alzare h fecondo i palto 
 
 k awetenzre 1 interregna ra mandato n Leone 
 o Lev ante p Ricimer o q c<)n<venuto r dichiarato 
 
 s jfofare t fatto u genera v folito x perfidict 
 
 y fufciture z met t ere a regnato b Olibrio c meffb 
 d lusgo e me r ire f foprawijfuto g promozwne 
 
 h fe^Him i Cticerh k prendere \ gave r no m fuc 
 ftja n Giulio JXepatt o ufdfo p elevaKione, 
 
 Momyl-
 
 ITALIAN EXERCISES. 19$ 
 
 Momyllus, who was b likewife c called d Auguf- 
 tulus, was e fet up by his father f Oreftes, being 
 the s laft of all the emperors in the h Weft j for 
 iQdouacer, king of the k Turcilingans, with the 
 ^cyrans, and m Herulans, n feized Italy, and after 
 he had {lain Oreftes and his brother P Paul, * ba- 
 nifhed Auguftulus into Campania. Thus 'ended 
 the s empire of the Weft, in the year of ' Chrift 
 476. 
 
 a Momilb b parimenle c c/iiamato d Augujlolo 
 e innalzato f Orejle g ultimo h Occidents \ OJou- 
 acero k Turcilingani \ Scirai in E>'ulani n ufur- 
 pare o accifo p Paolo q bandire vjinire s imferio 
 t Crifto. 
 
 FINIS. 
 
 1
 
 BOOKS printed for J. NOURSE, in the Strand, 
 Bookfeller to his Majcflr. 
 
 l.r HI HE Complete Ita'ian Mafhr: containing 
 'the'bt-ft and eaGc-ft Ruhs for attaining that 
 Language. By Signor Veneroni, Italian Secretary 
 to :he late French King. Tranflatcd into Engiifb, 
 and compared with the lad Lyons EJrion. A 
 new Edition, with ccr.ficlerable Additions and Im- 
 provements by the TranfUtor. 55. 
 
 2. The New Itd^sn, Engiifh, and French Pocket 
 Dictionary. Carefully compiled from the Diction- 
 aries >f La Crufca, Dr. 8. Johnfon, the French 
 Academy, and from other Dictionaries of the bed 
 Authorities. In which the Parts of Speech sre pro- 
 perly diftinguifhed, and each word accented ac- 
 cording to its true and natural pronunciation. To 
 which is prefixed, a New Compendious Italian 
 Grammar. By F. Bottarelli, A. M. in three vols. 
 Price 1 8s. 
 
 3. Lettere d'una Peruviana tradotte dal Francefa 
 Italiano, di cui ft fono accemate tutte ie voci, 
 
 ter faciluar agli ftranieri il rrodo d'imparar la pro- 
 cdia di quefta lingua. Dal Signor Deudati. Nuova 
 iizione. In fine fi agg;unge una raccoltadi favole 
 ufo de' fanciulli. 12010. 35. 6J. 
 
 Iftoria critica della vita civile, fcritta ca Vin- 
 \z\o Martineili. -Terza edizione emendata ed 
 :iciuta dall' Autore. 2 vols. 8vo. i2s. 
 Lettere familiari e critiche di Vincenzio Mar. 
 
 8vo. 6s. 
 
 jA Diclionary of the Engiifh and Italian Lan- 
 i. Italian and Englifti ; 2. Er.g'i/h and 
 By Jofeph Baretti. A New Edition im- 
 2 vols 410. 2!. 2s. 
 
 /ommedie fcelte di Carlo Goldcni. 3 vols, 
 los. 6d. 
 i

 

 
 
 
 
 A 000 065 546 4